Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.

com

2361

Sensors & Transducers

Accelerometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contrast Scanners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displacement Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Encoders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Float Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flow Measurement & Transducers . . . . . . . . . . Humidity and Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . Humidity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liquid Flow Sensors and Flow Switches . . . . . Load Cells. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnetic Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mass Airflow Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motion Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optical Level Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Photoswitches - Fibre Optic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2388 2438 2442 2405 2399 2389 2399 2377 2377 2398 2387 2413 2395 2408 2394 2436 Photoswitches - Optical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Platinum Resistance Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure Transducers & Transmitters . . . . . . . Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proximity Switches - Capacitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proximity Switches - Inductive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proximity Switches - Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proximity Switches - Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermocouple Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermocouples & Probes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ultrasonic Transducers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type K, Type N Temperature range Tolerance value Temperature range Tolerance value Type R, Type S Temperature range Tolerance value Temperature range Tolerance value -40C to +375C 1.5C 375C to 1200C 0.4% 0C to 1100C 1C 1100C to 1600C (1 + 0.3% of T -1100)C -40C to +333C 2.5C 333C to 1200C 0.75% 0C to +600C 1.5C 600C to 1600C 0.25%

Page 2428 2371 2378 2383 2385 2421 2422 2416 2427 2438 2374 2365 2361 2406 2410 2444

Thermocouples and Probes

Thermocouple Colour Code

Thermocouple application guide

Immersion depth The required depth of probe immersion at which no incorrect reading will occur due to insufficient immersion. Response times The time in which the probe will attain a proportion of the final medium temperature. Normally quoted as the time taken to achieve a percentage of a step temperature change. The probe construction, i.e. isolated or grounded junction, application and environment will affect response times. Type T Copper/Copper-Nickel 150 to 350C Widely used to measure low temperatures, and in applications where moisture is present. May be used in oxidising, or reducing atmospheres.

33
Sensors & Transducers

Electromechanical

Thermocouple Type Letter Designations

The following letter designations are established for thermocouple wire combinations as follows: Letter T J K N S R Types Type T Temperature range Tolerance value Temperature range Tolerance value Type J Temperature range Tolerance value Temperature range Tolerance value -40C to +125C 0.5C 125C to 350C 0.4% -40C to +375C 1.5C 375C to 750C 0.4% -40C to +133C 1C 133C to 350C 0.75% -40C to +333C 2.5C 333C to 750C 0.75% Thermocouple Copper/copper-nickel Iron/copper-nickel Nickel-chromium/nickel-aluminium Nickel-chromium-silicon/nickel-silicon Platinum 10% rhodium/platinum Platinum 13% rhodium/platinum Tolerance Class 1 Temp Range C -150 to +350 0 to +700 0 to +1200 0 to +1250 0 to +1500 0 to +1600 Tolerance Class 2

Type J Iron/Copper-Nickel 0 to 700C May be used in oxidising atmospheres, limited to below 500C in sulphurous atmospheres. Iron conductor liable to rust at low temperatures (ice point and below). Type K Nickel-Chromium/Nickel-Aluminium 0 to 1200C Widely used thermocouple with a useful measuring range. Not recommended for sulphur bearing atmospheres or reducing atmospheres, but good resistance to oxidising atmosphere. Type N Nickel-Chromium-Silicon/Nickel-Silicon 0 to 1250C Very good resistance to oxidising atmospheres, and may be used when good stability at high temperatures is required. Type R/S Platinum 10% Rhodium/Platinum 0 to 1500C Platinum 13% Rhodium/Platinum 0 to 1600C Recommended for very high temperature use in oxidising atmospheres. For some applications a secondary ceramic protective sheath is recommended. The application guide above gives recommendations appertaining to the primary thermocouple wire. When protected by the appropriate outer sheath, some of the limitations given can be overcome.
212223

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2361

2362

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Thermocouples and Probes - continued

Thermocouple - Fine Wire, Welded Tip
Type K or T High sensitivity, exposed junction Thermocouples to IEC 60584 1/0.08mm single wires, 1m length PFA insulated wires, class 1 Rated from -75 to +250C

Temperature range

Type J Type K Type T

-40C to +750C Output -40C to +1100C -40C to +400C

Type J Type K

50V/C 40V/C
212237

Probe Dia (mm) Mftrs. List No. Type J Type K Type K 3.0 3.0 4.5 T/C J 3MM (IEC) T/C K 3MM (IEC) T/C K 4.5MM (IEC) Order Code 707-7373 707-7385 707-7397 1+ 32.82 35.10 36.28

Price Each 10+ 29.53 31.00 32.66 25+ 26.24 26.51 29.18

Need a Thermometer?
See our range on page 3220

386285

Order Multiple=Pack of 5 Description Type K tails Type T tails Mftrs. List No. ZO-PFA-K-1 X 5 ZO-PFA-T-1 X 5 Order Code 859-8240 859-8258 1+ 25.18 25.18

Price Per Pack 5+ 22.75 22.75 10+ 20.87 20.87

Magnetic Strip Thermocouple

Type K Fast response Attach to any ferro-magnetic surface Easy and quick to position Can be transferred to other positions without damage

Welded Tip Thermocouples - Types J, K & T

Fibre Glass Insulated and PTFE Insulated

2362

Electromechanical

Fibre glass insulated Size 50 x 25, Thickness = 1

PTFE insulated

1 metre and 2 metre long welded tip thermocouples Choice of insulation: varnish-impregnated fibre glass (suitable for temperatures up to 350C) or PTFE (suitable up to 250C) which is chemically inert Manufactured to international reference tables BS4937 (Part 3 for type J, Part 4 for Type K, Part 5 for Type T)
Fibre Glass Insulated Wire diameter Overall diameter Temperature range Positive leg Negative leg PTFE Insulated Wire diameter Overall diameter Temperature range Positive leg Negative leg Mftrs. Fibre Glass Insulated Type J, 2m Type J, 3m Type K, 1m Type K, 2m Type K, 3m Type T, 2m PTFE Insulated Type K, 1m Type K, 2m Type K, 3m Type K, 5m Type T, 1m Type T, 2m Type T, 3m Type T, 5m List No. Z3-J-2M (IEC) Z3-J-3M (IEC) Z3-K-1M (IEC) Z3-K-2M (IEC) Z3-K-3M (IEC) Z3-T-2M (IEC) Z2-K-1M (IEC) Z2-K-2M (IEC) Z2-K-3M (IEC) Z2-K-5M (IEC) Z2-T-1M (IEC) Z2-T-2M (IEC) Z2-T-3M (IEC) Z2-T-5M (IEC) Order Code 706-9212 163-3477 706-9224 707-6137 163-3479 707-6149 707-6150 707-6162 163-3481 163-3482 707-6174 707-6186 163-3483 163-3484 1+ 5.82 5.93 4.31 6.28 6.49 5.24 3.39 5.80 6.18 7.83 3.06 4.59 5.46 6.80 Type J 1/0.315mm 1.5mm -50C to +350C Iron Constantan Type K 1/0.315mm 1.5mm -50C to +350C Nickel chromium Nickel aluminium Type K 1/0.2mm 1.3mm -50C to +250C Nickel chromium Nickel aluminium Type T 1/0.315mm 1.5mm -50C to +350C Iron Constantan Type T 1/0.2mm 1.3mm -50C to +250C Copper Constantan
212204

Type K surface thermocouple using a flexible magnetic strip which can be attached to any ferro-magnetic surface. The 2m lead is terminated with a miniature thermocouple plug
Temperature range Mftrs. List Nos: -50C to +120C Lead 2m PTFE insulated, twisted pair
212147

FMS-2/PLUG (IEC) = 707-7725 Price Each Order Code 707-7725 1+ 13.85 10+ 12.50 25+ 11.16

33
Sensors & Transducers

Copper Disc Thermocouple

Price Each 10+ 5.38 5.63 4.02 5.81 6.17 4.85 3.15 5.56 5.87 7.44 2.86 4.28 5.19 6.46 25+ 5.12 5.34 3.68 5.52 5.84 4.75 2.91 4.99 5.56 7.05 2.61 3.94 4.91 6.12 100+ 4.74 5.05 3.33 5.04 5.52 4.30 2.61 4.49 5.25 6.65 2.36 3.56 4.65 5.78

Type K thermocouple junction brazed onto 7mm dia. copper disc Two lead length versions available, 1m and 3m Supplied with adhesive tape to attach to any clean surface for semi-permanent temperature measurement 5 adhesive tapes supplied. Tapes can also be used to secure the flexible PTFE lead For use up to 200C
212322

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Z2-K-1M DISC (IEC) Z2-K-3M DISC (IEC) Order Code 721-8771 163-3485 1+ 8.25 9.70 10+ 7.68 9.03 25+ 7.13 8.37

Leaf Thermocouple - Stainless Steel Shim

Type J or K - Up to 350C Grounded tip - Fast response Rated at 350C Glassfibre stainless steel braided extension cable, 7/0.2mm Stainless steel shim, 25mm long x 13mm wide

Probes Types J, K and T

Overall length = 207 (4.5mm dia type), 163 (3mm dia types), Probe length = 125, Probe diameter = 3.0 or 4.5 (type K), 3.0 (types J and T), Bush thread = 14"BSPT, Lead length = 1m

386275/406061

Mftrs. Description Type J, 2m lead Type K, 2m lead Type K, 3m lead List No. FL-J-2M FL-K-2M FL-K-3M Order Code 859-7928 859-7936 163-3486 1+ 11.51 12.43 14.63

Price Each 10+ 10.43 11.26 13.25 25+ 9.60 10.38 12.22

Thermocouple mineral-insulated probes sheathed in stainless steel, intended for temperature measurement and control applications Probes have an adjustable brass coupling which may be secured at any position along the length of the body to give the required depth of insertion Coupling includes a sealing olive which provides a gas or liquid seal Fitted with 1 metre of PVC-sheathed thermocouple cable
Compliant Non-compliant

RoHS

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Thermocouple - Washer Eyelet
Type J or K - Up to 350C Grounded tip - Fast response Rated at 350C Choice of either 2m or 3m extension cable length Glassfibre stainless steel braided extension cable, 7/0.2mm Washer with 6mm clearance hole
Probe Dia. (mm) 3 Probe 150 Mftrs. Order Code 707-9072 1+ 18.28 NMI/3X150 (IEC) Price Each 10+ 17.01 25+ 15.63

2363

L (mm) List No.

Industrial Mineral Insulated Probes

Type K With Standard Plug Type K mineral insulated thermocouples Very rugged and flexible Stainless steel (310) Particularly suitable for high pressure, high vacuum or high vibration applications Max temperature of probe 1100C (K) Plain pot seal (max temp 200C) 7/0.2mm PFA insulated lead 2m long
449656

386277/406071

Mftrs. Description Type J, 2m lead Type J, 3m lead Type K, 2m lead Type K, 3m lead List No. FW-J-2M FW-J-3M FW-K-2M FW-K-3M Order Code 859-7944 163-3487 859-7952 163-3488 1+ 12.00 14.11 11.26 13.25

Price Each 10+ 10.85 12.75 10.27 12.07 25+ 9.94 11.69 9.46 11.12 Probe Dia. (mm) 1 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 Probe L (mm) 100 250 500 1000 100 150 250 500 1000 2000 100 250 500 1000 2000 100 150 Order Code 128-9614 128-9617 128-9618 128-9619 128-9620 128-9621 128-9622 128-9623 128-9624 128-9625 128-9626 128-9629 128-9630 128-9631 128-9632 128-9633 128-9634

Price Each 1+ 19.11 19.60 20.43 22.04 18.88 19.01 19.25 19.74 21.13 23.60 19.05 19.57 20.47 22.28 25.88 20.13 20.83 10+ 17.39 17.83 18.57 20.03 17.17 17.29 17.49 17.93 19.20 21.45 17.31 17.79 18.60 20.25 23.55 18.30 18.94 25+ 15.80 16.21 16.89 18.22 15.62 15.73 15.89 16.31 17.46 19.50 15.75 16.18 16.91 18.41 21.40 16.64 17.22

Industrial Mineral Insulated Probes

Type K

Type K mineral-insulated stainless steel sheathed probes particularly suitable for industrial applications Suitable for applications up to 1100 C Probes can be bent to enable fitting in awkward locations High reliability and stablity The thermocouple junction is located at the tip and insulated from the sheath. Smaller diameter thermocouples respond to temperature changes more rapidly than larger diameters, but larger diameters are mechanically stronger. Available in a range of lengths and diameters.
Sheath material Temperature range of probe Pot seal Pot temperature Leads 310 stainless steel -40C to 1100C M8 x 1.0mm thread L=25 200C max. PTFE insulated 7/0.2mm, L = 100

1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 3 3 6 6

Electromechanical

Mftrs List No: KMI/probe dia. probe length (IEC) FOR SUITABLE COMPRESSION GLANDS SEE ORDER CODE 708-8206
222133

Heavy Duty Thermocouples

Low-cost, heavy-duty, stainless steel thermocouples for a variety of applications up to 350C Probes have grounded junctions for fast response Probe L=150, Dia=4.76, Lead L=2mx7/0.2 2 metre leads of rugged, stainless steel braided, fibreglass
Mftrs. List No. J-HD-150X(IEC)=707 9436, K-HD-150X(IEC)=707 9448
212221

Probe Dia. (mm) 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 3 6

Probe L (mm) 150 250 500 150 250 500 150 250 500 1000 150 250 500 1000 500 Order Code 721-8898 424-8170 424-8181 707-8110 707-8122 707-8134 707-8146 707-8158 707-8160 707-8171 707-8183 707-8195 707-8201 707-8213 707-8237 1+ 27.52 34.57 33.78 18.71 19.92 20.02 12.41 12.70 13.48 15.59 13.64 13.95 14.65 18.30 24.01

Price Each 10+ 25.62 32.85 32.12 17.39 18.51 18.63 11.64 11.82 12.21 14.80 12.68 12.88 13.13 16.69 21.73 25+ 23.80 29.72 29.06 16.53 17.62 17.11 10.37 10.53 10.91 14.49 11.51 11.64 11.72 14.90 19.35

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Order Code Type J Type K 707-9436 707-9448 1+ 15.04 15.04 10+ 13.29 13.29 25+ 12.12 12.12

Screw-in resistance thermometer in stainless steel

902004 / 10 .... Shock-proof screw-in resistance thermometers enable temperature measurements under pressure up to 25bar, in motors, compressors and plant that are subject to particular stress. for temperatures from -50 to +300C Highly shock-proof construction Connector locked in for reliable contact IP65 protection Connector with gold-plated contacts Protection tube in stainless steel X5 CrNi; 1810 M14 x 1.5 Mating plug with 2.5m long silicone-insulated connecting cable, 0.34mm2
333872

Industrial Mineral Insulated Probes

Type N

Suitable for applications up to 1200C In vacuum or controlled atmospheres, type-N sensors can be used in excess of 1200C Excellent long-term stability, reliability and high temperature performance Lifetime many times that of K-type equivalents at elevated temperatures Particularly suitable for industrial applications Probes can be bent to enable fitting in awkward locations Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed probes using type N (Nitrosil/Nisil), a base metal thermocouple which offers significant advantages over type K. The thermocouple junction is located at the tip and insulated from the sheath. Mftrs. List No. NM1/3 150(IEC) = 707-9072, NM1/3 250(IEC) = 707-9084
Sheath material Max. temperature Pot seal Pot temperature Leads Nickle-chromium-silicon 1200C M8 x 1.0mm thread L=25mm 200C max. PTFE insulated , L = 100mm
212330

Price Each Description Screw-In Thermometer Connecting Cable Order Code 472-4446 472-4458 1+ 23.87 13.44 5+ 22.70 12.78 10+ 21.93 12.35

FREE Re-reeling service

Only buy what you need and improve assembly efficiency. Look for the logo or find out more: www.farnell.co.uk / 08447 11 11 11

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2363

2364

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Thermocouples and Probes - continued

Industrial Probes with Terminal Head
Type K Type K mineral-insulated thermocouple probes Strong 6mm diameter stainless steel stem withstands high pressures Waterproof terminal head gives IP67 protection Thermocouple junction located at tip is insulated from the sheath The terminal head contains terminal block allowing connection to the measuring instrument via an M20 cable gland.
Sheath material Terminal head 310 stainless steel Die cast aluminium, epoxy coated. Screwed lid with retaining chain IP67 rated Temperature Range -40 to 1100 C FOR SUITABLE COMPRESSION GLAND SEE ORDER CODE 254-654
222146

Adjustable Bayonet Thermocouple

Types J and K Adjustable bayonet thermocouples designed primarily for the plastics and packaging industry, but recommended wherever spring loaded contact is required Thermocouple junction is housed in a rugged stainless steel tip Supplied with 2 metres of stainless steel braided lead fitted with a 170mm spring with adjustable fixing cap Separate bayonet adaptor locates via a 18" BSP male thread Fixing cap of the thermocouple is fitted to the adaptor to ensure secure spring loaded contact Suitable for temperatures up to 350C
212338

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Type J Type K Adaptor 25+ 37.63 39.72 J-ABT-2 (IEC) K-ABT-2 (IEC) Order Code 707-9801 707-9813 152-239 1+ 14.01 16.48 3.84 10+ 13.17 15.67 3.52 25+ 12.54 15.07 3.35 100+ 11.93 13.64 2.91

Probe Length 150mm 300mm Mftrs. List No. K-150-KNE (IEC) K-300-KNE (IEC) Order Code 707-9667 707-9679 1+ 45.63 47.87 5+

Price Each 10+ 41.28 43.29 43.34 45.50

Welded Tip Thermocouples with Fitted Plugs

These Welded Tip Thermocouples are available in either PTFE or Glassfibre insulation. Complete with a miniature thermocouple plug fitted, they are ready to use for most types of temperature measurement. Available as 1/0.2mm PTFE and 1/0.315mm Glassfibre Insulated construction Thermocouple types J, K, & T PTFE Insulation rating -75C to +250C Glassfibre Insulation rating -50C to +350C Fitted with a miniature thermocouple plug
249384

Thermocouple Probe with Extension Lead

K Type Sensor - Swaged Tip Quick thermal response Rugged construction Suit flowing fluids, H & V applications, process plant 200 x 6mm stainless steel probe swaged down to 50 x 3mm K Type sensor 2 m PFA extension lead
519888

2364

Electromechanical

Probe Length 200mm

Mftrs. List No. 011051TD Order Code 163-3445 1+ 67.98

Price Each 10+ 64.58 25+ 61.18 PTFE Insulation Type J - 1m lead Type J - 3m lead Type K - 1m lead Type K - 3m lead Type T - 1m lead Type T - 3m lead Glassfibre Insulation Type J - 2m lead Type J - 4m lead Type K - 2m lead Type K - 4m lead Order Code 410-0736 163-3489 410-0748 163-3490 410-0750 163-3492 410-0761 163-3493 410-0773 163-3494 1+ 5.97 7.03 4.80 7.73 5.63 7.03 6.72 9.29 6.80 10.43

Price Each 5+ 5.69 6.69 4.58 7.35 5.34 6.69 6.38 8.92 6.46 10.01 10+ 5.53 6.50 4.43 7.15 5.21 6.50 6.21 8.55 6.28 9.60

33
Sensors & Transducers

Industrial Process Probes - Type K

Probes: Dia.=6, L=100, 150 Lagging extension: Mounting: 12" BSPP male thread Dia. = 12.7, L = 75

Accurate rugged construction Terminal head can accommodate DIN form transmitter or DIN terminal blocks Sensor is thermocouple type K to IEC 584-3, insulated from sheath Suitable for a wide range of industrial applications Wide temperature range: -100C to +1100C All stainless steel below aluminium head IP67 rated DIN terminal block is made of high temperature green plastic and has 2 terminals

Thermocouple - Welded Tip

Types J, K & T

This industrial thermocouple is mounted into the process via 12" BSPP male thread below which the probe length is measured. Above the thread hexagon is a stainless steel lagging extension. The sensor has a fitted aluminium terminal head with a captive threaded cover.
FOR SUITABLE THERMOCOUPLE 4 - 20MA TRANSMITTER,SEE ORDER CODE 615-687
222171

Mftrs. Probe Length 100mm List No. 010012TD Order Code 725-5603 1+ 56.32

Price Each 5+ 52.39 10+ 49.82 Type K, tails Type K, mini-plug

Thermocouple Probe
K Type Sensor - Swaged Tip Quick thermal response Rugged construction Industrial process construction to IP67, KNE head 300 x 6.35mm stainless steel probe swaged down to 50 x 3mm M20 cable gland
519877

Fast response, exposed junction Thermocouples to IEC 60584 1/0.2mm twin twist wires
Order Multiple=Pack of 5 Description 2m twin twist cable Type K tails Type T tails Type K mini-plug Type T mini-plug Type J mini-plug Mftrs. List No.

PTFE insulated wires, class 1 Rated from -75 to +250C

386293

Price Per Pack Order Code 859-8150 859-8169 859-8185 859-8193 859-8215 859-8223 859-8231 1+ 5+ 10+

Probe Length 300mm

Mftrs. List No. 011052TD Order Code 163-3443 1+ 80.34

Price Each 10+ 76.32 25+ 72.31

Z2-K-2 X 5 Z2-T-2 X 5 Z2-K-2-MP X 5 Z2-T-2-MP X 5 Z2-J-2-MP X 5

28.17 20.54 22.54 27.48 28.17 15.73 14.21

25.18 18.60 20.50 24.49 24.90 14.08 12.81

22.87 17.10 18.87 22.20 22.42 12.82 11.72

1m twin twist cable Type K tails Z2-K-1 X 5 Type T tails Z2-T-1 X 5

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Thermocouple - Fine Wire
Type K - 220C Class 1 PFA insulated wire - High accuracy Rated at 220C continuous (plug), 250C (PFA) 2m wire stored on stainless steel stem with fitted mini-plug High sensitivity, fast response

2365

Nozzle Thermocouple - Threaded Bolt

Type J or K - Up to 350C Grounded tip - Fast response Adjustable insertion Not sealed Tip shape matches drill angle in blind holes M6 x 1mm threaded stainless steel bolt Glassfibre stainless steel braided extension lead, 7/0.2mm

386279

386270

Price Each Description Mftrs. List No. Order Code 859-8118 859-8126 1+ 5+ 10+ Description Type J, 2m lead Type K, 2m lead

Mftrs. List No. FN-J-2M FN-K-2M Order Code 859-8045 859-8053 1+ 16.10 17.25

Price Each 10+ 14.62 15.66 25+ 13.45 14.40

Type K, 2m lead length Twin twist, 1/0.2mm CT-Z2-PFA-K-2 Flat pair, 1/0.315mm CT-Z4-PFA-K-2

14.66 16.91

13.33 15.36

12.26 14.14

Handheld Probes - Type K Industrial Mineral Insulated Probes

Type K With 1m Lead Fixed Probes
Surface, disc Overall L=195, Probe L=80, Dia=4.7, Lead L=1.5m Surface, coil Overall L=220, Probe L=108, Dia=7.9, Lead L=1.5m Air Overall L=187, Probe L=74, Dia=4.7, Lead=1.5m

Type K mineral insulated thermocouples Stainless Steel (316) Very Flexible Plain pot seal 1m PTFE flat pair 7/0.2mm cable Duplex types (2 thermocouples in one probe) available

Insertion Overall L=200 Probe L=105 Dia=3.3 Lead L=2m

Hand-held type K thermocouple probes with stainless steel sheath Fitted with coiled PVC lead terminated with miniature thermocouple plug

Electromechanical

Mineral insulated thermocouples are extremely rugged and flexible, able to withstand temperatures up to 1100C (pot seal max temp 180C. The probes can be bent to enable fitting in awkward locations, they are particularly suitable for industrial applications including high pressure, high vacuum, and high vibration. The thermocouple junction is located at the tip of the sensor and is insulated from the sheath
FOR SUITABLE COMPRESSION GLANDS SEE ORDER CODE 708-8206
249373

Probe Dia. (mm)

Probe L (mm) Order Code 128-9641 128-9642 424-8193 424-8200 128-9647 424-8211 424-8223 128-9648 424-8235 424-8247 424-8259 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Insertion probe: Tapered tip suitable for general purpose temperature measurement, immersion in liquids and penetration of semi-solids and solids including frozen food, grain etc. Maximum temperature 400C. Choice of surface probes: Disc-type features a spring-loaded thermocouple with copper 4mm diameter disc tip, operates up to 850C. Coil type features a ceramic tip and coiled element for fast response, improved accuracy and maximum temperature of 900C. Diameter of coiled element is 5.5mm. Air probes: Thermocouple junction protected by perforated sheath allowing the free passage of gases, for fast response measurement up to 750C.
212446

Standard Thermocouple 1 100 1 250 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 6 6 Duplex Thermocouple 3 150 250 2000 150 250 500 150 250 150

Mftrs. 17.50 17.99 16.14 17.47 22.07 18.12 18.64 18.39 20.51 17.95 28.85 15.90 16.36 15.33 16.59 20.08 17.20 17.71 16.72 19.49 17.06 27.41 14.47 14.86 13.87 15.01 18.25 15.57 16.02 15.20 17.63 15.42 24.80 Type Insertion Surface, disc Surface, coil Air List No. Q-K (IEC) A-K (IEC) C-K (IEC) L-K (IEC) Order Code 708-1170 708-1182 708-1194 708-1200 1+ 38.14 29.22 33.21 26.82

Price Each 10+ 34.36 27.32 30.97 23.75 25+ 30.69 24.74 28.24 21.96

33
Sensors & Transducers

Thermocouple Cables
General Data
Thermocouple Extension and Compensation Cable Extension cable has a temperature v e.m.f. relationship to the appropriate standard over the complete temperature range. It can, therefore, be used for producing a thermocouple junction and for joining thermocouples to their measuring instruments. It is limited in temperature, only by the rating of its insulation. Compensating cable is of different composition to extension cable but has a similar temperature v e.m.f. relationship over a limited range, and should only be used for joining thermocouples to their measuring instruments. It can only be used in a limited ambient temperature, generally not higher than 80C. Ordinary copper wires and connectors should never be used to join thermocouples to instruments-substantial errors can result. Use only thermocouples compensating or extension cable and thermocouple connectors. Guide to wire and Cable Insulation
Insulation Material PVC PTFE Usable Temperature Range Application Guide -10C to 105C Good general-purpose insulation for light environments. Waterproof and very flexible. -75C to 250/300C Resistant to oils, acids, other adverse agents and fluids. Good mechanical strength and flexibility. -60C to 350/400C Good temperature range but will not prevent ingress of fluids. Fairly flexible but does not provide good mechanical protection. -60C to 350/400C Good resistance to physical disturbance and high temperature (up to 400C). Wil not prevent ingress of fluids.

Industrial Mineral Insulated Probes

Type K With Miniature Plug

Mineral insulated thermocouples are extremely rugged and flexible, able to withstand temperatures up to 1100C (plug max temp 220C. The probes can be bent to enable fitting in awkward locations, they are particularly suitable for industrial applications including high pressure, high vacuum, and high vibration. The thermocouple junction is located at the tip of the sensor and is insulated from the sheath Type K mineral insulated thermocouples Very Flexible Stainless Steel (316) Direct connection to minaiture plug FOR SUITABLE COMPRESSION GLANDS SEE ORDER CODE 708-8206
249378/406072

Probe Dia. (mm)

Probe L (mm) Order Code 424-8296 424-8302 128-9600 128-9601 424-8314 424-8326 128-9602 128-9604 424-8338 424-8340 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Glass-fibre (varnished)

Standard Thermocouple 0.5 150 0.5 250 0.5 500 0.5 1000 1.5 150 1.5 250 1.5 500 1.5 1000 3 150 3 250

29.29 32.23 34.66 39.15 15.29 15.71 15.62 16.86 15.53 16.06

27.83 30.61 31.54 35.81 14.53 14.90 14.19 15.33 14.75 15.25

25.18 27.69 28.86 32.60 13.15 13.50 12.91 13.95 13.35 13.81

Glass-fibre (varnished) stainless steel overbraid

Single or Multi-Strand? The choice is mainly determined by the application (e.g. termination considerations and internal diameter of associated sheath). Generally, single-strand wires are used for thermocouple junctions and multi-strand or thicker single-strand for extensions of the thermocouple. The greater the effective conductor diameter, the lower the value of thermocouple loop resistance, an important consideration with long cable runs. Source: LABFACILITY TEMPERATURE HANDBOOK- Order Code 656-069.
229884

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2365

2366

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Thermocouple Cables - continued

Thermocouple Cables Type J & K
PVC Flat Pair
Type J,10m coil Type K,10m coil Type K,50m reel Type T,10m coil

Price Each Mftrs. List No. WJ-032/10M (IEC) WK-041/10M (IEC) WK-041/50M (IEC) WT-056/10M (IEC) Order Code 708-5928 708-5930 708-5941 708-5953 1+ 8.48 8.48 42.19 8.45 10+ 7.84 7.84 37.27 7.60 25+ 7.00 7.68 34.03 6.80

Extension Cable with Stainless Steel Overbraid

Un-screened Type J
386260

Glass Fibre, Types J and K Rugged extension cable for types J and K thermocouples Excellent mechanical protection Flexibility High temperature resistance 7 / 0.2mmmm Overbraid can be used for electrical screen1.6 x 2.4mm ing

Price Each Description Mftrs. List No. Order Code 859-8460 859-8479 859-8487 859-8495 1+ 10+ 25+

Unscreened 7/0.2 100m Type K WK-150 Type J WJ-200 Screened Extension Cable, 7/0.2 Type K, 100m WK-359 Type J, 100m WJ-241

65.33 41.92 90.13 71.92

59.40 37.56 81.94 64.99

54.72 34.18 75.49 59.61

Conductor size Approx. overall size Maximum continuous temperature 350C

Cable comprises one pair of glass fibre insulated flexible conductors, a glass fibre sheath and an overall rugged stainless steel braid.
212333

Extension Cable and Compensating Cable, PVC

Types J, K, T, N, R/S and Vx Colour coded to BS4937 Part 30:1993.
Type K 25m Type J 25m Mftrs. List No. WK-075/25M (IEC) WJ-040/25M (IEC) Order Code 708-6337 708-6349 1+ 51.83 39.43

Price Each 10+ 46.64 35.48 25+ 41.65 31.69

Extension Cable Extension cable suitable for thermocouples. The cable is 7/0.2 twin flat with PVC covered conductors with an overall sheath of PVC. The cable is ideally suited for extending thermocouples away from the heat source via the connectors listed below. Compensating Cable (Type K) The Vx cable is type K compensating at ambient temperatures up to 80C.
Mftrs. List No. WJ-200/10M (IEC) WJ-200/50M (IEC) WK-150/10M (IEC) WK-150/50M (IEC) WN-001/10M (IEC) WT-200/50M (IEC) = = = = = = 708-2289 708-2290 708-2307 708-2319 708-2320 708-2344 WV-100/25M (IEC) WJ-200/10M (IEC) WT-009/50M (IEC) WV-009/100M (IEC) WU-100/100M (IEC) = = = = = 708-2370 708-2289 708-2368 708-2400 708-2423
212427

Screened Extension and Compensating Cable

Types K and Vx Screened thermocouple cable reducing electromagnetic and electrostatic interference of thermocouple signals. The cable comprises one pair of stranded 7/0.2mm conductors, PVC insulated and twisted together. The pair are screened with mylar/aluminium tape in contact throughout with a copper drain wire. The cable has an overall round PVC sheath, approximate diameter 5mm. Maximum temperature 105C (type K) and 80C (type Vx).
Price Each Mftrs. List No. WK-074/10M (IEC) =708-6131, WV-029/100M (IEC) =708-6155 WK-074/50M (IEC) =708-6143,
212222

2366

Electromechanical

Extension Cable

Order Code 708-2289 708-2290 708-2307 708-2319 708-2320 708-2344 708-2368 708-2370 708-2400 708-2423

1+ 6.10 30.13 12.26 59.04 10.15 28.17 33.78 11.25 55.21 44.17

5+ 5.52 28.09 11.59 56.21 9.12 25.35 30.43 10.17 49.68 39.74

10+ 5.22 25.73 10.81 51.78 8.16 22.64 27.17 9.06 44.40 35.52

25+ 4.83 23.22 9.65 44.73 7.38 20.49 24.59 8.07 40.17 32.14 Order Code Extension Cable Type K 10m coil Type K 50m coil Compensating Cable Type Vx (K) 100m reel 708-6131 708-6143 708-6155 1+ 15.68 70.85 52.44

Price Each 10+ 13.85 63.76 46.31 25+ 12.64 60.51 42.29

33
Sensors & Transducers

Type J ,7 / 0.2mm 10m Type J ,7 / 0.2mm 50m Type K , 7 / 0.2mm 10m Type K ,7 / 0.2mm 50m Type N ,7 / 0.2mm 10m Type T ,7 / 0.2mm 50m Type T ,13 / 0.2mm 50m Compensating Cable Type Vx (K) ,7 / 0.2mm 25m Type Vx (K) ,13 / 0.2mm 100m Type RC/SC ,13 / 0.2mm 100m

Thermocouple wire, PTFE TW-TW

PTFE insulated, twin-twist construction 1/0.2mm diameter conductor Thermocouple types J, K, T High accuracy Class 1 tolerance Insulation rating -75C to +250C Supplied on 25m, 50m or 100m reels
231796

Extension Cable, PTFE

Types K and T Flexible extension cable for types K and T thermocouples Comprises pair of PTFE-insulated flexible conductors with overall flat PTFE sheath Good chemical resistance
Conductor size Approx. overall size Maximum continuous temperature 7 / 0.2mmmm 2.4 2mm 250C
212332

Price Each Thermocouple Type Type J x 25M Reel Type K x 25M Reel Type K x 50M Reel Type K x 100M Reel Type T x 25M Reel Type T x 50M Reel Type T x 100M Reel Order Code 335-8150 335-8161 163-3495 163-3497 335-8173 163-3498 163-3499 1+ 15.23 14.06 28.33 59.23 12.19 23.18 43.78 10+ 14.47 13.38 27.19 56.86 11.59 22.25 42.02 25+ 13.82 12.74 26.06 54.49 11.06 21.32 40.27

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Type K,25m Type T,25m WK-302/25M (IEC) WT-046/25M (IEC) Order Code 708-5904 708-5916 1+ 51.60 47.32 10+ 46.42 42.59 25+ 41.48 38.03

Extension Cable, Glass Fibre Insulated

Types J, K and T

Self-adhesive Attachment Pads

Self-adhesive PTFE coated glass cloth Each pad has pre-cut hole through which thermocouple junction is passed and held down in contact with surface to be measured Temperature range -50C to +250C Supplied in pack of 20
Pad (nom.)=18x13

Suitable for high ambient temperature applications Each conductor insulated with silicon varnish-impregnated fibre glass Overall fibre glass sheath impregnated with silicon varnish
Wire diameter Overall diameter Max continuous temperature Positive conductor Negative conductor Type J 1 / 0.315mm 1.5mm 350C Iron Constantan Type K 1 / 0.315mm 1.5mm 350C Nickel chromium Nickel chromium
212438

Self-adhesive pads for locating welded tip thermocouples.

212325

20 Per Pack Mftrs. List No. THERMOPADS (X20) Order Code 721-8849 1+ 3.20

Price Per Pack 10+ 2.88 25+ 2.71

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Thermocouple Connectors
Miniature Sockets

2367

Further Thermocouple Cables See Web

Thermocouple Connectors and Accessories

High quality, low cost, single sprung sockets which accept all types of flat pin miniature plugs Polarised to ensure correct connection 220C continuous rating

386246

Connectors - Standard Types J, K, R/S, T and Copper

A range of standard sized connectors with round pins to suit the thermocouple type being used Intended for use in more industrial applications All contacts are polarised to ensure correct connection Maximum continuous operating temperature 220C Cable clamps available for securing cable to free plugs and sockets Colour coded to BS4937 Part30:1993

Mftrs. Description Type J Type K List No. IM-J-LCF IM-K-LCF Order Code 859-8274 859-8282 1+ 2.03 2.03

Price Each 10+ 1.82 1.82 25+ 1.67 1.67

Connectors, Miniature
Types, J, K, N, T and Copper Range of miniature thermocouple connectors with flat pins having terminal and contact material to suit the thermocouple type Uncompensated copper connectors also available (colour white) All contacts are polarised to ensure correct connection Connectors will accept thermocouple cable up to 3mm diameter Maximum operating temperature 220C Cable clamps available for securing cable to free plugs and sockets
212465

212475

Price Each Line Plug Type J Type K Type T Type R Line Socket Type J Type K Type T Type R Order Code 148-823 708-7925 381-0215 708-7950 148-824 708-7937 381-0240 708-7962 1+ 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.11 3.11 3.11 3.11 10+ 3.22 3.22 3.34 3.22 2.97 2.97 2.97 2.97 25+ 3.07 3.07 3.07 3.07 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 100+ 2.98 2.98 2.98 2.94 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.65 500+ 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.81 Order Code 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.55 Line Plug Type J Type K Type N Type T Copper Line Socket Type N Copper 151-128 708-6362 708-6430 708-6404 721-8874 708-6428 721-8862

Electromechanical

Price Each 1+ 10+ 25+ 100+ 500+

Connectors, Standard, Quick Wire

Types J and K Physically compatible with alternative standard, round pin connectors These quick connect versions allow rapid termination Quick, easy jab-in connection just push in wire and tighten screw Wide range of wire sizes 220C continuous rating IEC colour coded bodies to BS4937 Part 30:1993

2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.05 2.22 1.67

1.97 1.97 1.97 1.97 1.97 2.13 1.61

1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 2.08 1.58

1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 1.80 2.04 1.54

1.74 1.74 1.74 1.74 1.74 1.89 1.42

33
Sensors & Transducers

Thermocouple Connectors
Miniature Line Pairs Single sprung contact socket Polarised to ensure correct connection 220C continuous rating Interchangeable with all types of flat pin miniature connectors

231221

Mftrs. List No. Quick Wire Plug Type J IS-J-MQ Type K IS-K-MQ Quick Wire Socket Type J IS-J-FQ Type K IS-K-FQ Accessories Cable Clamp FSTC-EXCL Order Code 381-0264 381-0276 381-0320 381-0331 674-084 1+ 10+

Price Each 25+ 100+ 500+ Description 3.75 3.75 4.00 4.00 2.26 3.56 3.56 3.78 3.78 2.04 3.43 3.43 3.62 3.62 1.85 3.28 3.28 3.50 3.50 1.69 3.13 3.13 3.34 3.34 1.55 Type T Type J Type K Mftrs. List No. IM-T-M/LCF IM-J-M/LCF IM-K-M/LCF Order Code 859-8320 859-8339 859-8347 1+ 4.32 4.32 4.32 Price Each 10+ 3.90 3.90 3.90 25+ 3.58 3.58 3.58

386254/406073

100+ 3.28 3.28 3.28

Connectors, Miniature, Quick Wire

Types J and K These quick connect versions allow rapid termination Quick, easy jab-in connection just push in wire and tighten screw Wide range of wire sizes 220C continuous rating IEC colour coded bodies to BS4937 Part 30:1993

Thermocouple Connectors
Standard Line Pairs Polarised to ensure correct connection 220C continuous rating

386256

231275

Mftrs. Description Type J Type K List No. IS-J-M/F IS-K-M/F Order Code 859-8363 859-8371 1+ 6.57 6.21

Price Each 10+ 5.88 5.56 25+ 5.34 5.07 100+ 4.86 4.63 Order Code Quick Wire Plug Type J 381-0380 1+ 10+

Price Each 25+ 100+ 500+

2.22

2.12

2.02

1.96

1.84

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2367

2368

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Thermocouple Connectors and Accessories - continued

Connectors, Miniature, Quick Wire - continued
Types J and K - continued
Price Each Order Code Quick Wire Plug Type K Type N Type T Copper 381-0392 381-0409 381-0410 381-0422 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.22 2.22 2.35 2.35 2.22 1.27 2.24 2.24 2.24 2.12 2.12 2.24 2.24 2.12 1.21 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.02 2.02 2.14 2.14 2.02 1.15 2.06 2.06 2.06 1.96 1.96 2.06 2.06 1.96 1.12 1.96 1.96 1.96 1.84 1.84 1.96 1.96 1.84 1.06 1+ 10+ 25+ 100+ 500+

Price Each Order Code Miniature Type J Type K Type N Type T Copper Standard Type J Type K Type T Type R 151-130 708-6386 708-6441 708-6416 721-8886 148-825 708-7949 381-0495 708-7974 1+ 10+ 25+ 100+ 500+

2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 2.59 3.34 3.34 3.28 3.34

2.44 2.44 2.44 2.44 2.44 3.17 3.17 3.10 3.17

2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 3.03 3.03 2.98 3.03

2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.31 2.94 2.94 2.87 2.88

2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.79 2.79 2.74 2.77

Quick Wire Socket Type J 381-0434 Type K 381-0446 Type N 381-0458 Type T 381-0460 Copper 381-0471

Connectors, Panel, Stainless Steel Bracket

Types K, N and T These miniature sockets supplied with stainless steel brackets allow reliable fitting into panels Quick, simple fixing to connector Allows continuous use at 220C Rugged fitting into panel

Quick Wire Thermocouple Connectors

Panel fitting, miniature Stainless steel brackets Reliable and rugged fitting into panel Quick, easy "jab-in" connection. Push in wire and tighten screw Maximum continuous operating temperature 220C

231279

Price Each Order Code Miniature Type K Standard Type K 381-0525 381-0574 1+ 10+ 25+ 100+ 500+

2368

Electromechanical

4.39 6.91

4.17 6.58

4.00 6.27

3.84 6.08

3.67 5.78

386251

Price Each Description Type T Type K Mftrs. List No. IM-T-LCF IM-K-SSPFQ Order Code 859-8266 859-8304 1+ 2.03 4.37 10+ 1.82 3.88 25+ 1.67 3.52

Connectors, Minature, PCB

Type K Versatile, high quality, circuit board mounting miniature socket Specially designed for PCBs High reliability interconnection for high duty use Solid pins for direct PCB mounting Provision for CJC sensor 220C continuous rating Colour coded to BS4937 Part 30:1993

Very High Temperature Plastic Plugs and Sockets

Miniature and Standard Type K

33
Sensors & Transducers

231280

Price Each Order Code Type K Miniature plug Miniature socket 381-0628 1+ 2.69 10+ 2.58 25+ 2.45 100+ 2.37 500+ 2.25

Type inentification on white body 560C continuous rating Heavy duty ceramic body
386259/406077

Connector Panels

Price Each Description Mftrs. List No. Order Code 859-8428 859-8436 859-8444 859-8452 1+ 10+ 25+ 100+

Miniature, Very High Temperature Type K - Plug IM-K-M-HTC Type K - Socket IM-K-F-HTC Standard, Very High Temperature Type K - Plug IS-K-M-HTC Type K - Socket IS-K-F-HTC

6.98 9.24 10.83 9.70

6.36 8.41 9.85 8.81

5.86 7.75 9.05 8.13

5.37 7.12 8.33 7.46

Miniature, 1-way: L=40, H=45, 6-way: L=115, H=45 Standard, 1-way: L=50, H=66, 6-way: L=145, H=66, Thickness= 1.8 (miniature), 2.4 (standard)

Connectors, Panel, Clip Mount

Types J, K, N, T, R and Copper Quick, simple fixing to panel Rated for use up to 220C

Anodised aluminium panels with pre-cut holes for mounting thermocouple panel sockets 1 way and 6 way panels are available for miniature and standard sized clip mounting panel sockets (not suitable for screw mounting panel sockets) Four fixing holes
212334

Mftrs. List No. Miniature, 1-way Miniature, 6-way Standard, 6-way FMP-1 FMP-6 FSP-6 Order Code 708-8152 708-8164 708-8188 1+ 1.34 2.38 5.19

Price Each 10+ 1.27 2.14 4.67 25+ 1.21 2.03 4.42

Connector Blocks
Dimensions: Miniature:- H = 23.30, W = 14.25, D = 21.50 Standard:- H = 38.10, W = 18.50, D = 31.50
231277

Blocks can be interlocked to produce required number of channels (max 5) and allowing thermocouple types to be mixed Each block has 2 fixing holes Connecting blocks with single pair of positive and negative contacts of thermocouple material.
Block L = 36, W = 30, H = 13

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Max. working temperature Wire size for crimp terminals 220C 0.5 to 1mm (0.2 to 0.8mm2), 25-19 SWG
212323

2369

Mftrs. Bore Dia. 1/8" BSPP Thread size 1.5mm 3mm 4.5mm 6mm 1/4" BSPP Thread size 3mm 4.5mm 6mm 1/2" BSPP Thread size 3mm 4.5mm List No. Order Code 163-3392 163-3393 163-3394 163-3395 163-3396 163-3397 163-3398 163-3400 163-3401 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

Price Each Order Code Connector Block Type J Type K 721-8783 721-8795 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+

FC-132 FC-140 FC-143 FC-138 FC-159 FC-166 FC-168 FC-199 FC-205

3.70 3.70

3.51 3.51

3.34 3.34

3.20 3.20

4.74 5.15 4.76 5.15 7.73 7.73 7.73 10.30 10.30

4.50 4.89 4.52 4.89 7.34 7.34 7.34 9.79 9.79

4.26 4.64 4.29 4.64 6.95 6.95 6.95 9.27 9.27

Bench Selector Switch - Type K

H=57, W=130, D=145

Compression Glands
Brass - BSPT Thread Brass compression glands suitable for fitting themperature sensor probes of various diameters Available in 1/8", 1/4" and 1/2" BSPT Thread sizes Suitable for probe diameters of 1.5, 3, 4.5 and 6mm

6 way bench selector switch in moulded housing with aluminium front and rear panels Allows up to 6 type K sensors to be measured by one instrument Inputs/output via miniature thermocouple sockets
222182

Price Each Mftrs. List No. TCS-6K (IEC) Order Code 708-8190 1+ 83.37 5+ 80.25 10+ 77.26

Thermocouple and Fine Wire Welder

Mftrs. Price Each

519811

The L60+ welder is designed for sensor manufacturers to produce commercial grade thermocouple junctions, and by users of large numbers of exposed junction thermocouples such as test and development laboratories where multi-point temperature sensing of test pieces is required. No special skills are required and most people will be capable of producing quality work with minimal practice. A satisfactory thermocouple junction is produced without using argon, but where argon is available a momentary purge is automatically triggered immediately prior to the weld to give optimum weld integrity. Designed For Producing Thermocouple Can join wires to each other or metal Junctions surfaces Suitable for wires up to 1.1mm diameter Includes footswitch for convenient Argon gas shield facility operation 110/230Vac power supply
249383

Electromechanical

Bore Dia. 1/8" BSPT Thread size 1.5mm 3mm 4.5mm 6mm 1/4" BSPT Thread size 3mm 4.5mm 6mm 1/2" BSPT Thread size 6mm

List No.

Order Code 708-8206 708-8218 163-3403 708-8220 163-3404 163-3406 163-3407 163-3408

1+

10+

25+

FC-001 FC-002 FC-005 FC-011 FC-029 FC-032 FC-037 FC-092

2.76 2.93 3.05 3.02 5.67 5.67 5.67 6.59

2.61 2.75 2.90 2.69 5.39 5.39 5.39 6.26

2.49 2.63 2.75 2.58 5.10 5.10 5.10 5.93

Compression Glands
Stainless Steel - BSPT Thread Stainless Steel 304 compression glands suitable for fitting themperature sensor probes of various diameters Available in 1/8", 1/4" and 1/2" BSPT Thread sizes Suitable for probe diameters of 1, 1.5, 3, 4.5 and 6mm

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Order Code 410-0669 1+ 1,029.88 5+ 978.38 10+ 952.23

Compression Glands
Brass - BSPP Thread Brass compression glands suitable for fitting themperature sensor probes of various diameters Available in 1/8" and 1/4" BSPP Thread sizes Suitable for probe diameters of 3, 4.5 and 6mm
519814

Mftrs. Bore Dia. 1/8" BSPT Thread size 1mm 1.5mm 3mm 4.5mm 6mm 1/4" BSPT Thread size 3mm 4.5mm 6mm 1/2" BSPT Thread size 4.5mm 6mm List No. Order Code 541-060 254-630 254-642 163-3409 163-3410 163-3411 163-3412 254-654 163-3413 163-3414 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

519779

Mftrs. Bore Dia. 1/8" BSPP Thread size 3mm 4.5mm 5mm 1/4" BSPP Thread size 3mm 4.5mm 5mm List No. Order Code 163-3385 163-3386 163-3388 163-3389 163-3390 163-3391 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

FC-130 FC-131 FC-133 FC-141 FC-136 FC-158 FC-162 FC-167 FC-208 FC-200

5.11 5.09 8.51 4.76 5.15 7.73 7.73 8.97 10.92 10.30

4.66 4.65 7.70 4.52 4.89 7.34 7.34 7.53 10.37 9.79

4.09 4.07 6.87 4.29 4.64 6.95 6.95 6.59 9.83 9.27

FC-003 FC-009 FC-012 FC-031 FC-038 FC-036

2.68 2.68 3.09 4.86 5.38 5.67

2.54 2.54 2.94 4.62 5.15 5.39

2.41 2.41 2.78 4.37 4.89 5.10

Compression Gland Flange

Brass - BSPP Thread Brass flanges for fitting themperature sensor probes of various diameters Used in conjunction with appropriate compression gland Available in 1/8" (Brass) 50mm Diameter 3 x 4mm mounting holes
519819

Compression Glands
Stainless Steel - BSPP Thread Stainless Steel 304 compression glands suitable for fitting themperature sensor probes of various diameters Available in 1/8", 1/4" and 1/2" BSPP Thread sizes Suitable for probe diameters of 1.5, 3, 4.5 and 6mm

Mftrs. Bore Dia.

519805

Price Each Order Code 163-3415 1+ 10+ 25+

List No.

1/8" BSPP Thread size Brass

CA-251

10.92

10.37

9.83

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2369

2370

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Thermocouple Connectors and Accessories - continued

Probe Accessories
Adaptors and Cap Bright nickel plated range of cap and adaptors Cap has grub screw fixing to probe Adaptors available in 1/8" BSPP and M10 x 1 thread sizes Suit probe diameters up to 6mm
519827

Thermopocket
Stainless Steel Process connection 1/2" BSPP 1/8" BSPP sensor connection To suit up to 6.35 x 200mm probes 6.35mm bore 12mm pocket diameter x 150mm length Sensor probe should be 50mm longer than pocket stem
Mftrs. List No. LB-003 Order Code 163-3425 1+ 46.69 Price Each 10+ 44.35 25+ 42.01

519837

Bayonet Cap

163-3420 Mftrs.

Price Each Order Code 163-3418 163-3420 163-3421 163-3422 163-3424 1+ 10+ 25+

Fixing Bayonet Cap 2 Slot Bayonet Adaptor 1 Pin 1 Pin 1 Pin 1 Pin

List No.

Tapered Thermowell
Solid Drilled Stainless Steel Machined from solid 316 grade stainless steel Process connection 1/2" BSP A 1/8" BSP compression fitting to suit probe diameter up to 6mm is required to connect sensor to pocket High pressure rated (5000psi) 12mm outside diameter (at tip) Sensor probe should be 50mm longer than pocket stem
519864

CA-304 CA-401 CA-402 CA-403 CA-405

7.73 2.35 2.58 2.66 2.58

7.34 2.24 2.45 2.54 2.45

6.95 2.11 2.32 2.41 2.32

Locknuts
Brass and Stainless Steel

Pocket Length 100mm 150mm

Mftrs. List No. LB-007 LB-008 Order Code 163-3428 163-3431 1+ 37.60 46.35

Price Each 10+ 35.72 44.03 25+ 33.84 41.72

2370

Electromechanical

Terminal Heads
519869

IP 67

Thread Size Brass M8 x 1mm 1/8" BSP 1/4" BSP 1/2" BSP Stainless Steel M8 x 1mm 1/8" BSP 1/4" BSP 1/2" BSP

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 163-3434 163-3435 163-3436 163-3437 163-3438 163-3439 163-3440 163-3441 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

FL-240 FL-236 FL-235 FL-237 FL-253 FL-250 FL-252 FL-255

0.89 0.89 1.44 2.37 0.95 0.88 1.55 2.58

0.85 0.85 1.37 2.26 0.90 0.83 1.47 2.45

0.79 0.79 1.30 2.13 0.86 0.80 1.39 2.32

520113

Entry Types Cable Process

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 163-3469 163-3470 163-3471 163-3472 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

33
Sensors & Transducers

Thermopocket
Stainless Steel

Cast Aluminium M20 x 1.5 1/2" BSP M16 x 1.5 1/8" BSP Stainless Steel M20 x 1.5 1/2" BSP Moulded ABS M20 x 1.5 1/2" BSP

HB-013 HB-015 HB-018 HB-020

9.17 6.29 46.69 24.72

8.71 5.98 44.35 23.48

8.25 5.66 42.01 22.25

Process connection 1/2" BSPP 1/8" BSPP sensor connection Outside diameter 7/16" Wall thickness 0.08" Sensor probe should be 50mm longer than pocket stem
519851

Terminal Blocks
In-head Mounting
Price Each

Pocket Length 100mm 150mm 250mm 350mm 550mm

Mftrs. List No. TP-100-X TP-150-X TP-250-X TP-350-X TP-550-X Order Code 673-961 163-3426 673-973 708-8279 163-3427 1+ 22.15 24.72 24.01 25.42 30.69

Moulded blocks and Ceramic blocks Designed for In-head mounting

10+ 21.03 23.48 22.82 24.13 29.16

25+ 20.01 22.25 21.73 23.00 27.63 Description Ceramic Block 3 Ways KNS Head 4 Ways DIN B 6 Ways DIN A/B Moulded Block Single DIN B Duplex DIN B Single DIN B Duplex DIN B

519898

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 163-3450 163-3451 163-3452 163-3453 163-3455 163-3456 163-3457 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

Thermopocket
Stainless Steel

HT-061 HT-040 HT-060 HT-058 HT-059 HT-053 HT-056

2.29 5.15 7.00 4.53 4.94 4.33 4.29

2.17 4.89 6.65 4.31 4.70 4.11 4.08

2.06 4.64 6.30 4.08 4.45 3.89 3.86

Process connection 1/2" BSP Fabricated construction 316 grade stainless steel A 1/8" BSP compression fitting is supplied to suit probe diameter 3mm to connect sensor to pocket Pressure rated (1000psi) Sensor probe should be 50mm longer than pocket stem
519866

PT100 or Thermocouple to 4-20mA

Two transmitters, one PT100 input, one J, K or T thermocouple input (user selectable) Both have 4-20mA output Din sized for in head installation Screw terminals for inputs and outputs Corrosion resist plastic case 0.2C accuracy Tested to EN55011, IEC 801-2, 3, 4 for EMC compatibilty
H = 23.0, Dia. = 41.8 2 Mounting holes dia. 5.5 @ 33 cntrs. Centre hole (sensor wire entry) Dia. = 4.0mm

Pocket Length 100 150

Mftrs. List No. 010125TD 010126TD Order Code 163-3432 163-3433 1+ 24.51 25.34

Price Each 10+ 23.29 24.07 25+ 22.06 22.80

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Output Loop supply Loop resistance Loop sensitivity Temperature stability Ambient temperature Input Accuracy Offset adjustment Gain/adjustment Impendance Burn out Cold junction Temperature range 4-20mA loop powered max. 30mA 10 to 30 Vdc reverse polarity protection 700 @ 24V 10A/volt Zero drift typ. 0.02%/C, Span typ. 0.005%/C 0 to 70C, (95% humidity, max. non-condensing) Thermocouple Versions (J,K, T) Insulated junction J K or T sensor 0.1% FS and cold junction errors 100C, solder link & potentiometer 100 to 1000C >1M 8840172 Pt100 - -200 to +850C 8840180 K - 200 to 1370C J - 200 to 1200C T - 200 to 400C

2371

Input - Sensor & Range

PT100 Version to DIN 43760 100R @ 0C (2 or 3 wire) 0.2C and +0.2% rdg. range dependant 25C to 500C Up scale standard (downscale option) Automation 0 to 70C 0.2% -30C to +400C

Default Range Input Default Range Mftrs. Input 3 wire, PT100 K, J or T (Selectable) List No. SEM203/P SEM203/TC

<4.0V @ 20 mA 0.01% full scale <4.0V @ 20 mA

386395

Price Each Order Code 884-0172 884-0180 1+ 32.67 42.31 5+ 31.04 40.19 10+ 29.48 38.18 25+ 28.00 36.28

J=0 to +400C, K=0 to +1000C, T=0 to +400C

229914

Temperature Transmitter - In-Line

4 - 20mA, 2 wire loop Output 4 -20mA, 2 wire loop output In-head mounting with DIN standard fixing Input and output plugs included Free standing or surface mount, fixing lugs and adhesive patch included CE compliant

Price Each Sensor Type PT100 Thermocouple Mftrs. List No. SEM104PT100 SEM104TC Order Code 615-675 615-687 1+ 39.09 45.62 5+ 37.14 43.34 10+ 35.29 41.18 25+ 33.53 39.12

Temperature Transmitter - Low Profile

4 - 20mA, 2 wire loop Output Low profile 23mm height Wide range of span adjustment Minimal interaction span and zero potentiometer action In-head mounting with DIN standard fixing Input noise rejection Pt100 or thermocouple types J and K CE compliant
520063

H = 28.8, W = 92, D = 20mm

Input Type Temperature Range Pt100 - IEC 751, 3 Wire 0 to 100C 0 to 200C Thermocouple to IEC 584 J Type - 0 to 300C K Type - 0 to 200C K Type - 0 to 1100C

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 163-3463 163-3464 163-3465 163-3467 163-3468 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

SI-060 SI-061 SI-062 SI-063 SI-064

45.32 45.32 53.56 53.56 53.56

43.05 43.05 50.88 50.88 50.88

40.79 40.79 48.20 48.20 48.20

These products provide a rapid and simple solution to convert to, or add 4-20mA loops using existing sensors in-situ without process downtime. The device can be used as a free-mounted unit or can be surface mounted via integral fixing lugs. Connections to it are made using miniature connectors which are polarized to prevent cross-connection and colour coded to suit the sensor types. Key features of the transmitter are the minimal-interaction span and zero calibration potentiometer and an exceptionally wide range of adjustment is provided by the potentiometers to allow for easy re-calibration of the 4-20mA temperature range. The compact, lightweight, potted module houses an accurate, stable, measurement circuit which incorporates automatic cold junction compensation for thermocouple inputs. It is designed to be connected to the extension cable which exits the temperature probe so particular attention has been paid to eliminating the effects of possible noise pick-up at the input.
520122

Electromechanical

Input Type Temperature Range Pt100 - IEC 751 -50 to 450C Thermocouple to IEC 584 J Type 0 to 450C K Type 0 to 1100C N Type 0 to 1300C

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 163-3473 163-3474 163-3475 163-3476 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

Temperature Transmitter
4 - 20mA, 2 wire loop Output Wide range of span adjustment Minimal interaction span and zero potentiometer action In-head mounting with DIN standard fixing Input noise rejection Pt100 or thermocouple types J and K CE compliant
520050

SI-070 SI-071 SI-072 SI-073

64.79 64.79 70.04 70.04

61.55 61.55 66.54 66.54

58.31 58.31 63.04 63.04

33
Sensors & Transducers

PT100, Thermocouple, mV & Slidewire to 4-20mA

Smart Converter Accept temperature sensor, slidewire or mV signal and convert the output to 4-20mA Sensor type and range can easily be programmed by windows based software or DIP switches at the back of the unit Galvanically isolated CE marked Can be mounted on 35mm top hat DIN rail
H=99.5, W=18.25, D=90

Input Type Temperature Range Pt100 - IEC 751, 3 Wire 0 to 100C 0 to 200C Thermocouple to IEC 584 J Type - 0 to 300C K Type - 0 to 200C K Type - 0 to 1100C

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 163-3458 163-3459 163-3460 163-3461 163-3462 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

SI-050 SI-051 SI-052 SI-053 SI-054

43.83 47.38 57.68 57.68 47.62

41.63 45.01 54.80 54.80 45.99

39.44 42.64 51.91 51.91 44.36 Output Loop supply Input

Temperature Transmitters
Push Button Calibration A simple push button operation selects the range and calibrates the SEM203 4 - 20mA temperature transmitter, eliminating the need for soldering links, potentiometers or PCs. The devices connect to an appropriate sensor and convert the output to a linear 4 - 20mA output signal. The SEM203 is linearised to comply with all common RTD sensor standards, all common thermocouple types and up to 10kR potentiometers.
H = 21, Dia. = 43mm Specifications Approvals Operating temperature Lead Length (Max.) Accuracy Loop Drop

4-20mA(loop powered) 10-35Vdc (reverse polarity protected) PT100: -200 to +850C (18-390ohms) Thermocouple: J,K,T,R,S,E,F,& N, mV:-10 TO 75mV Approvals EN50081-1, EN50082-2 Operating temp.-40C to 85C
204850

Mftrs. List No. Converter SEM215 Order Code 161-834 1+ 101.21

Price Each 5+ 98.18 10+ 95.24 25+ 92.38

Push button calibration Re-rangeable without a PC Drift free linearisation LED over-range indication
EMC Emissions to BS EN 61326 -20 to 80C 3m 0.01% full scale <4.0V @ 20 mA

Platinum Resistance Sensors

Platinum Resistance Thermometry
The platinum sensing resistor, Pt100 to IEC 751, is dominant in Europe and in many other parts of the world. Its advantages include chemical stability, relative ease of manufacture, the availability of wire in a highly pure form and excellent reproducibility of its electrical characteristic. The result is a truly interchangeable sensing resistor which is widely commercially available at a reasonable cost. Source: LABFACILITY TEMPERATURE HANDBOOK - Part No. 656-069
224663

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2371

2372

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Platinum Resistance Sensors - continued

Platinum Thin Film Sensors
PT Series

PT100 Elements

L=25, Dia=2.8, Lead L=8.0 232 281 161 W 1.2 2 2.8 Dia. 2 1.5 1.2 Measuring Range PT100 Series Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C up to 150 CC Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 200 CC Up to 600 CC Up to 200 CC Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 200C Up to 200C Up to 200C Up to 200C PT1000 Series Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 600C Up to 200C -200 to 200CC Up to 200C Up to 200C Mftrs. List No. PT100 Series P0K1.161.6W.B.010 P0K1.161.6W.A.010 P0K1.161.6W.Y.010 P0K1.161.1E.B.200 P0K1.232.6W.B.010 P0K1.232.6W.A.010 P0K1.232.6W.Y.010 P0K1.232.2I.B.1000-3 P0K1.281.6W.B.007 P0K1.281.2K.B.150.R.S P0K1.520.6W.B.010 P0K1.520.6W.A.010 P0K1.520.6W.Y.010 P0K1.1206.2P.B P0K1.1206.2P.A P0K1.0805.2P.B P0K1.0805.2P.A PT1000 Series P1K0.161.6W.B.010 P1K0.161.6W.A.010 P1K0.161.6W.Y.010 P1K0.232.6W.B.010 P1K0.232.6W.A.010 P1K0.232.6W.Y.010 P1K0.520.6W.B.010 P1K0.520.6W.A.010 P1K0.520.6W.Y.010 P1K0.1206.2P.B P1K0.1206.2P.A P1K0.0805.2P.B P1K0.0805.2P.A Order Code 126-6922 126-6923 126-6924 177-8047 126-6926 126-6927 126-6928 177-8048 177-8045 177-8046 126-6929 126-6930 126-6931 126-6932 126-6933 126-6934 126-6935 126-6936 126-6938 126-6939 126-6940 126-6941 126-6942 126-6943 126-6944 126-6945 126-6946 126-6947 126-6948 126-6951 1+ 9.49 11.28 14.19 18.35 4.49 5.38 6.67 27.00 8.35 19.00 5.04 5.94 8.38 3.38 5.38 3.38 5.21 10.38 12.29 15.64 4.57 5.51 7.44 5.21 6.92 7.86 3.50 5.43 3.42 5.21 Dimensions (mm) H 1.6 2.3 D Lead Length 10mm 10mm 7mm 10mm N/A N/A Mftrs. List No. P0K1.161.6W.B.010 P0K1.161.6W.A.010 P0K1.161.6W.Y.010 P0K1.161.1E.B.200 P0K1.232.6W.B.010 P0K1.232.6W.A.010 P0K1.232.6W.Y.010 P0K1.232.2I.B.1000-3 P0K1.281.6W.B.007 P0K1.281.2K.B.150.R.S P0K1.520.6W.B.010 P0K1.520.6W.A.010 P0K1.520.6W.Y.010 P0K1.1206.2P.B P0K1.1206.2P.A P0K1.0805.2P.B P0K1.0805.2P.A P1K0.161.6W.B.010 P1K0.161.6W.A.010 P1K0.161.6W.Y.010 P1K0.232.6W.B.010 P1K0.232.6W.A.010 P1K0.232.6W.Y.010 P1K0.520.6W.B.010 P1K0.520.6W.A.010 P1K0.520.6W.Y.010 P1K0.1206.2P.B P1K0.1206.2P.A P1K0.0805.2P.B P1K0.0805.2P.A Price Each 10+ 8.62 10.25 12.90 16.60 4.08 4.88 6.06 24.50 7.57 17.25 4.58 5.41 7.61 3.07 4.89 3.07 4.74 9.43 11.17 14.23 4.15 5.00 6.76 4.74 6.31 7.15 3.19 5.18 3.11 4.95 25+ 7.91 9.40 11.82 15.20 3.75 4.49 5.56 22.45 6.93 15.80 4.21 4.95 6.98 2.81 4.48 2.82 4.34 8.66 10.24 13.04 3.82 4.60 6.20 4.35 5.77 7.03 2.92 4.91 2.85 4.70 Case Style 161 232 281 520 1206 0805 Order Code 126-6922 126-6923 126-6924 177-8047 126-6926 126-6927 126-6928 177-8048 177-8045 177-8046 126-6929 126-6930 126-6931 126-6932 126-6933 126-6934 126-6935 126-6936 126-6938 126-6939 126-6940 126-6941 126-6942 126-6943 126-6944 126-6945 126-6946 126-6947 126-6948 126-6951
453899

L=25.4, W=3.2, Thickness=0.8, Lead L=8.0

520

Meets requirements of BS1904 Class B and DIN43760 Suitable for air and gas temperature measurement Cylindral wire-wound element also particularly suitable for use within protective stainless steel tubular sheath Flat element features thick film technology giving particularly good vibration resistance and long term stability
Cylindrical (541-102) Temperature range Ice point resistance Fundamental interval (0C to 100C) Self heating Thermal response Stability Mftrs. List Nos. -200C to +800C 1000.12 38.5 (nominal) <.003C/mW 0.4s 0.05% Thin-film (721-8850) -50C to +500C 1000.12 38.5 (nominal) Use <2mA excitation 0.3s 0.06%

0.65 0.65 13 Body Length 5 0.65 3 0.65 2 0.65 Operating Temperature -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -50C to +150C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -50C to +200C -200C to +600C -50C to +200C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 200C -200 to 200C -200 to 200C -200 to 200C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 600C -200 to 200C -200 to 200C to -200 to 200C

P100/2528 = 541-102, DM503 (5) = 721-8850

Resistance 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

FOR SUITABLE EXTENSION CABLE (SILVER PLATED COPPER CONDUCTOR), SEE ORDER CODE 277-095
222135

Price Each Cylindrical element Thin film element (Pack of 5) Order Code 541-102 1+ 11.24 1+ 17.92 10+ 10.32 Price Per Pack 721-8850 10+ 17.04 25+ 16.21 25+ 9.78

2372

Electromechanical

PT100 Elements with Extension Wires

High quality PT100 sensing resistor of wire-wound construction fitted with extension wires for convenient application. PT100 sensing element to IEC 751 Class B PTFE insulated stranded tails, 2 or 4 wire configuration For use from -60C to +250C
725-5731: L=35, Dia.=5, 2 leads L=50 Mftr. List No. 2-wire 4-wire 010011TD 010010TD Order Code 725-5731 725-5743 1+ 14.06 16.28 5+ 13.08 15.16 725-5743: L=35, Dia.=5, 4 leads L=450
212375

Price Each 10+ 12.43 14.40 25+ 11.33 13.12

33
Sensors & Transducers

Pt100 & Pt1000 Elements

Thin Film (100 Ohms) Pt100 & Pt1000 elements to IEC 751 Class A & B Thin Film construction Suitable for surface & immersion applications where protected Operating temperature -70C to +600C Vibration resistant
Sensor Type Construction Temperature Range Ice point resistance Fundamental interval (0C to 100C) Self heating Thermal response Stability Mftrs. Description Pt100 Elements 1.2 x 1.6mm, Class A 1.2 x 1.6mm, Class B 1.2 x 4.0mm, Class A 1.2 x 4.0mm, Class B 2 x 2.3mm, Class A 2 x 2.3mm, Class B 2 x 5.0mm, Class A 2 x 10mm, Class A 2 x 10mm, Class B Pt1000 Elements 2 x 10mm, Class A 2 x 10mm, Class B List No. Order Code 128-9670 128-9671 128-9668 128-9669 128-9667 859-8541 128-9666 859-8525 859-8533 859-8550 774-5655 1+ Pt100 (100 Ohms @ 0C) Thin film, 10mm tails -50 to 550 100 38.5 (nominal) <0.05C/mW 0.1s 0.05% Pt1000 (1000 Ohms @ 0C) Thin film, 10mm tails -50 to 550 1000 385 (nominal) <0.5C/mW 0.1 s 0.05%
386236/406078

Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

DM-314 DM-315 DM-312 DM-313 DM-303 DM-301 DM-508 DM-334 DM-333 DM-310 DM-507

5.26 4.19 5.26 4.19 4.03 2.85 3.64 6.04 4.14 5.34 3.26 2.57

4.78 3.80 4.78 3.80 3.66 2.57 3.30 5.34 3.71 4.82 2.95 2.33

4.38 3.50 4.38 3.50 3.35 2.36 3.03 4.81 3.40 4.42 2.68 2.08

2.14 4.35 3.08 4.07 2.37

Pt100 PCB Surface Mount with Solder Pads 1.6 x 3.2mm, Class B DM-317 128-9672

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

PT100 Patch Sensor Mineral Insulated PT100 Probes
Mineral Insulated PT100 probes are extremely rugged and are able to withstand temperatures up to 500C. These probes can be bent to fit applications, which enables them to be used in the most awkward locations. Being mineral insulated allows them to withstand high vibration.

2373

L = 40 W = 13 Thickness = 5

PT100 sensor to BS1904 Class B, mounted on the reverse side of self-adhesive foil Rugged sensor encapsulated within a waterproof silicone rubber 4 wire connection PTFE insulated, twisted pair lead, 4 core, 7/0.2mm Temperature range -50 to 150C High accuracy PT100 surface temperature measurement Good resistance to many oils and chemicals
212150

Mineral Insulated PT100, Class B, 4 Wire 310SS sheath material Flexible sheath 1000mm PTFE 4 core screened cable Can withstand up to 500C
249385

Probe Dia. (mm) 3 6 6

Probe L (mm) 150 150 250 Order Code 410-0694 410-0712 410-0724 1+ 54.18 57.45 61.00

Price Each 5+ 51.48 54.57 57.95 10+ 50.09 53.12 56.39

Price Each Mftrs. List No. RTF4-2/NAH (2m lead) RTF4-3 (3m lead) Order Code 254-678 163-3500 1+ 37.74 41.20 10+ 36.10 39.55 25+ 33.97 37.90

PT100 Probe

Precision PT100 Probe

High accuracy 6mm diameter stainless steel PT100 probe Ideal for use as temperature reference for comparison calibration of other temperature sensors, and for other high accuracy applications Accuracy better than 0.06C at 0C and suitable for use up to 250C
Diamensions Sensor Accuracy Temperature range Insertion length Dia = 6, Probe L = 250, Lead L = 2m PT100, 4 wire to BS1904 (1984) Better than 0.06C @ 0C -50C to +250C 150mm, minimum recommended
212320

Probe L=117, Dia.=4, Overall length=146, Bush thread= " BSP, Lead L=1m

Multi-purpose fast response 2-wire platinum resistance probe Manufactured from seamless stainless steel tube Tube is fitted with a 18" BSP compression fiting moveable over its entire length to allow flexibility in siting the probe Excellent stability and resistance to vibration and shock Sensor meets requirements of BS1904 Class B
Temperature range Ice point resistance -70C to +200C 1000.1 Thermal response 1.2s typical
212164

Electromechanical

Mftrs. Price Each List No. Precision PT100 Probe L250 Order Code 721-8758 1+ 70.20

Price Each 5+ 66.69 10+ 63.46

Order Code 146-885

1+ 32.79

10+ 29.67

25+ 28.12

Screened Extension Cable - Type PRT

Suitable for joining 2, 3 or 4-wire PT100 and other PRT sensors to instrumentation Colour coded to industry standard IEC751 (red, red, white, white) For use up to 80C Flexible 4-wire extension cable comprising 4 PVC-insulated copper conductors size 7/0.2mm, with electrical screen and overall PVC sheath. Nominal O/D=4mm.
212319

General Purpose Temperature Sensor

Pt 100 Heavy duty, industrial probe Tough, silicone rubber insulated lead-out Class B, 4 wire 6mm diameter stainless steel rigid sheath 4 core 7/0.2mm silicone rubber insulated lead Sensor temperature range -50C to +200C
386232/406080

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Mftrs. List No. PRT cable, 10m coil PRT cable, 25m coil WC-006/10M WC-006/25M Order Code 721-8734 721-8746 1+ 14.86 34.59 5+ 14.12 32.87 10+ 13.46 31.28 Price Each Description Mftrs. List No. Order Code 859-8096 859-8100 163-3501 163-3502 1+ 35.21 39.90 46.35 52.79 5+ 31.89 36.14 44.50 50.68 10+ 29.29 33.20 42.64 48.57 25+ 26.04 29.50 38.93 44.34 50mm probe - 2m lead DRG 010632A 100mm probe - 2m lead DRG 010632B 50mm probe - 4m lead DRG101632C 100mm probe - 4m lead DRG101632D

Industrial Probes with Terminal Head

Strong 6mm diameter stainless steel stem Waterproof aluminium terminal head IP67 protection Suitable for connection to any PT100 instrument - 2, 3 or 4 wire The head of the probe contains a terminal block allowing connection to the measuring instrument via a M20 gland.
Sensor Temperature head Temperature range Mftr. List Nos. PT100, 4 wire to BS1904 (1984) Class B and DIN 43760 100 @ 0C Die cast aluminium, epoxy coated, Screwed lid with retaining chain IP67 rated -50C to +450C PT4 6 x 150 = 560-157, PT4 6 x 300-KNE = 560-169 PT4 6 x 400 = 708-8449 FOR SUITABLE COMPRESSION GLAND SEE ORDER CODE 254-654
222145

PT100 Probe, PTFE Insulated

Rigid, 6mm diameter, multi-purpose stainless steel probe Temperature measuring range up to 250C Recommended where the superior accuracy of a PT100 sensor over a thermocouple is required Fitted with a PTFE lead Suitable for connection to any PT100 instrument - 2, 3 or 4 wire
Sensor Temperature range PT100, 4 wire to BS1904 (1984) Class B and DIN 43760 100 @ 0C -50C to +250C
222144

FOR SUITABLE COMPRESSION GLAND, ORDER CODE 254-654

Dimensions Mftrs. Order Code 560-170 708-8358 410-0670 410-0682 163-3503 163-3504 163-3505 1+ Price Each 10+ 100+ Probe Length 150mm 300mm 400mm

Probe Length Probe Dia. List No. 1m Lead length 150mm 6mm 250mm 150mm 250mm 6mm 3mm 3mm

Price Each Order Code 560-157 560-169 708-8449 1+ 53.96 55.08 55.76 5+ 51.32 52.35 52.98 10+ 48.85 49.83 50.44

PT46X150 PTE 6X250 (IEC) XF-314-FAR XF-315-FAR PT4 6 X150 PT4 3 X150 PT4 3 X250

33.44 34.98 30.47 31.82 38.63 41.20 42.75

31.37 33.83 28.93 30.22 37.08 39.55 41.04

29.41 32.27 28.17 29.41 35.54 37.90 39.33

2m Lead length 150mm 6mm 150mm 3mm 250mm 3mm

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2373

2374

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Platinum Resistance Sensors - continued

Thermocouple Probe with Extension Lead
Pt100 Sensor - Swaged Tip Quick thermal response Rugged construction Suit flowing fluids, H & V applications, process plant 200 x 3mm swaged down to 50 x 2mm and 200 x 6.35mm swaged down to 50 x 3mm, stainless steel probes Pt100 sensor 2 m PFA extension lead
519889

Mftrs. List No. 010014TD Order Code 725-5720 1+ 29.24

Price Each 5+ 27.18 10+ 25.84

Thermal Switches
Bi-Metallic, Auto Reset

Probe Length 200mm

Mftrs. List No. 011047TD Order Code 163-3447 1+ 80.28

Price Each 10+ 76.26 25+ 72.26 Style A H=21 (overall), W=31, D=19 Fixing centres = 24 (holes M3) Style B H=16 (overall), W=30, D=17 Fixing centres=24 (hole dia 3.7)

Industrial Process Probes

Accurate rugged construction Pt100 sensor to IEC 751 Class B Terminal head can accommodate DIN form transmitter or DIN terminal block Wide temperature range: -100C to +450C For use with 4, 3 or 2 wire instruments

Automatically re-setting thermal switches with snap action bi-metallic SPST contacts Contacts are isolated from the mounting base Reset level is specified to within a close tolerance band All types are UL and VDE approved. Style A types also CSA approved Indication of switch temperature is given on base of switch

Probes: Dia.=6, L=100, 150, 200 Mounting: 12"BSPP male thread

Lagging extension: Dia.=12.7, L=75

Normally closed (opening on temperature rise) and normally open (closing on temperature rise) types are available. All the switches reset when the temperature falls to the reset level. Connection is by 14" (6.3 x 0.8mm) terminals.
Contact rating (all types) Body material Base material Mounting flange material Normally Closed Types Opening Temp. 15C 3C 20C 3C 30C 3C 40C 3C 50C 3C 70C 3C 90C 3C 100C 3C 112C 3C 125C 3C 150C 3C Normally Open Types Closing Temp. 30C 4C 40C 3C 50C 3C 45C 3C 55C 3C 70C 3C 10A 250V ac, 15A 125Vac (100,000 cycles) Phenolic (style A), Thermoplastic (style B) Aluminium Stainless steel (style A), aluminium (style B) Reclosing Temp. 5C 4C 10C 3C 20C 3C 25C 4C 35C 4C 55C 4C 70C 4C 85C 4C 97C 4C 110C 4C 135C 4C Reopening Temp. 20C 5C 25C 4C 35C 4C 60C 4C 70C 4C 90C 4C Style A A A A B B B B B B B Style A A A A A A Mftrs. List No. A 15 03EN 175 03EN15T044(20/10) 03EN15T044(30/20) 03EN15T044(40/25) T23A050ASR2-15 T23A070ASR2-15 T23A090ASR2-20 T23A100ASR2-15 T23A112ASR2-15 T23A125BSR2-15 T23A150BSR2-15 Mftrs. List No. 03EN35T044(20/30) 03EN35T044(25/40) T23B050ASR2-15 T23B060ASR2-15 T23B070ASR2-15 T23B090ASR2-20 Price Each Type Order Code 1+ 50+ 100+ 250+ 1K+ Order Code 732-400 732-412 606-686 491-445 100-6842 100-6843 100-6844 100-6845 100-6846 100-6847 100-6849 Order Code 732-424 491-524 100-6851 100-6852 100-6853 100-6854
341074/212166

All stainless steel below aluminium head DIN terminal block is made of high temperature white plastic and has 4 terminals Suitable for many industrial applications IP67 rated

2374

Electromechanical

This industrial Pt100 assembly is mounted into the process via 12" BSPP male thread below which the probe length is measured. Above the thread hexagon is a stainless steel lagging extension. The sensor has a fitted aluminium terminal head with a captive threaded cover. FOR SUITABLE Pt100 4 - 20MA TRANSMITTER, SEE ORDER CODE 615-675
222175

Mftrs. Probe Length 100mm 150mm 200mm Terminal Block List No. 010007TD 010008TD 010009TD HT-054 Order Code 725-5421 725-5433 725-5445 725-5457 1+ 61.96 64.77 67.60 5.86

Price Each 5+ 57.62 60.26 62.87 5.45 10+ 54.81 57.28 59.78 5.19

33
Sensors & Transducers

Thermocouple Probe
Pt100, 4 Wire Sensor - Swaged Tip Quick thermal response Rugged construction Industrial process construction to IP67, KNE head 300 x 6.35mm stainless steel probe swaged down to 50 x 3mm M20 cable gland
519886

Probe Length 300mm

Mftrs. List No. 011048TD Order Code 163-3444 1+ 85.20

Price Each 10+ 80.94 25+ 76.68

External/Cold Store PT100 Probe

Rugged wall-mounting stainless steel probe with weatherproof connection box Recommended for outdoor use, cold stores and other heavyduty applications PT100 sensor suitable for connection to 2, 3 or 4 wire PT100 instrument Perforated outer stainless steel sheath acts as radiated heat shield and mechanical protection
Sensor Temperature range IP rating PT100 4-wire to BS1904 (1984), Class B -50C to +150C IP67
212321

Normally Closed Types 15C N/C 732-400 20C N/C 732-412 30C N/C 606-686 40C N/C 491-445 50C N/C 100-6842 70C N/C 100-6843 90C N/C 100-6844 100C N/C 100-6845 112C N/C 100-6846 125C N/C 100-6847 150C N/C 100-6849 Normally Open Types 30C N/O 732-424 25C N/O 491-524 35C N/O 100-6851 45C N/O 100-6852 55C N/O 100-6853 70C N/O 100-6854

2.71 2.71 2.71 2.22 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.40 2.40 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14

2.48 2.48 2.48 2.00 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 2.11 2.11 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95

2.09 2.09 2.09 1.62 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.72 1.72 1.55 1.55 1.55 1.55

1.84 1.84 1.84 1.43 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.50 1.50 1.38 1.38 1.38 1.38

1.64 1.64 1.64 1.31 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.36 1.36 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13

Case H=80, W=74, D=54; Probe L=75, Dia=12.5 Mftrs. List No. RTP-PT100 Order Code 721-8760 1+ 89.00 Price Each 5+ 82.81 10+

Bi-Metallic, Auto Reset, High Temperature

Automatically re-setting thermal switches with snap-action bi-metallic SPST contacts Contacts are normally closed, and are isolated from the mounting base Range of switching temperatures from 170C to 250C Indication of switch temperature is given on base of switch

78.71

Clean Room Pt100 Assembly

Wall mounting Pt100 sensor, mounts on standard electrical conduit Pt100 to IEC 751 Class B Suitable for use with any 2, 3 or 4 wire instrument Flame retardant vented moulded case H=85, W=85, D=30
212383

H=21 (overall), W=31, D=19 Fixing centres = 24 (holes M3) Contact rating (all types) Connections

10A 250V ac, 15A 125Vac (100,000 cycles) (UL/CSA) 6.3 x 0.8 (14") spade terminals

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Opening Temp. 170C 5C 200C 10C 225C 10C 250C 10C Reclosing Temp. 140C 10C 160C 10C 175C 10C 200C 10C Body Material Ryton Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Mftrs List No. 21EN15T044(170/150) 52N12T944(200/160) 52N12T044(225/175) 55H12T944(250/200) Price Each Type 170C N/C 200C N/C 225C N/C 250C N/C Body Ryton Ceramic Ceramic Ceramic Order Code 732-436 732-450 732-461 732-473 1+ 2.71 2.88 2.88 3.55 25+ 2.48 2.60 2.60 3.24 100+ 2.12 2.47 2.47 3.07 250+ 1.95 2.28 2.28 2.81 Order Code 732-436 732-450 732-461 732-473
212351

2375

2455R Series Thermostats

B203S Mounting Bracket and T146 Terminals Open on rising temperature and close on rising temperature versions available Standard mounting bracket: B203S Horizontal T146 terminals Operating temperatures in 10C steps Up to 15A and up to 250V ac Silver contact system
419439/436284

Price Each Temperature (C) Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+ 100+

Bi-Metallic, Manual Reset

Snap-action bi-metallic SPST contacts are isolated from the mounting base Horizontal tab connections allow easy access to reset pin UL Recognised and CSA approved The switches are normally closed and open on temperature rise, then remain open until manually reset. Connection is by 6.3 x 0.8 (14") spade terminals.
Contact rating Contact material Operating Temp. 45C 4C 55C 4C 65C 4C 80C 5C (UL, CSA)10A 250Vac (10,000 cycles), 15A 120Vac (6,000 cycles) Silver alloy Mftrs. List No. 05EN1034(45/M) 05N1034(55/M) 05EN1034(65/M) 05EN1034(80/M) Order Code 732-515 732-527 732-539 732-540 90C 5C 100C 4C 115C 5C 130C 5C 150C 5C Price Each Order Code All Order Codes 1+ 3.26 10+ 3.12 25+ 3.06 100+ 2.96 250+ 2.69 05EN1034(90/M) 05EN1034(100/M) 05EN1034(115/M) 05EN1034(130/M) 05EN1034(150/M) 732-552 732-564 732-576 732-588 732-590
212352

Normally Closed - Open on rising temperature Contacts Opening Closing 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 80 90 98 110 115 120 2455R-100-84 2455R-100-72 2455R-100-73 2455R-100-85 2455R-100-74 2455R-100-75 2455R-100-76 2455R-100-77 2455R-100-86 2455R-100-98 2455R-100-88 2455R-100-89 2455RC-9100-373 108-2187 108-2189 108-2191 108-2192 108-2193 108-2194 108-2195 108-2196 108-2197 108-2198 108-2199 108-2200 108-2201 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.45 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 3.03 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91

Normally Open - Close on rising temperature Contacts Closing Opening 50 60 80 90 100 120 140 35 45 65 75 80 100 115 2455R-100-78 2455R-100-79 2455R-100-92 2455R-100-93 2455R-100-94 2455R-100-95 2455R-100-96 108-2202 108-2203 108-2204 108-2205 108-2207 108-2208 108-2209 3.90 3.90 3.90 36.30 22.59 21.93 6.91 3.45 3.45 3.45 34.75 19.94 19.36 6.64 3.03 3.03 3.03 32.67 17.53 17.02 6.32 2.91 2.91 2.91 29.71 16.47 15.99 6.17

Electromechanical

Solid State
Solid state MOXIE thermal sensors are effectively NTC thermistors with a highly specific transition region. When heated, the sensor has a high resistance until the transition temperature is reached, at which temperature the resistance falls rapidly from about 100K to about 100 for approximately a 10C change. The reverse characteristic is followed on cooling, with little hysteresis.
Style B3 Style C3 Mounting tab style B3 L=14, W=6.5, H=4.2 Mounting tab style C3 L=5.5, W=6.5, H=14 Lead L=12.7 Lead spacing=2.54 Hole dia=3.5

Bi-Metallic, Dual in Line Package

AIRPAX

33
Sensors & Transducers
Low noise and low shunt capacitance TO-18 housing with choice of mounting tab style
C3 Mtg. Tab TS3-57-C3 TS3-75-C3 TS3-85-C3 Order Code B3 Mtg. Tab C3 Mtg. Tab 151-597 151-600 151-598 151-601 151-599 151-602
212188

Very specific transition region High sensitivity and reliability

Transition Temp (centre) 57C 75C 85C Transition Temp. B3 Mounting Tab 57C 75C 85C 57C 75C 85C Order Code Mftrs. List No. B3 Mtg. Tab TS3-57-B3 TS3-75-B3 TS3-85-B3

H = 3.30mm, W = 10.16mm, D = 6.35mm

Price Each 1+ 25+ 100+ 250+

Automatically resetting thermal switches with snap-action bi-metallic SPST contacts Available normally open or normally closed Suitable for printed circuit boards and suitable for auto-insertion. UL recognised, CSA certified Sealed to withstand wave soldering and board washing operations
1A @ 48V dc, 120V ac, (30000 cycles) (down to ) @ (100000 cycles) Gold plated Silver cross bar 7.5mm x 8.25mm

Contact rating Contact material Pin spacing

151-597 151-598 151-599 151-600 151-601 151-602

2.94 2.94 3.40 3.47 3.47 3.47

2.77 2.77 3.08 3.14 3.14 3.14

2.55 2.55 2.56 2.61 2.61 2.61

2.40 2.40 2.35 2.40 2.40 2.40

Bi-Metallic Thermal Switch

Manual Reset - Normally Closed Snap-action bi-metallic strip operated switch SPST contacts -Iisolated from mounting base 1/4" Quick connect terminals with positive lock The switches are normally closed and open on temperature rise, then remain open until manually reset. Connection is by 14" (6.3 x 0.8mm) Quick Connect terminals, which have a positive lock facility.
H =27.6, W = 31 (across terminals), D = 36.5mm (across terminals), Dia. = 16.2, Fixing centres = 24.5 (hole dia. 3.2 x 3.7mm) Price Each Opening 45C 56C 67C 80C 90C 100C 112C 132C 150C Mftrs. List No. 23ENT234( 45/M) 23ENT234( 56/M) 23ENT234( 67/M) 23ENT234( 80/M) 23ENT234( 90/M) 23ENT234( 100/M) 23ENT234( 112/M) 23ENT234 (132/M) 23ENT234 (150/M) Order Code 178-1398 178-1393 178-1394 178-1395 178-1401 178-1396 178-1399 178-1397 178-1400 1+ 6.64 6.64 6.64 6.64 6.64 6.64 6.64 6.64 6.64 10+ 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 6.00 25+ 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.69 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21 5.21

Normally Closed Types Opening Temp. Reclosing Temp. (5C) (min) 70C 50C 80C 55C 90C 60C Normally Open Types Closing Temp. Reopening Temp. (5C) (min) 50C 30C 70C 50C 100C 70C 110C 80C

Differntial (min). 4C 6C 6C

Mftrs. List No. 66L070 66L080 66L090

Order Code 441-8323 441-8335 441-8347

Differntial (min). 4C 4C 6C 6C

Mftrs. List No. 66F050 66F070 66F100 66F110 Price Each

Order Code 441-8372 441-8384 441-8414 441-8426

311217

Order Code All Order Codes

1+ 5.46

25+ 4.52

100+ 3.93

250+ 3.26

Bi-Metallic, TO-220
555053

AIRPAX

100+

Automatically resetting thermal switches with snap-action bi-metallic SPST contacts High temperature epoxy sealed TO-220 package Ideal for PC boards, direct mounting on heatsinks etc. UL recognised, CSA certified
H=30 (incl pins), W=10.2, D=4.6, Hole dia=3.6, Pin spacing=5.1

The switches are available as either normally closed (opening on temperature rise) or normally open (closing on temperature rise).
Contact rating Contact material 1A @ 120V, 48V dc, (30,000 operations) 20mA (down to 1mA @ 5V dc (100,000 operations) Gold plated Silver cross bar

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2375

2376

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Thermal Switches - continued

Bi-Metallic, TO-220 - continued
Normally Closed Types Opening Temp. Reclosing Temp. (5C) (min) 70C 80C 90C 100C 110C Normally Open Types Closing Temp. (5C) 50C 70C 90C 110C 50C 55C 60C 70C 80C Opening Temp. (min) 30C 50C 60C 80C

Differential (min). 4C 6C 6C 6C 6C

Mftrs. List No. 67L070 67L080 67L090 67L100 67L110

Order Code 152-4711 152-4704 152-4705 152-4706 152-4712

Relative Humidity (RH) Range: 0 to 100 % RH Accuracy: 3.5 % RH (SHT11 / 71) 2% RH (SHT15 / 75) Response time: 4 sec. Reproducibility: 0.1 % RH Resolution: 0.03 % RH Temperature (T) Range: -40 to 120 C Accuracy: 0.5 C @ 25C Reproducibility: 0.1 C Resolution: 0.01 C Operating temperature - 40C to 120C Electrical Data Power consumption Supply voltage range Input current During measurement In standby Typ. 30 W (@ 5V, 12-bit, measure every 2 sec.) Typ. 1 W (@ 2.4V, 8-bit, measure every 2 min.) 2.4 to 5.5 V 0.5 mA 0.3 A Mftrs.List No. SHT11 SHT15 SHT71 SHT75 Order Code 159-0511 159-0512 159-0513 159-0514
234886

Differntial (min). 4C 4C 6C 6C

Mftrs. List No. 67F050 67F070 67F090 67F110

Order Code 152-4708 152-4709 152-4710 152-4713

Example: A 152-4711 thermal switch will open (break contact) on a rising temperature between 65C and 75C and will reset (make contact) on a falling temperature no less than 4C lower than the actual opening temperature and no lower than 50C.
212179

Price Each Order Code All Order Codes 1+ 3.69 25+ 3.17 100+ 2.79 250+ 2.42

Type SMT. Standard SMT. High accuracy 4-pin single-in-line. Standard 4-pin single-in-line. High accuracy Mftrs. List No. SHT11 SHT15 Order Code 159-0511 159-0512 159-0513 159-0514 139-9624

Price Each 1+ 15.33 18.47 18.47 21.41 2.52 10+ 14.72 17.74 17.74 20.55 2.41 25+ 14.13 17.02 17.02 19.74 2.31

Bi-Metallic, Insulated
Normally closed bi-metal thermal cut-outs fully insulated with an epoxy coating.

SHT71 SHT75 Filter Cap SF1

2376

Electromechanical

Suitable for over-temperature protection and temperature control in a wide range of electrical and electronic equipment Approved to VDE, CSA, OVE, SEMKO and BEAB UL Recognised
H=14.0, W=10.0, D=6.0, Lead L=100 Voltage rating Current rating Sealing insulation resistive inductive 250V ac Temperature tolerance 2.5A cos = 1.0 Contact resistance 1.6A cos = 0.6 Operating temperature 160 type = polyolefine (blue) other types = textile/lacquer (yellow) 5C 40m -30C to +180C

Capacitive Humidity Sensor

P14 Series Excellent long term stability Dewing resistant Fast recovery after dewing Very high dewpoint temperatures High resistance to various chemicals Wide temperature operating range

33
Sensors & Transducers

Mftrs. List No. Order Code T11V 100 05U112L520100 = 152-227, T11V 125 05U112L520100 = 152-229, T11V 150 05U112L529100 = 606-728, T11V 080 05U112L520100 = 732-618, Opening Temperature 70C 80C 100C 110C 125C 140C 150C 160C Order Code 732-606 732-618 152-227 152-228 152-229 152-230 606-728 732-620

Mftrs. List No. Order Code T11V 110 05U112L520100 = 152-228, T11V 140 05U112L520100 = 152-230, T11V 070 05U112L520100 = 732-606, T11V 160 05U112L531100 = 732-620
212162

Humidity - H = 0.4, W = 6.35, D = 2.54mm Humidity & Temp. - H = 0.4, W = 4, D = 2mm 177-8041 Temperature Sensor Humidity operating range Operating Temp. range Capacity Sensitivity Loss Factor Accuracy Hysteresis Response time Frequency range Operating Voltage (Max.) Sensor Type Mftrs. List No. Order Code 177-8041 177-8042 177-8044 1+ 10.00 7.50 14.58 0 to 100% RH -50 to +150 C 180pF 50pF 0.3 pF / % RH < 0.10 < 1,5 %RH < 1,5 %RH < 5 sec 1 to 100 kHz < 12 Vpp AC 177-8042 0 to 100% RH -50 to + 150 C 180 50pF 0.3 pF / % RH < 1,5 %RH < 3 sec 1 to 100 kHz < 12 Vpp AC 177-8044 Pt1000 DIN KI. B 0 to 100% RH -50 to + 150 C 180 50pF 0.3 pF / % RH < 0.10 < 1,5 %RH < 1,5 %RH 3s 1 to 100 kHz < 12 Vpp AC
553001

Price Each 1+ 4.01 3.63 3.81 3.81 4.01 4.01 3.84 4.01 25+ 3.11 2.82 2.96 2.96 3.11 3.11 2.98 3.11 50+ 2.70 2.46 2.57 2.57 2.70 2.70 2.59 2.70 100+ 2.25 2.05 2.14 2.14 2.25 2.25 2.16 2.25

Price Each 10+ 9.15 6.80 13.20 25+ 8.35 6.25 12.10

Humidity and Temperature Sensors

Humidity and Temperature Sensor
SHT11, 15, 71 & 75 SHT 71/75 Relative humidity & temperature Precise dew point calculation Individually calibrated Fully interchangeable, no recalibration
SHT 71 & 51 H = 3.1, W = 5.08, D = 19.5mm

Humidity P14 SMD-G Humidity P14 FEMTOCAP-G Humidity and Temperature P14 FEMTO-THERMO-G

Capacitive Humidity and Temperature Sensor

Ultra fast response time Excellent long term stability Pin-Type Package (pluggable) Thermally isolated For High-End applications DigiPicco Module
Module - H = 2.8, W = 10, D = 47mm

SHT 11/15 Relative humidity& temperature Precise dew point calculation Fully calibrated Ultra fast response time
SHT 11 & 15 H = 3.1, W = 5.08, D = 7.62mm

Excellent long term stability Fully immersible Digital 2-wire interface Ultra small size Cost-effective

Very fast response time Calibration free Ready to use Precise humidity measurement Excellent drift stability
P14 SMD Capacitive 0 to 100% RH -20 to +85 C 5V dc

Mechanically robust Dewing resistant Digital output Calibrated humidity and temperature signals output onto one single bus
Supply current Temperature sensor Response time Accuracy - Humidity Accuracy - Temperature <3 mA PT1000 < 5 sec < 3 %RH < 5C
553081

SF1 Low cost filter solution Provides IP67 protection for 99.99% filteration efficiency @ 0.05 m/s air velocity SHT11 & SHT15 Response time of 30s in Facilitates mounting of slow mooving air SHT11 & SHT15
SF1 H = 8.2, W = 9.38, D = 10.12mm

Sensor type Measurement principle Humidity measure range Operating Temp. range Supply voltage Mftrs. List No. DIGIPICCO (TM) BASIC I2C-G

Price Each Order Code 177-8051 1+ 31.60 10+ 28.90 25+ 26.60

Over half a million products available online

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Humidity and Temperature Sensor
Surface Mount - SOP 14 Package Surface mount, SOP 14 package Simultaneous relative humidity and temperature outputs Resolution 0.4% RH Factory calibrated, ready to use Designed for automated assembly Supply voltage 3.0V to 5.5V dc Low quiescent current: 0.5mA@5V, 25C Operating temperature -40C +85C
Body - H = 3.22, W = 6, D = 9.5mm Description Covered IC Covered IC with Filter

2377

dust, dirt, oils and common environmental chemicals.

610251

Mftrs. List No. HIH-5030-001 HIH-5031-001 Order Code 178-4720 178-4721 1+ 6.44 6.99

Price Each 10+ 5.10 5.97 25+ 4.79 5.54

Humidity Sensor - SMD

Analog voltage output Low voltage supply requirements Near linear voltage output Fast response time Moulded thermoset plastic housing Stable, low drift performance Chemically resistant HIH-4031 is fitted with a hydrophobic filter allowing it to be used in condensing environments

ChipCap is based on a capacitive polymer sensing technology, this device offers signal conditioning and temperature compensation for a single SoC (System-on-Chip) solution. The device is very simple to use, fully tested and calibrated for accuracy on delivery and no further calibration is needed. ChipCap can be incorporated into an assembly or finished sensor to meet customer specifications. The measurement is accurate to 2% from 20% to 80%RH and 3% across the entire humidity range. Long term stability is excellent. The temperature accuracy is 1C from 0C to +70C. Dual outputs provide humidity and temperature as 0V to 1V, or 0.5V to 4.5V ratiometric or available with digital output via the ZACwire one-wire interface.
552377

H = 2.67, W = 8.59, D = 4.17mm Supply Voltage Supply Current Response time Operating Temperature Mftrs. List No. Order Code 156-6263 1+ 44.95 5+ 40.81 HIH-4031-001 4 to 5.8V dc 200A 5s -40 to 85C
505703

Pressure Pressure Type Range

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 177-6493 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

0 to 1V dc Linear Output Differential 0 to 10" HO NPA-100-B-010W-D

23.95 28.89 36.00 30.00 30.00

22.15 26.70 33.30 27.75 27.75

20.60 24.85 31.00 25.80 25.80

Price Each 10+ 38.81 25+ 36.75 50+ 34.73

0.5 to 4.5V dc Ratiometric Output (5V dc nominal) Absolute 0 to 15 PSI NPA-500-B-015-A 177-6503 Digital Output Differential 0 to 15 PSI NPA-600-B-010W-D Differential 0 to 15 PSI NPA-600-B-015-D Absolute 0 to 15 PSI NPA-600-B-015-A 177-6504 177-6505 177-6506

Electromechanical

HIH-4000 Series Humidity Sensors

Moulded thermoset plastic housing with cover Linear voltage output vs %RH Laser trimmed interchageability Low power design High accuracy Fast response time Stable, low drift performance Chemically resistant Typical applications: refridgeration, drying, meterology and OEM assemblies
Solderable SIP 3.5 % 5% RH, 0-60% 8% @ 60-100% RH Typ. 3% of RH Span Maximum 0.5% RH 15 s in slow moving air @ 25C 0.2% RH Typical @ 50% RH in 1 Year 4.0 to 5.8V dc 500A Max. 0 to 100% RH, non-condensing -40 to 85C
447994

Humidity and Temperature Sensor

Evaluation Kit EK-H2 The EK-H2 evaluation kit offers a plug-andplay environment to demonstrate the unique features of all Sensirion humidity and temperature sensors. It can easily be adapted to your specific application and therefore provides an outstanding development and demonstration tool for your future product, enabling fast prototyping. Including: 2 x SHT11, 2 x SHT15 & 2 x SHT7 humidity sensors (incl. connecting cables) Serial interface cable (9-pole) Power supply 230 VAC/ 9 VDC for board Microprocessor and display board ASD11 Humi Viewer (visualization) software on CD ROM documentation Packed in a handy box
234885

Package Style RH Accuracy RH Interchangeability RH Hystersis RH Repeatability RH Response Time, 1/e RH Stability Supply Voltage Supply Current Operating Humidity Range Operating Temperature Range Lead Pitch 2.54mm 1.27mm Mftrs. List No. HIH-4000-001 HIH-4000-002 Order Code 118-7547 118-7548 1+ 18.53 14.01

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 5+ 17.22 11.48 10+ 16.86 10.39 25+ 15.99 9.89 50+ 14.12 8.66

Sensirion Supplied with European power supply only

For Technical Humidity Sensor Data see Order Codes159-0511,159-0512, 159-0513 & 159-0514 Price Each Order Code Evaluation Kit V2.1 120-7219 1+ 225.55

Humidity Sensor - SIP

Analog voltage output Polymer sensing for enhanced resistance to contamination Reduced temperature dependence Low hysteresis Enhanced sensitivity and response Long term stability High operating temperature
Uncased - H = 7, W = 5, D = 0.65mm Cased - H = 10.18, W = 6.52, D = 2.96mm

Humidity Sensors
Low Voltage Humidity Sensors
HIH-5030/5031 Series - SMD Molded thermoset plastic housing Near linear voltage output vs %RH Laser trimmed interchangeability Low power design Enhanced accuracy Fast response time Stable, low drift performance Chemically resistant

The HCH-1000 Series humidity sensor is a capacitive polymer sensor designed for relative humidity measurement. The sensor converts humidity value into capacitance, which can be measured electronically. Polyimide is used as a humidity sensing material in these devices because of its inherent IC processing compatibility, reduced temperature dependence and resistance to contamination. The sensor consists of a grid top electrode, a polyimide layer and a bottom electrode. This construction provides enhanced sensitivity when compared to the standard structure. Two versions are available, a cased version for enhanced dust protection and an un-cased version.
Sensitivity Operating humidity range Response time Operating Temperature Case Style Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 3.36 7.37 5+ 3.05 6.70 0.55 to 0.65 pF / %RH 0% to 100% RH 15s -40 to 120C
505708

H = 8.59, W = 4.17, D = 2.67mm

The HIH-5030/5031 Series Low Voltage Humidity Sensors operate down to 2.7V dc, often ideal in battery-powered systems where the supply is a nominal 3V dc. Direct input to a controller or other device is made possible by this sensors near linear voltage output. With a typical current draw of only 200 A, the HIH-5030/5031 Series is ideally suited for many low drain, battery operated systems. The HIH-5030/5031 Series delivers instrumentation-quality RH (Relative Humidity) sensing performance in a solderable SMD package. The HIH-5030 is a covered integrated circuit humidity sensor. The HIH-5031 is a covered, condensationresistant, integrated circuit humidity sensor that is factory-fitted with a hydrophobic filter allowing it to be used in many condensing environments including industrial, medical and commercial applications. The RH sensor uses a laser trimmed, thermoset polymer capacitive sensing element with on-chip integrated signal conditioning. The sensing elements multilayer construction provides excellent resistance to most application hazards such as condensation, Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Price Each 10+ 2.89 6.37 25+ 2.75 6.04 50+ 2.60 5.69

Un-Cased HCH-1000-001 156-6264 Cased HCH-1000-002 156-6265

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2377

2378

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Humidity Sensors - continued

Analogue humidity module
LinPicco basic series For accurate relative humidity measurement Low power consumption, current loop version supplied from current loop Temperature-compensated Rapid response Good linearity Drift-stable Low hysteresis Very small dimensions Mechanically robust
Sensor Type Measurement principle: Specification range: Accuracy: Humidity range Operating temperature range: Humidity measurement range: Current consumption: Storage temperature range: Dimensions: Terminal connectors: P14 SMD Capacitive humidity sensor 15...85 % RH < 3 %rF @ 23C 0...99,9 % RH, non condensing -25...+85 C +85 C < 3 mA -40...+100 C @ max. 95 % RH, non condensing L=47,0 x W=10,0 x H=2,8 mm Soldering terminals for VCC, Analog Out , Loop-through of optional temperature sensor Outputsignal 0...100% RH 0...1V 0...5V 10...90% Vcc 4...20mA Input Voltage 8...32V= 8...32V= 4,5...5,5V 8...32 V
408198/436281

Order Code Case Style Port Type HSC Series Absolute 182-3254 SIP 182-3256 SMD 182-3245 SIP 182-3250 SIP Differential 182-3232 SIP 182-3228 SIP 182-3226 SIP 182-3233 DIP Gauge 177-8672 SMD 177-8673 SMD 177-8674 SMD 182-3227 DIP 182-3234 DIP 182-3261 SMD 182-3244 SMD 182-3249 DIP SSC Series Absolute 182-3258 DIP 182-3262 DIP 182-3240 DIP Differential 182-3230 SIP 182-3253 SMD 182-3235 SIP 182-3257 SIP 182-3260 DIP 182-3238 SIP 182-3263 DIP 182-3242 SIP 182-3248 SIP 182-3252 SIP Gauge 177-8676 SIP 182-3251 SIP 182-3229 177-8677 182-3236 182-3259 182-3237 182-3239 182-3241 182-3246 182-3247 Pressure Range Mftrs. List No. SMD SIP SIP DIP SIP SMD SIP DIP SIP

Pressure Range DC Supply Voltage Output Type

Axial, single port Axial, single port Axial, single port Axial, single port

0psi to 15psi 0psi to 15psi 0psi to 100psi 0psi to 150psi

3.3V 5V 5V 5V 3.3V 3.3V 5V 5V 5V 5V 3.3V 5V 5V 5V 3.3V 5V

Digital Digital Digital Digital Analogue Digital Analogue Digital Analogue Analogue Digital Digital Digital Analogue Analogue Digital

No ports, O-ring seal 1psi No ports, manifold mount 1psi Axial, dual port 1psi Radial, dual ports, same side 5psi Radial, single barbed port Radial, single barbed port Radial, single barbed port Axial, single port Axial, single port Axial, single port Axial, single port Axial, single port 0bar to 1bar 0bar to 1bar 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 5psi 0psi to 30psi 0psi to 100psi 0psi to 150psi

Radial. single port Axial, single port Axial, single port Dual axial, same side Radial, dual on same side Dual axial, same side Dual axial, same side Radial, dual on same side Dual axial, same side Radial, dual on same side Dual axial, same side Dual axial, same side Dual axial, same side Radial, single barbed port No port, O-ring seal Radial, single port Radial, single barbed port Axial, single port Axial, single port No port, O-ring seal Axial, single port No ports, O-ring seal Axial, single port No ports, O-ring seal

0psi to 15psi 0psi to 30psi 0psi to 60psi 1psi 5psi 5psi 15psi 15psi 30psi 30psi 60psi 100psi 150psi 0bar to 1bar 0bar to 10bar 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 5psi 0psi to 15psi 0psi to 30psi 0psi to 60psi 0psi to 60psi 0psi to 100psi 0psi to 100psi

5V 5V 5V 5V 3.3V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 3.3V 5V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 3.3V 5V 5V Price Each

Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Analogue Digital Analogue Analogue Digital Analogue Digital Analogue Analogue Analogue
553100

Type LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A01

Order Code 959-6100 959-6119 959-6127 959-6135

2378

Electromechanical

LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A05 LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A0545 LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A420

Price Each Type LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A01 LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A05 LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A0545 LINPICCO (TM) BASIC A420 Order Code 959-6100 959-6119 959-6127 959-6135 1+ 30.77 32.48 29.91 37.61 10+ 27.36 28.87 26.58 33.43 25+ 24.60 25.97 23.94 30.10

33
Sensors & Transducers

Resistive Sensor and Module, 20-100% RH Range

Sensor measures up to 100% relative humidity Can be used in conditions liable to dew condensation Module is temperature compensated Module is easy to install and connect.
Sensor: H = 15, W = 12, D = 4.5, Leads = 24, Lead pitch = 5 Module: L = 35, W = 20, H = 75 (above PCB), Mounting hole dia = 3.2

Order Code 182-3254 182-3256 182-3245 182-3250 182-3232 182-3228 182-3226 182-3233 177-8672 177-8673 177-8674 182-3227 182-3234 182-3261 182-3244 182-3249 182-3258 182-3262 182-3240 182-3230 182-3253 182-3235 182-3257 182-3260 182-3238 182-3263 182-3242 182-3248 182-3252 177-8676 182-3251 182-3229 177-8677 182-3236 182-3259

1+

10+

25+

50+

HSC Series 0psi to 15psi 0psi to 15psi

HSCSANN015PA2A3 HSCMAND015PASA5

0psi to 100psi HSCSANN100PA2A5 0psi to 150psi HSCSANN150PA2A5 1psi 1psi 1psi 5psi 0bar to 1bar 0bar to 1bar 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 5psi 0psi to 30psi 0psi to 100psi 0psi to 150psi HSCSMNN001PDAA3 HSCSSNN001PD2A3 HSCSAAN001PDAA5 HSCDRRN005PD2A5 HSCMRNN001BGAA5 HSCMRNN001BG2A5 HSCMRNN001PG2A3 HSCDANN001PGSA5 HSCDANN005PGSA5 HSCMAND030PGAA5 HSCMANN100PGAA3 HSCDANN150PG2A5 SSCDRNN015PAAA5 SSCDANN030PAAA5 SSCDANN060PAAA5 SSCSNBN001PDAA5 SSCMRRN005PDAA3 SSCSNBN005PDAA5 SSCSNBN015PDAA5 SSCDRRN015PDAA5 SSCSNBN030PDAA5 SSCDRRN030PDAA5 SSCSNBN060PDAA5 SSCSNBN100PDAA5 SSCSNBN150PDAA5 SSCSANN001BGAA5 SSCSMNN010BGAA5 SSCMRNN001PG2A3 SSCSANN001PGAA5 SSCSANN005PGAA3 SSCDANN015PG2A3

The module incorporates the 732-837 sensor to give a ready-to-use unit. Resistance of the sensor decreases with increasing RH. Output voltage of the module (1.5V to 3.1Vdc) corresponds linearly to RH (25 to 100%)
Sensor/Module Operating humidity range Operating temperature range Measurement accuracy Sensor Drive voltage, rated power Measuring frequency Impedance (25C, 50% RH) 25% to 100% RH 0C to +50C 5% RH 5Vac, 0.3mW 10 to 100% RH K30K Module Working voltage Storage temperature Storage humidity Measurement range Current Output voltage 5.0 0.2Vdc -40C to +85C 0 to 100% RH 25 to 100% RH 2mA max. 1.5 to 3.1 V
212358

31.45 33.62 31.45 31.45 37.48 37.48 31.45 31.45 30.90 30.90 30.90 31.45 31.45 33.62 32.53 31.45 26.00 26.00 26.00 59.76 27.10 59.76 59.76 26.00 59.76 26.00 59.76 59.76 59.76 25.49 32.05 27.10 25.49 26.03 26.00

29.95 32.00 29.95 29.95 35.70 35.70 29.95 29.95 23.33 23.33 23.33 29.95 29.95 32.00 30.99 29.95 24.79 24.79 24.79 56.91 25.81 56.91 56.91 24.79 56.91 24.79 56.91 56.91 56.91 18.54 30.53 25.81 18.54 24.79 24.79

27.35 29.24 27.35 27.35 32.59 32.59 27.35 27.35 21.63 21.63 21.63 27.35 27.35 29.24 28.29 27.35 22.64 22.64 22.64 51.96 23.57 51.96 51.96 22.64 51.96 22.64 51.96 51.96 51.96 17.10 27.87 23.57 17.10 22.64 22.64

25.16 26.90 25.16 25.16 29.99 29.99 25.16 25.16 20.55 20.55 20.55 25.16 25.16 26.90 26.00 25.16 20.83 20.83 20.83 47.81 21.68 47.81 47.81 20.83 47.81 20.83 47.81 47.81 47.81 16.38 25.64 21.68 16.38 20.83 20.83

Price Each Order Code Module 122-6686 1+ 15.94 10+ 13.34 25+ 11.72 100+ 10.12 250+ 8.82

Pressure Sensors
Pressure Sensor - Silicon
TruStability Range Fully calibrated On-board Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) Long term stability High accuracy Miniature package size Low operating voltage

SSC Series 0psi to 15psi 0psi to 30psi 0psi to 60psi 1psi 5psi 5psi 15psi 15psi 30psi 30psi 60psi 100psi 150psi 0bar to 1bar 0bar to 10bar 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 1psi 0psi to 5psi 0psi to 15psi

Extremely power consumption Insensitive mounting orientation

The sensing element consists of 4 piezoresistors galvanized with a thin, chemically etched silicon diaphragm. A pressure change will flex the mechanism, causing a strain in the diaphragm and buried resistors. The resistor values will change in proportion to the stress applied, which produces an electrical output. These devices have potential applications in dialysis equipment, blood analysis, centrofusion and oxygen and nitrogen gas distribution, HVAC devices, data storage, process controls, industrial machinery, pumps and robotics.
Compliant Non-compliant

RoHS

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Pressure Range SSC Series 0psi to 30psi Mftrs. List No. Order Code 182-3237 182-3239 182-3241 182-3246 182-3247 1+ Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+ Accuracy Response Time Quantization Step Proof Pressure Proof Pressure Proof Pressure Proof Pressure ASDX 2%, ASDXL 2.5% 8 ms 3 mV 5" H2O = 180 "H2O 10" H2O = 180 "H2O 0 to 10" H2O = 20psi 1 and 5 psi = 20psi 15 and 30psi = 2 x rated pressure 100psi = 1.5 x rated pressure
249419

2379

SSCSMNN030PGAA3

0psi to 60psi SSCMANN060PG2A3 0psi to 60psi SSCSMNN060PGAA3 0psi to 100psi SSCDANN100PGAA5 0psi to 100psi SSCSMNN100PGAA5

32.05 27.10 32.05 26.00 32.05

30.53 25.81 30.53 24.79 30.53

27.87 23.57 27.87 22.64 27.87

25.64 21.68 25.64 20.83 25.64

Price Each Operating Pressure Differential / Gauge 0 to 5psid(g) 0 to 15psid(g) 0 to 30psid(g) 0 to 100psid(g) 0 to 1psid(g) 0 to 15psid(g) Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+

Pressure Sensors
24PC SMT Series Alignment pins for position accuracy Small package size 3.18mm diameter pick up feature for use in pick and place machines Max peak reflow temperature of 260C True wet/wet differential sensing Proven elastomeric interconnections of the 20PC family Sensor consists of only five components Elastomeric construction Wide operating temperature range -40 to 85C
Excitation Voltage Max. Excitation Voltage Input Resistance Output Resistance Operating Temperature Range Pressure Range 0 to 1psi 0 to 5psi 0 to 15psi Mftrs. List No. 24PC01SMT 24PC05SMT 24PC15SMT Order Code 122-5330 122-5331 122-5332 1+ 11.72 12.32 13.55 10+ 8.61 9.03 9.94 10V dc Typ. 12V dc 5 k 5 k -40 to 85C Storage Temperature Range Vibration Shock Weight Mftrs. List No. 24PC01SMT 24PC05SMT 24PC15SMT -55 to 100C 150g half sine 11ms Qualification tested to 150g 0.5g

ASDX005D44R ASDX015D44R ASDX030D44R ASDX100D44R ASDX001D44D ASDX015D44D

419-7604 419-7616 419-7628 419-7630 419-7641 419-7653

33.37 33.37 29.59 28.45 26.05 23.63

32.47 32.47 28.79 27.68 22.80 21.48

31.61 31.61 28.03 26.96 20.84 20.92

Basic Sensors - SX Series

Max. Overpressure 20psi 20psi 45psi

Order Code 122-5330 122-5331 122-5332

449821

Single Port Dual Port SX...AD2/SX...GD2 SX...DD4 H= 13.84, W =13.97 H=9.65, W= 13.97 D=11.94 D= 11.94 Pressure Port O/D =2.6 Pressure Port O/D = 2.28 Pin Spacing = 15.24 x 2.54

Sx..N Series H= 27.2, W=29.2, D = 10.2 Pressure ports O/D = 4.83 Fixing Centers = 22.9 Pin Spacing = 2.54

Electromechanical

Price Each 25+ 7.61 8.00 8.80 + +

Pressure Sensors
26PC SMT Series Alignment pins for position accuracy Small package size 3.18mm diameter pick up feature for use in pick and place machines Max peak reflow temperature of 260C True wet/wet differential sensing Proven elastomeric interconnections of the 20PC family Temperature compensation End point calibration Sensor consists of only five components Elastomeric construction Wide operating temperature range -40 to 85C
Excitation Voltage Max. Excitation Voltage Input Resistance Output Resistance Operating Temperature Range Pressure Range 0 to 1psi Mftrs. List No. 26PC01SMT Order Code 122-5333 1+ 30.84 10+ 22.00 10V dc Typ. 16V dc 7.5 k 2.5 k -40 to 85C Storage Temperature Range Vibration Shock Weight Mftrs. List No. 26PC01SMT Price Each 25+ 19.26 + + -55 to 100C 150g half sine 11ms Qualification tested to 150g 0.5g

Easy pressure connection using plastic tubing DIP package for easy PCB mounting Standard differential types can be used for gauge or differential pressure measurements Pressure sensors featuring only the basic shear stress IC pressure sensor element. The sensors are for use with non-corrosive and non-ionic media, eg. air, dry gases.
Reference conditions Supply voltage Linearity & hysteresis Operating Pressure Range 0 to 1psig 0 to 5psig 0 to 15psia Operating Pressure Dip Package 0 to 1psig 0 to 1psid 0 to 5psig 0 to 100psig Standard Package 0 to 1psid 0 to 15psid 0 to 30psid 0 to 100psid 0 to 150psid Vs = 5V dc, TA = 25C 12V dc max. 0.2% FS typ., 0.5% FS max Maximum Pressure 20psi 20psi 30psi Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ Full Scale Span (typ) 20mV 75mV 110mV Repeatability Output impedance Operating temp. range 0.5% FS typ 4.5 -40C to +85C Full Scale Span (typ) 150mV 150mV
212228

Operating Pressure Range 0 to 100psig 0 to 150psid

Maximum Pressure 150psi 200psi Price Each 10+

33
Sensors & Transducers

25+

SX01GD2 SX01DD4 SX05GD2 SX100GD2 SX01DN SX15DN SX30DN SX100DN SX150DN

674-229 674-230 674-242 674-308 414-773 414-797 414-803 414-815 414-827

49.28 32.76 53.14 63.61 54.18 53.60 45.38 55.91 54.18

43.61 31.27 47.02 49.00 47.43 40.76 39.73 49.49 47.43

40.77 30.43 44.00 43.91 43.35 36.07 36.32 46.27 43.35

Max. Overpressure 20psi

Order Code 122-5333

449825

Basic Sensors - SCC Series

Temperature Compensated, Constant Current Drive Low cost pressure sensors offering a temperature stable output when driven with a constant current source Temperature coefficients for span and resistance effectively cancel each other out between 0C and 50C For use with non-corrosive and non-ionic media, eg. air, dry gases The sensors are housed in the same DIP and standard packages as SX series (see above) and have the same pin connections.

Amplified Low Cost

A2 Package H=17 W=14 D=16.8 D4 Package H=11.1 W=14 D=24.8

D4 - ASDX Package. H=11.1, W=14, D=24.8 D4 - ASDXL Package. H=17, W=14, D=16.9

Miniature PCB mount dual in line package Temperature compensated Precision ASIC conditioning Amplified voltage output Single 5V supply

Suitable for measuring Differential,Gauge and absolute pressures Differential devices allow pressure to either side of the sensing diaphram and can be used for differential or gauge measurements

Reference conditions Supply current Linearity, hysteresis and repeatability Output impedance Compensated temp. range Operating temp. range Operating Pressure Range 0 to 5psid 0 to 15psia 0 to 100psig (g) Maximum Pressure 20psi 30psi 150psi

IS = 1.0mA, TA = 25C 1.5mA max 0.25% FS typ, 0.5% FS max 5k typ. 0C to 50C -40C to +85C Full Scale Span 25 to 65mV 40 to 95mV 85 to 225mV

The ASDX/ASDXL are amplified versions of the industry leading SDX series. This family is fully calibrated and compensated using an on-board ASIC offering high level (4V span) output. Designed for use with non-corrosive, non ionic media e.g. air and dry gases.
Supply Voltage Output Full Scale Output Zero Pressure Output Operating Temperature 4.75 to 5.25V dc 0.5 to 4.5V dc(Ratio metric within supply voltage range) 4.5 Vdc (80V-ASDX,100mV-ASDXL) 0.5 Vdc (80V-ASDX, 100mV-ASDXL) ASDX: 0440-2.5V(80V),ASDXL: 0440-2.5V(100mV) ASDX: -20C to 105C, ASDXL 0C t +70C

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2379

2380

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Pressure Sensors - continued

Basic Sensors - SCC Series - continued
Temperature Compensated, Constant Current Drive - continued
212226

over 0-50C range New DIP package features standard IC dimensions and pin spacing for easy PCB mounting For use with non-corrosive, non-ionic media, eg. air and dry gases
Reference conditions Max. supply voltage Linearity & hysteresis Repeatability Span shift with temp. (0C to 50C) Offset shift with temp. (0C to 50C) Output impedance Operating temp. range Offset calibration Common mode voltage Operating Pressure Range 0 to 10" H2O 0 to 1psig 0 to 5psig Proof Pressure 5 psi 20 psi 20 psi Full Scale Span 25mV 18mV 60mV VS = 12V, TA = 25C VS = 20V 0.2%FS typ, 1% FS max 0.2% FS typ, 0.5% FS max 0.4% FS typ, 2% FS max 0.2mV typ, 1mV max SDX = 4k typ, SDXL = 6k typ. -40C to +85C 0 1mV 1.5V min, 3.0V typ, 5V max Operating Pressure Range 0 to 15psig 0 to 100psig Proof Pressure 30 psi 150 psi Full Scale Span 90mV 100mV
212227

Operating Pressure Dip Package 0 to 15psia 0 to 5psid Standard Package 0 to 15psia 0 to 5psid (g) 0 to 100psig (g)

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

SCC15AD2 SCC05DD4 SCC15AN SCC05DN SCC100DN

674-310 674-333 179-275 179-276 179-279

33.61 24.28 31.33 35.61 39.15

28.47 21.25 27.43 34.75 34.28

25.19 19.43 26.55 33.85 31.32

Temperature Compensated Sensors - SCX Series

Pins 1 Temp output + 2 VS 3 Output + 4 Ground 5 Output6 Temp output-

Operating Pressure Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

This low cost range is designed for applications where the user can typically provide fine adjustment of zero and span in external circuitry. Very tight offset and full scale calibration Guaranteed temperature compensation to max 1% over a 70C temperature range For non-corrosive, non-ionic fluids, eg. dry gases Rugged plastic package Differential types can be used for gauge or differential pressure measurement
12V dc 25C +30Vdc max. 0.1% FS typ, 0.5% FS max (precision) 0.2% FS typ, 1% FS max (low cost) 0.2% FS typ, 0.5% FS max (precision) 0.2% FS typ, 1.0% FS max (precision) 0.4% FS typ, 2.0% FS max (low cost) 0.1mV typ, 0.5mV max (precision) 0.2mV typ, 1.0mV max (low cost) 4k typ -40C to +85C 0 0.3mV (precision), 0 1.0mV max (low cost)
212337

Low Pressure 0 to 5" H20 0 to 10"H20

SDX005IND4 SDX010IND4

434-6063 434-6075 674-114 674-126 674-138 674-140 674-163 674-175 674-205

121.71 100.65 52.13 36.20 51.90 48.77 54.83 54.83 56.08

106.50 71.75 45.61 33.68 45.41 42.69 37.15 37.15 51.24

102.55 65.68 41.69 32.95 41.50 39.04 33.30 33.30 49.86

Standard Pressure 0 to 15psia SDX15A2 0 to 1psig SDX01G2 0 to 1psid 0 to 5psig 0 to 15psig 0 to 15psid 0 to 100psig SDX01D4 SDX05G2 SDX15G2 SDX15D4 SDX100G2

H=25.4, W=27.9, D=26.2, Pressure ports O/D=4.83, Fixing centres=21.6, Pin spacing=2.54 Reference Vs Reference Temp Supply voltage, Vs Linearity & hystersis Repeatability Span shift with temp (0C to 70C) Offset shift with temp (0C to 70C) Output impedence Operating temp range Offset calibration Pressure Pressure 0 to 15psia 0 to 1psid 0 to 15psid 0 to 15psia 0 to 1psid 0 to 5psid 0 to 15psid 0 to 30psid 0 to 100psid 0 to 150psid Order Code 414-839 414-840 414-852 414-864 414-888 414-890 414-906 414-918 414-920 414-931

2380

Electromechanical

Ultra Low Pressure Sensors - Sursense

Differential or Gauge pressure Self-compensating Small outline dimensions Superior linearity Almost no position sensitivity Exceptional stability Pressure media must be clean, non-corrosive and non-ionising, i.e. dry gases

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 1+ 77.57 71.22 53.28 94.89 130.05 95.89 106.42 116.01 132.41 109.52 10+ 63.66 62.33 43.72 85.39 91.77 67.66 94.19 81.86 101.78 95.82 25+ 56.34 56.97 38.69 83.09 83.98 61.92 86.10 74.94 93.14 87.60

DUXL: H=7.1, W=19.1 (excl. pins), D =12.7 DCXL & DCAL: H=26.2 (incl. ports), W = 27.4(excl. pins), D=20.3

The SURSENSE family of low-pressure sensors is based upon proprietary, DSC (Dynamic Sel-Compensation), technology designed to reduce all output offsets and common mode errors. Changes in output due to temperature, warm-up, long term stability and position sensitivity have all been significantly reduced when compared with conventional sensors. In addition, all models utilise a stress relieving construction that reduces zero offset and linearity errors due to mounting induced stresses.
DUXL differential & gauge Supply voltage Output span (Ratiometric @ 4.5V) Offset voltage Offset warm-up shift (first 10secs.) Offset position sensitivity (1g) 310-6986 1" H2O 8 4-8mV <10 10V 15V Temp. effect on offset (0-50C) Temp. effect on span (0-50C) Combined linearity and hysteresis Input resistance Storage temperature Common mode pressure 100V 100V 0.1% nom. 1-3K -40C to +125C 50psig

Temperature Compensated Sensors

DIP Package SDX Series
Single Port SDX A2 Series SDX G2 Series H=15.1, W=13.97, D=11.94 Pressure port O/D=2.67 Pin Spacing=15.24x2.54

Dual Portp SDX D4 Series H=9.65, W=13.97, D=11.94 Pressure port O/D=2.28

Amplified, PCB Mounting Differential, bidirectional gauge 310-6883 Pressure range 1 in H2O Supply voltage 5V dc Full scale span 2V Null offset 2.25V dc Sensitivity 0.4 V/in H2O Combined linearity and hysteresis error 0.25% Span Storage Temperature -40 to +125C Media - P1 Wetted materials Media - P2 DRY Gasses only Operating temperature -25 to +85C Operating Pressure Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

310-6895 5 in H2O 5V dc 2V 2.25V dc 0.8 V/in H2O 0.25% Span -40 to +125C Wetted materials DRY Gasses only -25C to +85C
212422

Price Each 10+ 25+

Differential and Guage 0 to 1" H2O DUXL01D Amplified, PCB Mounting Differential 0 to 1" H2O DC001NDC4 0 to 5"H2O DC005NDC4

310-6986 310-6883 310-6895

63.31 219.72 114.35

56.47 161.22 88.81

52.31 142.63 84.13

This family of compensated and calibrated sensors is the second generation of Honeywell SCX Series. Incorporating "constraint-wafer" technology the SDX Series provides: Up to 5 times improvement of long term stability and repeatability Greater immunity to package stress Tight calibration of offset and span Temperature compensation of offset and span, giving an accurate and stable output

Over 100 latest technologies added online everyday See our pick of the hottest products and latest technologies in Whats New? at www.farnell.co.uk

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Basic Sensors - 24PC Series Low Pressure Differential Sensors
Temperature Compensated - 176 PC Series Miniature package Low pressure measurement Calibrated null and span Temperature compensated for span over 0 C- 50C

2381

This range of very low pressure sensors utilizes the latest silicon technology to achieve a higher sensitivity and lower null shift than was previously achievable.
Gauge, Absolute: Differential: High pressure gauge: H=8.0 (excl. pins), H=8.0 (excl. pins) H=8.0 (excl. pins), W=12.7, D =21.8, W=12.7, D=34.4 W=12.7, D=23.8, Pressure port O/D=5.1 Pressure ports O/D =5.1 Pressure port= 1/4-28UNF, flange dia.=9.14 Connections (2.5 spacing): 1=VS (+) (notched pin), 2=Output (+), 3 = Ground (-), 4= Output (-) Connections 1. Vs (+) 2. Output A 3. Ground (-) 4. Output B

Higher sensitivity requires less amplification and improves the signal to noise ratio. H=21.5, W=21.5, D= 34.3 (overall). Pressure port O/D =7
10V dc (nom.), 16V dc (max.) 2mV 0.25% FS 4.0% span (0-14"), 3.5% span (0-28") 0.25% span -40C to +85C (0C to 50C compensated) Port 2: wetted compatible with polyester housing, epoxy adhesive silicon, borosilicate and silicon-to-glass bond.
212241

Measure vacuum or positive pressures in air, gas or liquids High pressure gauge types (100psig and 250psig) have threaded ports A range of miniature low cost basic sensors. The sensors have wet/wet capability, incorporating a seal either side of the diaphragm, one of which is unique conductive seal offering improved reliability for the product range.
Supply voltage Linearity (typ.) 10V dc (nom.), 12V dc (max.) Gauge, differential=0.25% span, 15 psia = 15mV/psia typ, 30 psia = 11mV/psi typ. (see note below) Repeatability and hysteresis Gauge, differential = 0.15%, absolute = 0.5% Input/output resistance 5k Temperature range -40C to +85C Media Wet or dry, compatible with polyetherimide, Note: Although non-compensated, these sensors exhibit extremely good temperature stability(0.5% of span) when driven by current rather than voltage (1.6 to 2.0mA recommended).
212242/436274

Supply voltage Null offset Linearity Sensitivity shift (0-50C) Repeatability and hysteresis Temperature range Media

Operating Pressure 0 to 7"H2O 0 to 14" H2O

Mftrs. List No. 176PC07HD2 176PC14HD2 Order Code 731-821 731-833 1+ 108.86 112.20

Price Each 5+ 102.52 85.34 10+ 90.70 75.49 25+ 82.69 68.83

Electromechanical

Mftrs. Absolute 2 to 15psia 2 to 30psia Differential 0 to 0.5psid 0 to 1psid 0 to 5psid 0 to 15psid 0 to 30psid Gauge 0 to 0.5psig 0 to 1psig 0 to 5psig 0 to 15psig 0 to 30psig 0 to 100psig 2 to 15psia 2 to 30psia List No. 24PCCFA6A 24PCDFA6A 24PCEFA6D 24PCAFA6D 24PCBFA6D 24PCCFA6D 24PCDFA6D 24PCEFA6G 24PCAFA6G 24PCBFA6G 24PCCFA6G 24PCDFA6G 24PCFFM6G 24PCCFA6A 24PCDFA6A Order Code 723-7753 723-7765 731-626 731-638 731-640 731-651 731-663 731-675 731-687 731-699 731-705 731-717 731-729 723-7753 723-7765 1+ 29.42 29.45 22.69 22.50 24.46 30.60 18.02 26.88 24.88 35.33 27.58 27.82 22.33 29.42 29.45

Price Each 10+ 23.96 23.99 18.40 17.10 19.84 20.36 15.29 18.88 16.55 23.51 22.37 18.51 18.33 23.96 23.99 25+ 21.20 21.22 16.36 15.85 17.64 17.64 14.16 16.36 14.34 20.37 19.89 16.04 16.21 21.20 21.22 50+ 19.32 19.34 14.95 15.44 16.12 16.12 13.14 14.95 13.11 19.60 18.18 14.65 14.78 19.32 19.34

Force Sensor

SMD Version H = 3.75, W = 9.14, D = 5.59mm

PCB Mount and Bracket Body - H = 9, W = 12.7, D = 8mm

Robust performance characteristics Extremely low deflection, typically 30 microns at full scale Precise force sensing Electrically ratiometric output Mounting brackets available separately

33
Sensors & Transducers

Piezo-resistive sensing element in Wheatstone bridge circuit. Force is applied through stainless steel plunger directly to sensing element. Applications include load and compression sensing, variable tension control, contact sensing, robotic end effectors, medical.
Supply voltage Force range Overforce Span Response time Temperature range 721-6671 10V dc (nom.) 1500grams 5500 grams (max.) 290 to 430mV (360mV typ.) 1m sec -40C to +85C 310-7620 5V dc (nom.) 0 to 1500g 4500 grams (max.) 60mV (at 5V dc) -40C to +85C
212310

Temperature Compensated Sensors

- 26 PC Series

Price Each Order Code Differential: H=8.0 (excl. pins), W=12.7, D =34.4, Pressure ports O/D=5.1 Connections (2.5 spacing) 1=Vs (+) (notched pin) 2=output (+) 3=Ground (-) 4=output (-) Gauge: H=8.0 (excl. pins), W=12.7, D=21.8, Pressure port O/D = 5.1 Force sensor FSG-15N1A Force sensor - SMD FSS1500NSB Mounting brackets, pack of 5 PC-15132 Order Code 721-6671 310-7620 721-6683 1+ 35.69 51.91 5.76 5+ 27.97 43.59 5.19 10+ 26.19 41.29 5.07

Pressure Sensor
Surface Mount - SOIC14 Package Packaged in an industry standard surface mount SOIC14 pin package, the NPA Series is available in Differential or Absolute pressure ranges from 0 to 10" H20 to 0 to 30PSI with either uncalibrated mV outputs or in fully calibrated, amplified analog or 14bit digital outputs.
Body - H = 2.16, W = 7.52, D = 11.36mm

Calibrated null and span Temperature compensated for span Can be used to measure vacuum or positive pressures in air, gas or liquids Miniature low cost pressure sensors with compensated outputs. Wet/wet capability of the sensor incorporates a seal either side of the diaphragm, one of which is a unique conductive seal offering improved reliability for the product range.
Supply voltage Null offset Linearity Sensitivity shift (0-50C) Repeatability and hysteresis Response time Mftrs. Differential 0 to 1psid 0 to 5psid 0 to 15psid 0 to 30psid Gauge 0 to 1psig 0 to 5psig 0 to 15psig List No. 26PCAFA6D 26PCBFA6D 26PCCFA6D 26PCDFA6D 26PCAFA6G 26PCBFA6G 26PCCFA6G Order Code 731-742 731-754 731-766 731-778 731-780 731-791 731-808 1+ 26.43 26.43 23.58 26.43 32.31 33.63 26.43 10v dc(nom) 16v dc(max) 1.5mV 0.25% span 1.0% span 0.2% span 1ms (max.) Input resistance Output resistance Temperature range Media 7.5kohm 2.5kohm -40C to +85C (0-50C compensated) Wet or dry, compatible with polyetherimide, silicon and
212231

Price Each 10+ 21.91 21.91 19.55 21.91 26.79 21.91 21.91 25+ 19.18 19.18 17.11 19.18 23.45 19.18 19.18 50+ 17.81 17.81 15.89 17.81 21.78 17.81 17.81

Surface Mountable, SOP 14 package Digital pressure signal: 14 bit ADC / Differential and Absolute versions available 11 bit DAC Barbed Pressure Port On chip temperature sensor in digital Recommended tubing 3/32" ID, 7/32" OD, mode 1/16" wall thickness Operating temperature range of -40C to +125C

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2381

2382

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Pressure Sensors - continued

Pressure Sensor - continued
Surface Mount - SOIC14 Package - continued
552283

Differential Pressure Sensor

SDP1000 / SDP2000 Series The Differential Pressure Transducer SDP1000/SDP2000 measures the mass flow caused by a differential pressure. Suppose that the gas is known and leakage is allowed smallest pressure differences can be reliably detected due to its outstanding characteristics based upon Sensirions CMOSens technology. For cost sensitive OEM applications in HVAC Detects ultra low differential pressure Zero drift, offset & hysteresis free Outstanding accuracy and reproducibility (even below 10 Pa) Ultra fast response time CMOSens technology driven Fully calibrated & temperature compensated
H = 22, W = 30, L = 44 (incl.ports), Port ctrs. = 16, Port dia. = 3.4, Pin spacing = 2.54

Pressure Type

Pressure Range

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 177-6493 177-6494 177-6495 177-6497 177-6498 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

mV Output, Ratiometric, Uncalibrated sensor Differential 0 to 10" HO NPA-100-B-010W-D Differential 0 to 1 PSI NPA-100-B-001-D Differential 0 to 5 PSI NPA-100-B-005-D Differential 0 to 15 PSI NPA-100-B-015-D Absolute 0 to 15 PSI NPA-100-B-015-A 23.95 22.25 22.25 22.25 22.25 34.65 28.89 28.89 28.89 36.00 30.00 30.00 22.15 20.60 20.60 20.60 20.60 32.00 26.70 26.70 26.70 33.30 27.75 27.75 20.60 19.00 19.00 19.00 19.00 29.80 24.85 24.85 24.85 31.00 25.80 25.80

Analog Amplified Output, 5V dc Exitation, Calibrated sensor 177-6499 Differential 0 to 10" HO NPA-500-B-010W-D Differential 0 to 1 PSI NPA-500-B-001-D 177-6500 177-6501 Differential 0 to 5 PSI NPA-500-B-015-D 177-6503 Absolute 0 to 15 PSI NPA-500-B-015-A Digital Serial Output, Calibrated sensor Differential 0 to 15 PSI NPA-600-B-010W-D Differential 0 to 15 PSI NPA-600-B-015-D Absolute 0 to 15 PSI NPA-600-B-015-A 177-6504 177-6505 177-6506

Not sensitive to mounting orientation Direct PCB mounting with simple snap-on system Linear or square root extracted output characteristics Analogue voltage output
Condition @ 23C/ 73F Working DC VDD=5.0V, no load VDD=5.0V, loaded Rl=100k Rl=100k Min. -10C 4.75 0.243 3.93 10 Max. 0.5 3 60C 5.5 5 10 0.257 4.07 Units. FS %m.v. C V mA mA V dc V dc k
311245

Parameter Accuracy / Linearity Ambient temperature Power supply Operating current (max.) Output voltage @ 0 Output voltage @ FS Recommended load

Air Velocity Sensors

Uni-directional These sensors are desinged for the detection of clogged air intake filters and air velocity flows in office automation equipment, including consumer portable products such as PC projectors and other PC related peripherals, domestic products like Air Purifiers, coolers and many other more conventional HVAC products requiring to monitor airflow efficiency for product protection and environmental comfort. They may also be considered as a suitable alternative to single point Pitot tubes and Thermal dispersion sensors in heating ducts and building/ environmental management systems.
H = 9, W = 39, D = 20mm

Connecting tubes - Recommended inner diameter 3/16"

Mftrs. Output Linear 0.25 - 4.0V 0.25 - 4.0V 0.25 - 4.0V 0.20 - 4.0V Square root 0.25 - 4.0V SDP1000-L SDP1000-L05 SDP2000-L SDP1000-L025 SDP1000-R 120-7221 122-5681 120-7224 169-6083 120-7223 51.08 70.80 41.88 82.80 53.92 47.09 67.30 39.98 68.60 49.71 43.19 65.00 38.25 63.20 45.60 List No. Order Code 1+ Price Each 10+ 25+

2382

Electromechanical

33
Sensors & Transducers

Inside each sensor is a highly sensitive MEMS flow chip that is only 1.5 square x 0.5 mm thick. The MEMS flow chip has two thermopiles either side of a tiny heater element used to measure the deviations in heat symmetry caused by the passing gas flow in either direction. A thin layer of insulating film protects the sensor chip from exposure to the gas. When there is no flow, temperature distribution concentrated around the heater is uniform. When a flow is subjected, temperature on the side of the heater facing the flow cools and on the side away from the flow, warms up (heat symmetry collapses). This difference of temperature appears as a difference in the thermopiles electromotive force, the mass flow velocity and mass flow rate can be measured.
Supply voltage - V dc Current Consumption Output voltage - V dc Flow Range 0 - 1 m/sec. 0 - 4 m/sec. Connecting Cable 200mm Mftrs. List No. D6FW-01A1 D6FW-04A1 D6FW-CABLE Order Code 100-7615 100-7616 100-7617 1+ 50.98 50.98 3.58 Min. Max. 10.8 26.4 15mA 0 5.7 Min. Operating Humidity Operating Temperature -10C Max. 85% RH +60C
418081

Pressure Sensor - Differential

Low Range with Fast Responce Time For cost sensitive HVAC and medical applications Unsurpassed performance with CMOSens technology Offset & hysteresis free Outstanding accuracy and reproducibility, even below 10 Pa Fully calibrated & temperature compensated Not sensitive to the mounting orentation Direct PCB mounting with simple snap-on system 3.18 to 3.8mm hose connections 5V dc power supply voltage
531088

Price Each 5+ 49.45 49.45 3.47 10+ 47.97 47.97 3.38 H = 18.3, W = 30, D = 30.5mm Mftrs. List No.

Price Each Order Code 169-6082 1+ 72.40 10+ 59.80 25+ 55.30 50+ 51.40

Pressure Sensor
Digital Differential Digital output (I2C) Accuracy better than 0.2% Calibrated and temperature compensated Designed to measure pessure of air and non-agressive gasses Pressure range to 500 Pa Require a stabalised 3.3V power supply
SDP600 - H = 10.25. W = 29, D = 18mm SDP610 - H = 10.25. W = 29mm, D = 18
531087

SDP1108-R

Differential Pressure Meter - ASP1400

The Differential Pressure Meter ASP1400 measures the mass flow caused by a differential pressure. Suppose that the gas is known and leakage is allowed smallest pressure differences can be reliably detected due to its outstanding characteristics.
Measurement Range: Lowest detect. Press: Resolution: Reproducibility: Accuracy: Response time: Flow rate: Max. overpressure: Operating temperature: Electrical Data Supply voltage range: Input current: Output signal:

Mftrs. List No. SDP600 SDP610 Order Code 169-6080 169-6081 1+ 61.51 66.50 10+

Price Each 25+ 40.98 44.30 50+ 39.13 42.30 48.75 52.70

Detects ultra low differential pressure Zero drift & offset free Outstanding accuracy Ultra fast response time CMOSens technology driven Calibrated & temperature compensated Digital output signal (RS 232 & SPI) CE - certified

Help us to help the environment

This catalogue has been printed on paper certified from a sustainable source. Please recycle after use.

0.002 to 100 Pa (bi-directional) 0.002 Pa 0.001 to 0.04 Pa 0.002 % full scale or 0.08 % measured value 0.05 % full scale or 1.5 % measured value 142 ms 400 sccm @ 100 Pa 2.0 bar 0 C to 70 C 7 to 18 V 20 mA @ 9 V (typical),27 mA @ 9 V (max.) RS 232 or SPI compliant
234888

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Price Each Order Code 120-7218 1+ 135.00 10+ 134.01 25+ 130.57 at 100 mBar at other pressures Long term stability (1 yr) Proof pressure 5-20 mBar devices at 50/100/350 mBar at 1 Bar and 5 Bar Operating Pressure 0 to 5mbar 0 to 10mbar 0 to 10mbar 0 to 50mbar 0 to 100mbar 0 to 350mbar 0 to 1bar 0 to 1bar Absolute Mftrs. List No. HCXPM005D6V HCXM010D6V HCXPM010D6V HCXM050D6V HCXM100D6V HCXM350D6V HCX001D6V HCX001A6V Order Code 306-9540 306-9552 306-9564 540-638 540-640 540-651 540-663 540-687 1+ 82.37 82.37 82.37 82.50 82.50 82.50 63.64 57.28 0.10% FSO/C (0C TO +50C) 0.05% FSO/C (0C TO +50C) 0.20% FSO typ. 350 mBar 1.40 Bar 2 rated pressure
212183

2383

Pressure Transducers and Transmitters

Transducers, Signal Conditioned
Miniature Excellent liquid media compatibility Fully signal conditioned (4V output) 6 pin DIP package Operating temperature -40C to +125C Smallest amplified sensor package

Price Each 10+ 75.78 75.78 75.78 75.90 75.90 75.90 58.55 52.70 25+ 69.19 69.19 69.19 69.30 69.30 69.30 53.46 48.11

H=19.1, W=11.2 (pin 30.9), D=13.2

The smallest fully signalled pressure transducer with excellent temperature stability. These 6 pin DIP gauge packages are available in pressure ranges from 50mm Hg to 250 psi.
Pressure Range 50mm Hg 0 to 15psi 0 to 100psi 0 to 150psi 0 to 250psi Over Pressure 170mm Hg 45psi 200psi 300psi 500psi Null 2.5V dc 0.5V 0.5V 0.5V 0.5V Supply Current 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA 10mA Excitation 5V dc 0.25 5V dc 0.25 5V dc 0.25 5V dc 0.25 5V dc 0.25 Hysteresis Repeatability 0.15% Span 0.15% Span 0.15% Span 0.15% Span 0.15% Span Mftrs. List No. 40PC001B1A 40PC015G1A 40PC100G1A 40PC150G1A 40PC250G1A Order Code 310-7425 310-7437 310-7449 310-7450 310-7462
212421

Differential Transducers, 1 - 6V Output

PTE5000 Series
Connections 1 Brown +VS 2 White V out 3 Blue Case 4 Black -VS

Price Each Pressure Range 50mm Hg 0 to 15psi 0 to 100psi 0 to 150psi 0 to 250psi Order Code 310-7425 310-7437 310-7449 310-7450 310-7462 1+ 29.34 28.33 29.34 28.33 29.34 5+ 27.29 25.93 27.29 25.93 27.29 10+ 26.31 25.21 26.71 25.37 26.71 25+ 24.33 23.10 24.36 23.14 24.36 Length=86 (without connector)Dia.=40, Pressure ports 18"BSP female

Electromechanical

Temperature compensated differential transducer Rugged aluminium casing offering environmental protection to IP67 Applications include flow measurement and filter monitoring in harsh conditions Designed for use with non-corrosive, non-ionic, media eg. dry air and gases
VS = 15V, T (ambient) = 25C, R load = 100K common mode pressure = 0 psi 1 to 6V 12 to 32V 1V 100mV 5.0V 100mV 60mW (typ.) (10-90%) 0.1ms Proof Pressure 20 psi Mftrs. List No. PTE5005D1A Order Code 678-521
222140

Reference conditions

Transducers 5V Output - 140PC Series

High level voltage output and complete calibration and temperature compensation For use with non-corrosive, non-ionic gases and liquids Differential devices can be used as gauge or differential sensors
Pins 1 Output 2 Ground 3 Supply+ L=59.8, W=30.0, D=18.5 (excl.pins) Port O/D=5.00, Ctrs.= 52.4. Supply current Typ. Supply current Max. Current sourcing output Operating Pressure Range (psi) 0 to 15 --8mA Operating temperature range 20mA Storage temperature range 10mA Response time Repeatability & Hysteresis Sensitivity (V/psi) 0.333 % Span Typ. 0.15 Mftrs. List No. 142PC15A Order Code 438-8045
310980

Output voltage Supply voltage Offset voltage Span Power consumption Response time Operating Pressure 0 to 5psid (g)

Price Each Operating Pressure 0 to 5psid (g) Order Code 678-521 1+ 157.68 10+ 149.79 25+ 141.90

33
Sensors & Transducers

-40C to +85C -55C to +125C 1.00ms

Transducers & Transmitters - PTE2000

Stainless Steel Housing Fully temperature compensated and signal conditioned gauge pressure transducer 4 to 20mA or 1 to 6V output Rugged stainless steel housing Designed for the measurement of hostile media in harsh environments 12 to 36V dc supply voltage Internal voltage regulator allows use of unregulated power sources Included right-angle plug-in connector Dia = 31.8mm (25.4 across flats), Fitting 3/8" NPT gives protection to IP67 and reduces the L = 62mm (body excl. connector), Cable L = 2m installation and maintenance time
222176

Linearity,B.F.S.L. P2 P1 Max. P2 P1 Max. % Span

Operating Pressure 0 to 15 Order Code 438-8045 1+ 236.66

Price Each 10+ 171.76 25+ 152.30

Operating

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

Transducers, 0.5 - 4.5V Output

Low Profile - HCX Series

Pressure

H=13, W=35, D=39 (including ports) Pressure Port O/D=5

Connections 1 Voltage output 2 Internal connection 3 -VS (GND) 4 Internal connection 5 +VS 6 Internal connection

4 to 20mA Output 0 to 5psig PTE2005G4A. 0 to 15psig PTE2015G4A 0 to 30psig PTE2030G4A 0 to 100psig PTE2100G4A 1 to 6V Output 0 to 100psig PTE2100G1A

704-9109 678-600 678-612 678-624 678-582

201.83 201.83 201.83 201.83 262.18

191.73 191.73 191.73 191.73

181.64 181.64 181.64 181.64

Compensated, calibrated and amplified pressure transducers Small low-profile package with in-line pinning for easy PCB mounting Internal voltage regulation allows a calibrated output for a supply voltage ranging from 4.8 to 15V Suitable for measuring differential gauge and absolute pressures Designed for use with non-corrosive, non-ionic media eg. dry air and gases
Supply voltage Output Full scale output (FSO) Operating temperature range Linearity and hysteresis (BSL) Zero pressure output Thermal stability 5 mBar devices at 50 mBar 4.8V to 15V dc 0.5 to 4.5V 4.5V 50mV -10C to +70C 0.5% 0.5V 50mV 0.2% FSO/C (0C TO +50C) 0.12% FSO/C (0C TO +50C)

Compact Silicon Diaphram Transmitters CTE7000 Series

The CTE7000 series is a compact silicon diapham transmitter, offering a low cost solution for air and dry inert gas applications. This family of sensors offers a choice of electrical outputs and process connections.

L=72 Dia=21.8 Thread=18BSP Male

0 to 25mBar to 0 to 7 Bar ranges Rugged stainless steel construction Field interchangeable Applications include Pneumatic control, Choice of 0 to 5V or 4 to 20mA outputs medical and instrumentation Absolute or Gauge pressues available

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2383

2384

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Pressure Transducers and Transmitters continued

Compact Silicon Diaphram Transmitters CTE7000 Series - continued
Supply Voltage Full Scale Output Zero Pressure Output Operating Temperature Response Time 1 to 5 V 4 to 20mA 9 to 32 Vdc 9 to 32 Vdc 5 Vdc (50mV) 16mA (0.2mA) CTE7N2.5V (50mV) 8mA (0.2mA) 0 Vdc (50mV) 4mA (0.2mA) CTE7N2.5V (50mV) 12mA (0.2mA) -40C to 85C 1 ms
249431

Repeatability Thermal stability (0 to +70C) Long term stability (1 year) Proof pressure FSO = Full Scale Output Operating Pressure Flush diaphragm style 0 to 1 Bar A 0 to 1bar G 0 to 5bar G 0 to 10bar G 0 to 16bar G High pressure style Operating Pressure 1 to 6V Output Mftrs. List No.

1 to 6V Output 0.1% FSO nom. 0.05% FSO/C 0.2% FSO 2 rated pressure

4 to 20mA Output

Order Code

4 to 20mA Output Mftrs. List No. BTE6001A4-FL BTE6N01G1-FL BTE6005G4-FL BTE6010G4-FL BTE6016G4-FL

Order Code 678-697 678-703 678-715 678-727 678-739

212181

BTE6N01G1-FL

678-650

Price Each Operating Pressure Gauge, 0 to 5V Output 0 to 350mbar G 0 to 5bar G Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+

Order Code 1+ 678-650 678-697 678-703 678-715 678-727 678-739 221.06 211.74 211.74 211.74 211.74 211.74

Price Each 10+ 209.99 201.14 201.14 201.14 201.14 201.14 25+ 198.95 190.56 190.56 190.56 190.56 190.56

Voltage Output 0 to 1bar G

CTEM70350GY7 CTE7005GY7

419-7781 419-7823

110.65 110.65

105.62 105.62

100.59 100.59

Flush Diaphragm, 4 to 20mA Output 0 to 1bar A 0 to 1bar G 0 to 5bar G 0 to 10bar G 0 to 16bar G

Compact Ceramic Diaphram Transmitters CTE8000 Series

Barometric Pressure Transducer

L=72 Dia=21.8 Thread=18BSP Male Connections: 1 +Vs H=32 (including ports) 2 GND W=30, D=60 3 V out Fixing centres 52.4mm, 3.5mm dia.

2384

Electromechanical

0 to -1Bar to 0 to 100 Bar ranges For many industrial gases and liquids Field interchangeable Choice of 0 to 5V or 4 to 20mA outputs Gauge pressure sensing Rugged stainless steel construction Applications include Pneumatic contro and instrumentation

The CTE8000 series is a compact ceramic diapham transmitter, offering a low cost solution for many industrial gases and liquids. This family of sensors offers a choice of electrical outputs and process connections.
Supply Voltage Full Scale Output Zero Pressure Output Operating Temperature Response Time Proof Pressure 1 to 5 V 9 to 30 Vdc 5 Vdc (50mV) 0 Vdc (50mV) 4 to 20mA 9 to 30 Vdc 16mA (0.2mA) 4mA (0.2mA) -40C to 100C 10 ms 2 x rated pressure
249441

Transducer covers barometric pressures 800mBar to 1100mBar Calibrated and signal conditioned 0 to 5V output Applications in barometry, weather stations, absolute pressure compensation in sensitive equipment

The transducer provides a true 0 to 5V output over the barometric pressure range. Internal voltage regulation allows the device to operate from a single rail power supply between 7 and 24V. A potentiometer is provided to adjust for changes in altitude. The tranducer is designed for use with non-corrosive, non-ionic media eg. dry air and gases.
Reference conditions Supply voltage Operating pressure Proof pressure Voltage output (span) Operating temperature Compensated range Non-linearity and hysteresis Repeatability Temperature shift (-10C to +60C) Response time Long term stability Mftrs. List No. 144SC0811-BARO VS = 8V, T (ambient) = 25C, RL = 100K 7 to 24V dc 800 to 1100mbar 2 bar 5V 500mV -40C to +85C -10C to +60C 0.1% FSO (max.) 0.2% FSO (typ.) 0.3% FSO/10C (max) 1ms (typ.) 0.1% FSO (typ.)
212180

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Operating Pressure Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+

Gauge, 4 to 20mA Output 0 to 10bar G CTE8010GY4 0 to 50bar G CTE8050GY4 Gauge, 0 to 5V Output -1 to +1bar G 0 to 10bar G CTE8N01GY7 CTE8010GY7

419-7884 419-7902 419-7938 419-7963

147.67 147.67 147.67 147.67

147.57 135.86 135.86 135.86

143.68 124.04 124.04 124.04

Price Each Operating Pressure Order Code 540-894 1+ 130.14 10+ 124.22 25+ 118.31 800 to 1100mbar

Transducers & Transmitters - BTE6000

Stainless Steel, Flush Diaphragm and High Pressure

Very Low Pressure Differential Transducers

Signal Conditioned 160PC Series
Flush H = 35, W = 48, D = 135 (including connector) Dia. = 27, Thread = 34" BSP

High Pressure H = 35, W = 48, D = 160 (including connector) Dia. = 27, Thread = 12" BSP

Pressures up to 350 bar Suitable for harsh environments Flush mount versions Flush diaphragm type transducers avoid Designed for use with any corrosive or the problem of particulate build up and non-corrosive media compatible with minimise dead volume 303 stainless steel Flush diaphragm types are particularly 1 to 6V and 4 to 20mA outputs suitable in the food industry and applica Field interchangeable tions using thick liquids and semi-solids Protected against reverse polarity and sealed to IP65 Connections Fully temperature compensated, signal conditioned 1 - 6V output 4 -20mA output transducers offering flush mounted stainless steel 1 +Vs 1 +Vs diaphragms for gauge and absolute pressure and DIN 2 -Vs 2 -Vs standard manometer thread versions for high pres3 V out 3 NC sure. case case
Supply voltage Zero offset Full scale span Operating temperature Linearity and hysteresis 1 to 6V Output 12 to 30V dc 1.0V 150mV 5.0V 100mV -40C to +100C 0.2% FSO nom. 4 to 20mA Output 12 to 36V dc 4.0mA 150A 16.0mA 100A

High sensitivity pressure transducers enabling pressures as low as 0 to 2.5" H2O to be measured Transducers are temperature compensated and fully signal conditioned, with calibrated null and FSO
L=59.8, W=30.0, D=33.7 (excl. pins) Pressure port O/D=5.0 Fixing centres=52.4 Pins: 1. OUT, 2. GND, 3. IN+

Utilising the latest silicon technology, a higher sensitivity and lower null shift is achievable. Higher sensitivity requires less amplification and improves the signal to noise ratio.

Supply voltage Supply current Null offset Output at full pressure/vacuum Span Ratiometric error Repeatability and hysteresis Temperature range Media

8V dc (nom.), 6V dc (min.), 16V dc (max.) 20mA max. 1.0 0.05V (162/164PC), 3.50 0.05V (163PC) 6.0 0.1V (162/164PC), 1.0 0.2V (163PC) 5V 7-8V and 8-9V 0.5% span, 9-12V 2.0% span 0.25% span (162 type 0.15% span) -40C to +85C (-18C to +63C compensated) Port 2: wetted compatible with polyester housing, epoxy adhesive, silicon, borosilicate glass and silicon-to-glass bond.
212247

Operating Pressure 0 to 28" H2O 0 to 10" H2O 0 to 2.5" H2O 0 to 5" H2O

Mftrs. List No. 162PC01D 164PC01D37 163PC01D75 164PC01D76 Order Code 731-857 731-870 731-882 731-894 1+ 112.64 97.35 97.35 97.35

Price Each 5+ 108.64 90.54 90.54 90.54 10+ 105.78 80.31 80.31 80.31 25+ 103.06 72.61 72.61 72.61

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Miniature Transducers and Transmitters
Stainless Steel 0-100mV/0-5Vdc/4-20mA Output 21R Series Three output options - 0 to 100mV and 0 to 5V dc transducers, 4 to 20mA transmitters 316L stainless steel wetted parts, compatible with most corrosive media Good repeatability and linearity, and negligible hysteresis Fitted G114 male port with integral pressure seal Supplied with mating mPm micro-connector Sealed to IP65
Body L = 76 (excl. connector), Dia = 17. Fitting = G1/4 (14" BSP) male port Signal output Zero balance Supply Shift with temperature 0C to +85C -55C to +125C Zero pressure output Stability (1 year) Proof pressure SA15A, SA25A, SA50A Operating Pressure 0 to 25psia 0 to 50psia 0 to 100psis SA100S, SA200S 0.01% FSO/C typ SA1000S to SA5000S 0.02% FSO/C typ Burst pressure 1.0V dc 0.15V dc max SA15A, SA25A 1.0% FS output SA50A, SA100S, SA200S SA1000S to SA5000S 2 rated op pressure Mftrs. List No. SA25A SA50A SA100S Order Code 415-194 415-200 415-212 2 rated op pressure 1.5 rated op pressure 20 rated op pressure 10 rated op pressure 5 rated op pressure
212403

2385

Price Each 1+ 536.18 968.88 433.58 10+ 509.38 920.45 422.42

Precision piezo-resistive silicon sensor available to measure gauge or absolute pressures.

0-100mV 0.1% 0-5V dc 1% 4-20mA1% 0.1% 1% 1% 8-28V dc unregulated 8-28V dc 8-28V dc (4 wire) (3 wire) (2 wire) Non-linearity and hysteresis 0.2% max. 0.5% max. 0.5% max. Total error band 2.5 max. 2.5% typ., 4% max. 2.5% typ., 4% max. Operating temperature -20C to +80C -20C to +80C -20C to +80C Over-pressure 2 range or 1100 bar, whichever is less Total error band includes hysteresis, zero and span effects, temperature effects and repeatability
212335

Pressure Switches
Miniature Pressure Switches
25.4mm Square Body

Price Each Output Pressure Range 0 to 2.5bar G 0 to 10bar G 0 to 25bar G 0 to 250bar G 0 to 400bar G 0 to 1bar A 0 to 2.5bar A 0-5Vdc 4-20mA 1+ 5+ 10+ PSF102 Body - H = 7.9mm PSF100A Body - H = 9.2mm

709-9472 709-9484 709-9496 709-9514 709-9526 709-9540 709-9551

710-0723 710-0735 710-0747 710-0760 710-0796

67.31 107.19 107.19 107.19 107.19 147.67 147.67

66.76 104.89 104.89 104.89 104.89 142.82 142.82

64.14 92.91 92.91 92.91 92.91 124.24 124.24

External (PSF100A Series) or Recessed (PSF102 Series) Quick Connect terminals Miniature size
Case Material Material 173-4671 has Switch Type Contact Rating - Current Operating Temperature Switching Medium Porting

Quick response time Dependable long life

Transducers, 50mV Output

Stainless Steel Housing - MM Series Miniature vented gauge pressure transducer with case and wetted parts made from 300 series stainless steel Suitable for a wide variety of corrosive media, eg. freon, ammonia, water and hydraulic fluids Fully temperature compensated, with a high degree of unit-to-unit interchangeability Supplied with a mating Hirschmann connector (miniature DIN type)
L=70 (including connector) Dia.=25.4 Fitting : Port with 18" BSP (parallel) thread 14mm hex. nut Connections: 1 +Signal 2 -Supply 3 -Signal 4 +Supply Excitation voltage Span Zero balance Non linearity/repeatability and hysteresis Operating temperature range Compensated temperature range Thermal effect on zero Thermal effect on span Proof pressure Burst pressure 5V dc recommended (6.0V dc maximum) 50 1mV dc 2.5mV dc @ 25C 1% FSO from best fit straight line -40C to 90C (with connector) -1C to 80C 1FSO (any 55C over comp. range) 1% reading (any 55C over comp. range) 2 rated range without damage (0-15,25,50,100,200 psig) 1.5 rated range without damage (0-500,1000,2000,5000 psig) 10 rated range without bursting (0-15,25,50,100,200 psig) 5 rated range without bursting (0-500,1000,2000,5000 psig)
212211

Polycarbonate Polyurethane Diaphragm PTFE SPST - NO 40mA - 30V ac/dc - Resistive Load 4.5C - 65.5C (40F to 150F) Air, compatible fluids on "High" side Two - 0.2" Diameter barbed ports for use with 316" ID Tubing
540686

Electromechanical

Set Point Pressure

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

PSF 100A Series - Patented shock and vibration resistant 17.61 0.004 - 0.018psi PSF100A-0.5 173-4664 0.054psi PSF100A-1.5 173-4665 17.61 17.61 0.108psi PSF100A-3.0 173-4666 17.61 0.217psi PSF100A-6.0 173-4667 0.361psi PSF100A-10.0 173-4668 17.61 17.61 0.541psi PSF100A-15.0 173-4669 1.804psi PSF100A-50.0 173-4670 17.61 PSF 102 Series - Field adjustable set point 0.004 - 0.018psi PSF102-7652-710 173-4671 0.018 - 0.072psi PSF102-7651-711 173-4673 0.072 - 0.541psi PSF102-7651-712 173-4674 0.541 - 2.17psi PSF102-7651-713 173-4675 2.17 - 3.6psi PSF102-7651-723 173-4676 3.6 - 25psi PSF102-7651-714 173-4677 13.33 13.33 13.33 13.33 13.33 13.33

16.85 16.85 16.85 16.85 16.85 16.85 16.85 12.44 12.44 12.44 12.44 12.44 12.44

15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 15.50 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67

14.90 14.90 14.90 14.90 14.90 14.90 14.90 11.20 11.20 11.20 11.20 11.20 11.20

33
Sensors & Transducers

Pressure Switch - High Current

PSF 103 Series - Adjustable Set Point Controllable Hysteresis (Deadband) Field adjustable pressure point Snap action basic switch @ 125 / 250V ac Small, lightweight size Dependable long life of 10 million cycles

Operating Pressure 0 to 100psig

Mftrs. List No. 9307604 Order Code 615-754 1+ 599.24

Price Each 10+ 577.45 25+ 548.40

Transducers, 5V Output
Stainless Steel Housing Fully signal conditioned and temperature compensated transducers Rugged stainless steel housing with stainless steel isolated diaphragm, shielded connector cable Male pressure connection has a self-sealing thread Typical media include oil, gases, aqueous solutions, hydraulic fluids, alcohol, freon, ammonia, acids and petrol Suitable for pressure applications that involve measurement of corrosive media in harsh environments
Connections Red Supply Voltage Brown or white Signal output Black Ground L=48 (excl cable), Dia=39, Mounting=12"hex, Thread=18"-27 NPT, Cable length = 1000 Case Material Material 173-4671 has PTFE Switch Type Contact Rating - Voltage Operating Temperature Porting Set Point Current Mftrs.

OA - H = 45.7, W = 25.4, D = 43.2mm Polycarbonate Polyurethane Diaphragm SPST - NO and NC Contacts 125 / 250V ac 40F to 150F (40F to 150F) Two types available - Smooth Port, 0.156" Dia. and 18" NPT port
540732

Price Each Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+

Pressure Switching List No.

The low pressure devices, up to 50 psi, are absolute devices. The higher pressure devices are sealed gauge, i.e. sealed at atmospheric pressure in manufacture.
Reference, VS Output Span Supply voltage Operating temp range 9V 5V 1V to 6V dc 9V to 20V dc -55C to 105C Linearity 1% FSO for SA15A, SA25A <0.5% FSO for others 0.25% FSO typ

Smooth Port, 0.156" Dia. for 18" ID tubing 0.11 3A 0.4psi PSF103-9011-902 173-4678 0.4 - 1psi 10A PSF103-9011-903 173-4679 1 - 4psi 15A PSF103-9011-904 173-4680 NPT port 4 - 15psi 15A 15 - 60psi 15A
18"

13.33 13.33 13.33 13.33 13.33

12.44 12.44 12.44 12.44 12.44

11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67 11.67

11.20 11.20 11.20 11.20 11.20

PSF103-9061-905 173-4681 PSF103-9061-906 173-4682

Hysteresis

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2385

2386

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Pressure Switches - continued

Vacuum Switch - High Current
PSF 109S Series - Adjustable Set Point Controllable Hysteresis (Deadband) Field adjustable pressure point (Inside port) Snap action basic switch @ 125 / 250V ac Small, lightweight size Dependable long life of 10 million cycles
Polycarbonate Polyurethane Diaphragm SPST - NO and NC Contacts 125 / 250V ac 40F to 150F (40F to 150F) 0.25" (6.4mm) Diameter
540764

Price Each Pressure Range Series 1 25 to 125mbar 0.25 to 1.35bar Series 2 0.025 to 2.75bar Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

6101-0021 6101-0019 6101-0018

427-6530 427-6553 427-6565

22.39 22.39 22.89

20.90 20.90 21.33

19.98 19.98 20.43

Case Material Material Switch Type Contact Rating - Voltage Operating Temperature Porting OA - H = 45.7, W = 25.4, D = 43.2mm Set Point Pressure Current Mftrs. Switching List No.

Miniature Medium Pressure Switches

Miniature pressure switch with all die cast housing and integral 18 NPT connection. The switch is designed for moderately high pressure with external vernier adjustment screw. The switch can be mounted in any orientation to suit a wide variety of applications. UL and CSA recognised. Supplied with 4 colour coded springs, 1 factory fitted, to cover pressure ranges from 0.7 bar to 16 bar and full setting instructions.

Price Each Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+

Smooth Port, 0.156" Dia. for 18" ID tubing -0.3 to -0.1psi 3A PSF109S-3-8 173-4683 -2.9 to -0.3psi 10A PSF109S-9-80 173-4685 -11.9 to -2.9psi 15A PSF109S-81-330173-4686

13.81 13.81 13.81

12.89 12.89 12.89

12.08 12.08 12.08

11.60 11.60 11.60

Pressure Switch
GT Series - Adjustable Set Point Large diameter silicon diaphragm Snap action switch Multi-barb port connections 1/4" x 0.03" Quick Connect terminals Proof pressure 1 psi, burst pressure 3.5 psi

Case Material Electrical Contact Rating Fluid Medium Burst Pressure

Die Cast SPST Momentary (NO or NC) 5 A, 250 Vac Wide range of media 34 Bar Mftrs.

Mechanical Life Operating Temperature Diaphram Weight

106 -40C to 85C Polyurethane 57g

249528

2386

Electromechanical

Price Each Order Code 427-6577 1+ 22.16 5+ 20.68 10+ 19.80

Pressure Range 0.7 to 16bar

List No. 6101-0016

Low Pressure 1" - 16" H2O

OA - H = 45.75, Dia. = 80, D = 99mm Case Material Material Switch Type Contact Rating Operating Temperature Porting Set Point Pressure Noryl (PPO) Silicon Diaphragm SPDT 5A @ 125 / 250V ac -25C to +105C (40F to 150F) Multi-barb - For 1/4" and 5/16" inside diameter flexible plastic or rubber tubing
540842

33
Sensors & Transducers

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 173-4687 173-4688 173-4689 1+ 17.86 17.86 17.86

Price Each 10+ 16.67 16.67 16.67 25+ 15.63 15.63 15.63 50+ 15.00 15.00 15.00

0.003 - 0.005psi GT27012(PSF117) 0.007 - 0.036psi GT27027(PSF117) 0.036 - 0.18psi GT27028(PSF117)

Miniature pneumatic switch for very sensitive pressure, vacuum and differential pressure switching Housed in a glass filled nylon 12 surface mounting body with neoprene diaphragm Switch can be set for normally open or normally closed operation Sensitivity can be adjusted from 1" to 16" H2O Supplied with 1 metre of PVC connecting tube Air bleed version has adjustable air bleeds on both sides of the diaphragm
Pressure/Vacuum range Pressure, factory setting Differential between pressure connection Body withstand pressure Temperature Range Switch Contact rating Dry switching, minimum Contact resistance Pressure connections Mftrs. 25mm (2") H20 (min), 400mm (16") H20 (max/max. differential) 50mm (2") H2O (Contact normally open) 0.34 Bar (5 psi) max. 1.0 Bar (14.7 psi) -5C to +50C SPST N/O, N/C 0.5A, 250V ac (resistive) 5mA, 4V dc 50m 4mm dia. spouts
212230/406081

Sensitive Pressure Switches

Price Each Order Code 731-912 723-0497 1+ 29.26 29.21 10+ 26.75 26.65 25+ 25.41 25.33 50+ 23.92 23.86

Sensitive, pressure, vacuum and differential pressure measurement switches, housed in a glass filled polyester case. Externally adjustable Can be mounted in any orientation Suits a wide variety of applications UL and CSA recognised Series 1: Adjustable miniature pressure, vacuum and differential switch for air measurement Series 2: Gauge pressure only, supplied with 4 colour coded springs, 1 fitted, to cover pressure ranges from 0.07 bar and full setting instructions
Case Material Electrical Contact Rating Fluid Medium Burst Pressure Mechanical Life Operating Temperature Contact Material Diaphram Weight Mounting Series 2 Glass filled polyester SPST Momentary NO SPDT (N/O or N/C) 20 mA, 250 Vac 5 A, 250 Vac Air / Gases Wide range of Media 1.75 Bar 3.1Bar 109 106 -40C to 120C -40C to 85C Phospher Bronze / 18 ct Gold Polyurethane 10g 18g Lugs or pressure stub
249526

Type Standard Air Bleed

List No. 6753-AEJA-A000 6753-OF

Vacuum Switch
75" to 270" H2O Robust low vacuum switch suitable for industrial applications Pressure fully adjustable on increasing vacuum Suitable for use with butane, compressed air, water, mineral and fuel oils, citric acid, etc.

Series 1

H=38, Dia.=43, Fixing holes=5 to suit No. 4 self-tap screws Pressure range (on increasing vacuum) Electrical switch Vacuum connection Temperature range Materials Spring (in vacuum cavity) 1900 to 6860mm H20 (75" to 270" H20) SPCO 21(8)A 250V ac Side entry spout 4mm O/D -5C to +70C Nylon 12 body, neoprene diaphragm Spring steel

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

FOR SUITABLE PLASTIC PROTECTIVE COVER ORDER CODE 723-0485
222172

2387

Extended Duty Pressure Switch

5000 Series NPT male thread blade terminals with 8-32 screws Plated steel base Glass reinforced polyester cover Direct action blade contact Silver alloy contact, gold plated
14" 18-27

Mftrs. List No. 6721-40 Order Code 723-0448 1+ 31.22

Price Each 10+ 27.59 25+ 26.41 50+ 25.01

Low/Medium Pressure
5 to 25" H2O, 3 to 5.5 psi, 8 to 18 psi
Low Pressure

The 5000 Series switch is specifically designed to stand up to demanding pressure applications. The switch is factory set but capable of cusomer adjustment. It features a Kapton diaphragm for compatibility with a wide variety of fluids.
Dia. = 37.34mm (1.47"), H = 58.42mm (2.3") Contact rating - Resistive Contact rating - Incuctive Proof pressure Burst pressure - 4 to 15 psi Set pressure range Burst pressure - 35 & 60 psi Set pressure range Temperature range Pressure Pre-set 4psi 4psi 10psi 15psi 35psi 35psi 60psi 60psi Range 3.1 to 7psi 3.1 to 7psi 8 to 13psi 14 to 24psi 25 to 50 psi 25 to 50 psi 51 to 90psi 51 to 90psi Mftrs. List No. 76575 76577 76578 76052 76053 76063 76054 76064 Order Code 160-5366 160-5368 160-5370 160-5371 160-5373 160-5374 160-5375 160-5376 1+ 30.04 31.70 31.59 18.92 28.92 33.29 23.84 26.99 15A @ 6V dc, 4A @ 24V dc 1A @ 120V ac, 0.5A @ 240V ac 500 psi 750 psi 1250 psi -40 to 250C
510969

Medium Pressure Cover Low pressure: H=38, Dia.=43, Fixing holes=5 to suit No. 4 self-tap screws Medium pressure: H=38 (body), 58 (overall),W=40,D=43, Fixing holes=4 to suit No. 4 self-tap screws

Price Each 5+ 27.02 28.53 28.41 15.99 26.03 29.99 21.46 24.31 10+ 25.01 26.42 26.33 14.80 24.10 27.76 19.87 22.51

Robust pressure switches suitable for industrial applications Pressure fully adjustable throughout range All types suitable for use with butane, compressed air, water, citric acid, etc. Low pressure types also suitable for use with mineral and fuel oils, detergent solution, etc. Plastic cover available to protect electrical terminals
Pressure range Low pressure type: 127 to 635mm water gauge (5" to 25" water gauge) Medium pressure 3 to 5.5psi(0.20 to 0.37 Bar) types: 8 to 18psi(0.54 to 1.22 Bar) Low pressure type: SPCO 10(3)A 250V ac Medium pressure type: DPCO 21(8)A 250V ac Low pressure type: Side Entry Spout 4mm O/D Medium pressure types: 18" BSPT brass -5C to +70C Nylon 12 body, neoprene diaphram, steel spring
212380

Electromechanical

Electrical switch Pressure connection Temperature range Materials Pressure Range Low Pressure 5" to 25" water gauge Medium Pressure 3 to 5.5psi 8 to 18psi Plastic Protective Cover

Industrial - 0184 Series

Rugged industrial pressure switches with a wide range of possible setting pressures Adjustable switching hysteresis of 10 to 30% between rising and falling pressure Switch output by 4A/250VAC changeover contacts Connection by industry standard DIN connector When used in conjunction with the connector the switch is sealed to IP65 L=90 (overall), Dia.=34, NBR seal material type suitable for use with Mounting=27 hex., Thread= G14 hydraulic oil, gasoline, engine oil, heating oil, (14" BSP) turpentine and air EPDM seal material type suitable for use with water, hydrogen, sea water, acetylene Stainless steel body versions suitable for process and chemical industries and pharmaceutical, agricultural applications etc.
Output Rating Maximum operation Hysteresis Adjustment Range 0.3 to 1.5bar 1 to 10bar 10 to 50bar 10 to 100bar 50 to 200bar Operating Pressure Range 4A 200 operations/min 10% Tolerance at Room Temp. 0.2 bar 0.5 to 1.0 bar 3.0 bar 3.0 to 5.0 bar 5.0 bar Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ Mechanical Life Temperature range Body Material Over Pressure 100bar 300bar 300bar 300bar 600bar
212264

Mftrs. List No. 6731-06 6742-30 6742-50 6819-01 Order Code 723-0450 723-0461 723-0473 723-0485 1+ 19.75 32.30 31.60 1.99

Price Each 10+ 17.46 28.59 27.96 1.79 25+ 16.69 27.35 26.76 1.71 50+ 15.82 25.88 25.33 1.59

33
Sensors & Transducers

Industrial
Connections 1. Common 2. N.C., opens on pressure rise 3. N.O., closes on pressure rise

1000000 operations -30C to +100C Zinc plated steel

H=130, W=82, D=38 Fixing centres (2 holes dia.=4)=45x69, Pressure input= 14" BSP brass

Pressure switching can be set externally Switching hysteresis between rising and falling pressure can be preset Double insulated GFS nylon housing, sealed to IP65 Pressure setting can be made tamper-proof by 1.5mm A/F Hex. key Approximate pressure setting may be seen through a window in the cover

Price Each 5+ 10+

Industrial pressure switch supplied with 3 colour coded springs to give 3 pressure ranges covering 20 psi to 200 psi, the mid-range spring being supplied ready fitted. Switching is through two separate SPCO V3-style microswitches with 14" fast-on spade connections, and cable entry is via M20 tapped conduit hole. Brass and nitrile rubber are the only materials in contact with the pressure system, making the pressure switch suitable for most commonly used operating fluids, for example in regulating water flow lines or in factory air systems.
Operating pressure ranges (on rising pressure) Switching hysteresis Switch setting accuracy Withstand pressure Contact rating Operating temperature Mftrs. List No. 6702-0002 Order Code 213-317 1+ 46.55 Red spring: 20 to 50 psi (1.4 to 3.5 bar) White spring: 40 to 100 psi (2.7 to 6.9 bar) Blue spring: 80 to 200 psi (5.5 to 13.8 bar) Adjustable 20% to 50% of operating pressure 2 psi @ 50 psi rising pressure 500 psi 15A 250V ac(resistive) -5C to + 70C
212426

Zinc Plated Steel Body, NBR Diaphragm 0.3 to 1.5bar 0184-45703-1-003 1 to 10bar 0184-45803-1-042 10 to 50bar 0184-45903-1-009 10 to 100bar 0184-46103-1-012 50 to 200bar 0185-46003-1-003 Zinc Plated Steel Body, EPDM Diaphragm 0.3 to 1.5bar 0184-457032-003 1 to 10bar 0184-458032-042 10 to 50bar 0184-459032-009 Stainless Steel Body, NBR Diaphragm 0.5 to 5bar 0184-457031-SS 1 to 10bar 0184-458031-SS 10 to 50bar 0184-459031-SS 10 to 100bar 0184-461031-SS

679-057 679-069 679-070 679-082 679-094 721-3086 721-3098 721-3104 721-3037 721-3049 721-3050 721-3062

49.25 49.25 49.23 49.25 53.70 49.25 49.25 49.25 67.03 67.03 67.03 67.03

48.25 48.25 48.24 48.25 52.64 48.25 48.25 48.25 65.69 65.69 65.69 65.69

45.20 45.20 45.18 45.20 49.32 45.20 45.20 45.20 61.54 61.54 61.54 61.54

Price Each 10+ 42.44 50+ 40.02

Load Cells
Single Point, Aluminium, 3-50Kg (30-500N)
5/10/20/50/100kg Off-centre loading capability Easy to mount and use Versatile for use in test equipment Ideal for supporting weighing platforms High sensitivity and high accuracy

1022

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2387

2388

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Load Cells - continued

Single Point, Aluminium, 3-50Kg (30-500N) - continued
5/10/20/50/100kg - continued Low profile, aluminium single-point load cells, with industry standard mounting dimensions. Off-centre loading capability allows ease for use in force measurement applications or for weighing platforms.
1040 Rated capacity in Kg Rated capacity in Newtons (approx.) Output at rated capacity Total errors Temperature range: operating Temperature range: compensated Safe overload Ultimate overload Excitation: recommended Excitation: maximum Input impedance Output impedance Deflection at rated capacity Threaded mounting holes Environmental protection Cable types Cable length Maximum platform size Dimensions L x W x H 3/5/10/20/50 30/50/100/200/500 2.0 to 0.2% 0.02 -30 to +70 -10 to +40 150 300 10 15 415 15 350 3 0.4 M6x1.0 1022 Series =IP66, 1040 = IP54 1022 Series = 4-Wire 1040 = 6Wire 1022 Series = 0.5, 1040 = 1 1022 Series = 350 x 350, 1040 = 400 x 400 725-6139, 725-6140 10x25x22 725-6152, 725-6164 130x30x22 700-0911: 150x29.4x40 Kg N mV/V % of applied load C C % of rated capacity % of rated capacity Volts AC or DC Volts AC or DC ohm ohm mm 4 Places 4 Wire, PVC, Single Floating Screen m mm mm
224684

Accelerometers
Acceleration/Vibration Sensing
Piezo-Electric Accelerometers These units have a crystal of piezo-electric material to which is attached a seismic mass. When the crystal is stressed in tension or compression, it generates an electrical charge which is proportional to the acceleration or vibration level it is experiencing. Internal circuitry converts this signal into a voltage or current 4 to 20mA output for data collectors or process control loops. These robust sensors have no moving parts and offer long-term stability and reliability. They have a wide frequency range and signals can be integrated to give velocity and displacement values. Piezo-Resistive Accelerometers These models have a seismic mass attached to a cantilever beam. The beam is deflected whilst experiencing g forces and this movement is converted to an electrical signal by resistance changes in a semiconductor sensing unit element. Internal circuitry provides amplification of the signal and temperature compensation. The frequency range of these devices is lower than the piezo-electric models, having the advantage of being able to monitor static or DC acceleration levels.
ACCELEROMETERS - SELECTION TABLE Vibration Sensitivity Supply Industrial - Process Control 4-20mA Loop 0-10mm/sec 10-32V (smoothed) 0-25mm/sec0-25mm/sec 10-32V (smoothed) Industrial / Laboratory, Light Weight 100mV/g As above @ 10g Monitran List No. Order Code

Mounting Connection M8 male 5m armoured cable M8 male 5m armoured cable Bonding 5m cable with 50W BNC connector

MTN/1185CM8-10 706-8219 MTN/1185CM8-25 706-8268

MTN/1800

707-7415

2388

Electromechanical

Price Each Capacity 3kg 5kg 10kg 20kg 50kg Mftrs. List No. 1022M-3M-F-106 1022M-5M-F-106 1022M-10M-F-106 1022M-20M-F-106 1040M-50M-F Order Code 725-6139 725-6140 725-6152 725-6164 700-0911 1+ 104.19 130.24 130.24 130.24 180.16 5+ 96.90 121.13 121.13 121.13 167.56 10+ 91.69 114.62 114.62 114.62 158.54

Industrial / Laboratory, Low Frequency 100mV/g @ 5g 10-24V dc @ 7ma 4 holes, MTN/7000-5 3mm 5m armoured cable 50mV/g @ 50g 10-24V dc @ 7ma 4 holes, MTN/7000-50 3mm 5m armoured cable

707-7555 707-7567
224692

Lightweight
Small size and mass Ideal for modal analysis Can be configured into three axes format No moving parts Long term stability and reliability

SType, Tension/Compression
250-1000 Kg (2.5 - 10KN) Designed for tension or compression operation Versatile and adaptable Compact, rugged designs Simple to mount and use Rod-end bearings available
601/616 620 Mftrs. List No. MTN/1800 Order Code 707-7415

33
Sensors & Transducers

Piezo-electric accelerometer for acceleration sensing in laboratory and R and D applications. Mount by bonding.
Frequency response 5Hz to 14Hz (3dB point 3kHz) Resonant frequency 25kHz (nom.) Measurement range 10g Sensitivity 1000mV/g 5% Amplitude non-linearity 1% Max. over full scale Operating temp. range -10C to +85C Temperature coefficient 5% (over full temp. range) Supply Voltage 20 to 30 Volts DC Connection 5m cable with 50 BNC connector Case material Aluminium base Weight 9g (nom.) Sealing IP65
212336

Price Each 1+ 295.39 10+ 275.67 25+ 248.65

Designed to tolerate either tension or compression forces, S type load cells are easy to mount and use. The threaded mounting holes allow easy adaptation to force measurement applications such as pneumatic/hydraulic actuators, and the self-aligning capability when used with rod-end bearings results in high accuracies, suitable for mechanical scale conversions or reaction torque measurements.
Rated capacity in Kg Rated capacity in Newtons (approx.) Output at rated capacity Total error Operating temp. range Compensated temp. range Safe overload Ultimate overload 300 2500 2.0 0.1% 0.025 -30 to +70 -10 to +40 150 300 500 5000 2.0 0.1% 0.03 -30 to +70 -10 to +40 150 300 10 15 385 15 350 3 <0.4 IP67 1000 10000 2.0 0.1% 0.025 -30 to +70 -10 to +40 150 300 10 15 400 20 350 3 < 0.4 IP68 6 Wire, Polyurethane Dual Floating Screen 5 70 x 32 x 90 M16 x 2.0 620-1000M-F 704-3843 Price Each Load Cells Capacity 300kg 500kg 1000kg Order Code 704-3820 704-3831 704-3843 1+ 260.49 196.67 244.76 5+ 234.44 191.74 230.26 10+ 221.42 185.71 222.22 kg N mV/V % of applied load C C Capacity % of rated Capacity % of rated V ac or dc V ac or dc ohms ohms mm

Low-Frequency
Capable of monitoring static or DC acceleration levels Frequency range DC to 1kHz Ideal for laboratory or process control Piezo-resistive accelerometer suitable for laboratory and R and D applications.
H=26 (overall), Base=25x25, Mounting: 4 3.1 on 19.5 square pitch Measurement ranges Frequency response Resonant frequency Overload limits Sensitivity Operating temp. range Temperature coefficient Supply Voltage Case material Weight Sealing Connection Mftrs. 5g, 50g 5g type = DC to 500Hz, 50g type = DC to 1kHz 5g type = 500Hz, 50g type = 1800Hz 20 in any direction 5g type = 100mV/g, 50g type = 50mV/g -25C to +85C Span 1% up to 50C, Zero 1% up to 50C 10 to 24 Volts DC @ 7mA Stainless Steel 40g (nom.) IP65 5 metres 4-core armoured cable
212339

Excitation: recommended 10 Excitation: maximum 15 Input impedance 415 15 Output impedance 350 3 Deflection at rated capacity <0.4 Environmental protection IP65 Cable type 4 Wire, PVC, Single Floating Screen Cable length Dimensions L x W x H Threaded mounting holes Mftrs. List No. Order Code 3 70 x 34 x 76 M12 x 1.75 614-300M-D2 704-3820

3 62 x 26 x 80 12" 20 UNF 616-500U-F 704-3831

m mm 2 places
213401

Price Each Order Code 707-7555 707-7567 1+ 525.95 432.16 10+ 485.04 409.15 25+ 439.50 382.80

Sensitivity 100mV/g @ 5g 50mV/g @ 50g

List No. MTN/7000-5 MTN/7000-50

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Process Control, 4-20mA
Direct velocity output Two wire 4 to 20mA industrial standard Easy process control loop interface Stand-alone use with digital meter

2389

Horizontal
Specific Gravity to 0.65 Temperature range to 130C Suitable for a wide range of liquids Level rise or fall sensing (rotate housing 180) International Standards Approvals and recognition (UL, WRC, EN) Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics

H=42 (excl. stud), Hex=28 A/F Output Frequency response Mounted resonance Measurement range Sensitivity Isolation Operating temp. range Temperature Sensitivity 4 to 20mA 2Hz to 1kHz 10% 18kHz min. 50g peak 0-10mm/sec or 0-25mm/sec Base isolated -25C to +80C 0.08%/C Mftrs. Sensitivity 0-10mm/sec 0-25mm/sec List No. MTN/1185CM8-10 MTN/1185CM8-25 Order Code 706-8219 706-8268 1+ 204.44 204.44 Electrical noise Transverse Sensitivity Supply voltage Standard cable Case material Weight Sealing Mounting thread 0.3mg max. Less than 5% 10-32 volts (smoothed) 5 metres armoured PVC Stainless Steel 150g IP67 M8
212340

Float dia = 17.3 Mounting hole dia = (16.5 internal, 23 external fitting)

Typical Sensing Applications Vending machines - water level Coolant level indication - automotive Boiler heating - element protection
Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Min S.G Material Temperature Range Sealing Components Cable Mftrs.

Drinking water level - fountain Fuel level - engine Oil level - engine
120Vdc, 120Vac 1A 15VA 0.65 Glass Filled Polypropylene 0C to + 80C Silicone 2 x 18AWG PVC insulated
233603

Price Each 10+ 193.13 193.13 25+ 182.50 182.50

Price Each Order Code 100-6780 1+ 7.94 25+ 7.36 100+ 6.83

Float Switches
Vertical Float
Magnetic Level Sensor The worlds smallest magnetic Level Sensor Ruthenium (Ru) contact material Operating temperature -20C to +80C Polypropylene case, float and nut Suitable for use in water and/or dilute acids Designed for applications such as coffee machines, tank level control and water dispensers

Type Polypropylene(120V)

List No. FLS801-51

Horizontal Float - Model SSF211

Internal Fitting 304 Grade stainless steel Internal mounting Compact design Temperature range to 120C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action

Electromechanical

L= 95, Float dia. = 17 155-5936 155-5937 155-5938 177-5048 177-5049 177-5050 177-5051 Contact style Travel - Float Switching current Carry current Contact power rating Switching voltage (Max.) dc Switching voltage (Max.) ac Form A 3.5mm 0.7A 1.0A 10VA 180V 130V Form A 8.5mm 1.5A 2.0A 50VA 200V 250V Form A 18.5mm 1.5A 2.0A 50VA 200V 250V Form A 5.5mm 0.7A 1A 10VA 180V 130V Form B 8.5mm 1.5A 2A 50VA 200V 250V Form A 8.5mm 1A 1.2A 10VA 200V 140V Form A 18.5mm 1A 1.2A 10VA 200V 140V
502073

Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material Mftrs. List No. SSF211X050

NO or NC 300V ac/dc 0.5A 50 VA 0.80 Stainless steel

Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness

120C Internal 1/8" BSP NPT 500mm 17mm

249053

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Order Code 424-9100 1+ 48.35 5+ 45.47 10+ 44.50

Price Each Mftrs. List No. MCPLS-020-A-3 MCPLS-031-A-6 MCPLS-041-A-6 MCPLS-020-B-3 MCPLS-031-B-6 MCPLS-031-A-3 MCPLS-041-A-3 Order Code 155-5936 155-5937 155-5938 177-5048 177-5049 177-5050 177-5051 1+ 4.19 4.43 4.53 4.10 4.40 3.80 3.95 5+ 3.91 4.14 4.23 3.85 4.10 3.50 3.70 10+ 3.73 3.94 4.03 3.70 3.95 3.40 3.55 25+ 3.41 3.63 3.70 3.40 3.60 3.10 3.25 50+ 3.07 3.25 3.31 3.00 3.20 2.75 2.90

Horizontal Float - Model SSF212

External Fitting 304 Grade stainless steel External mounting Compact design Temperature range to 120C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action

Horizontal
Typical Sensing Applications Windscreen washer bottles Recycled water systems Condensate level alarm Level rise or fall sensing (rotate housing 180) Temperature range to 60C Specific Gravity to 0.8 External fitting Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics
100-6773 100Vdc,250Vac 1A 15VA 0.80 Acetal Copolymer (Housing), Foamed Polypropylene (Float Material) -30C to +60C EPDM 2 x 22AWG PVC insulated, 0.1m long
233624

L = 102, Float dia.= 17 Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material Mftrs. List No. SSF212X050 Order Code 424-9112 1+ 48.35 NO or NC 300V ac/dc 0.5A 50 VA 0.80 Stainless steel Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness 120C Internal 1/2" NPT 500mm 10mm
249054

Price Each 5+ 45.47 10+ 44.50

Float dia = 15.5 Mounting hole dia = 20.6

Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Min S.G Material Temperature Range Sealing Components Cable

Level Sensors - Internal Mount

Stainless Steel

Mftrs. Description Float switch 85.5mm List No. FLCS-01 Order Code 100-6773 1+ 5.40

Price Each 25+ 4.74 100+ 3.25

Over half a million products available online

H (O/A) = 59.5, H (Float) = 28.5, Dia. (Float) = 28.4mm

H (O/A) = 85, D (O/A) = 75.2, Dia. (Float) = 28.4mm

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2389

2390

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Float Switches - continued

Level Sensors - Internal Mount - continued
Stainless Steel - continued
Order Code Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. carry current Max. switching power Material Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Mftrs. List No. Vertical Float MCPLS-045A-3VAI MCPLS-045A-6VAI Horizontal Float MCPLS-080A-6VAL 177-5046 177-5047 177-5052 36.25 37.80 45.70 33.35 34.85 42.00 30.90 32.25 39.00 Order Code 1+ 177-5046 Form A 140V ac / 200V dc 500mA 1000mA 10W / 10VA V2A 304 Stainless steel 125C Internal M10 177-5047 Form A 300V ac / 350V dc 500mA 2500mA 50W / 50VA Stainless steel 125C Internal M10 177-5052 Form A 300V ac / 350V dc 500mA 50W / 70VA SUS304 Stainless steel 125C Internal M10
552570

Mftrs. List No. SSF29X035 Order Code 424-9185 1+ 64.72

Price Each 5+ 60.84 10+ 57.19

Vertical
SPST Switching Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics Top or bottom entry 500mm connecting lead Internal or External fitting Level rise or fall sensing (rotate housing 180) Suitable for a wide range of liquids Nylon 6.6 or Glass Filled Polypropylene case UL Recognised
H=89(58 into vessel) Float dia = 22.2 Mounting hole dia = (16.5 internal, 23 external fitting)

Price Each 5+ 10+

Horizontal Float - Model SSF212P

External Fitting
NO or NC 300V ac 0.5A 50 VA 0.80 Stainless steel

Typical Sensing Applications Deionised water Vending machines - Drinking water Food processing Boiler heating element protection
Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Min S.G Material - Case Temperature Range Body Colour Charcoal Blue Charcoal Mftrs. List No. VS801-51 VS303-51N VS803-51 100-6798 100V dc 1A 15W 0.7 Polypropylene 0C to +80C

Drinking water level - Hot and cold Irrigation systems Oil level Photographic chemicals
100-6797 250V ac 1.0A 15W 0.85 Nylon 6.6 -30C to +130C 100-6799 250V ac 1.0A 15W 0.7 Polypropylene -30C to +110C
233606

L=136, Float dia. = 17 Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material Mftrs. List No. SSF212XP Order Code 424-9124

304 Grade stainless steel External mounting Compact design Temperature range to 120C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action Plug-in connection
Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Connection Max. wall thickness 120C Internal 1/2" NPT Plug 10mm
249055

2390

Electromechanical

Price Each Order Code 100-6798 100-6797 100-6799 1+ 10.35 6.22 9.76 25+ 9.45 5.66 8.88 100+ 8.09 4.86 7.62

Price Each 1+ 52.22 5+ 47.22 10+ 43.10

Vertical
Typical Sensing Applications Franking equipment Oil tanks Agricultural equipment Condensate level - alarm system

33
Sensors & Transducers

Horizontal Float - Model SSF24

Internal Fitting 316 Grade stainless steel Internal mounting Compact design Temperature range to 120C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action

H = 59mm (45 into vessel), Float dia. = 22mm Mounting hole dia = 8.5mm, Max. Container wall thickness = 3.5mm

H = 75, L = 55, Float dia.=28

Level rise or fall sensing (rotate float 180) Suitable for a wide range of liquids Temperature range to 70C Specific Gravity to 0.7 Polypropylene housing

M8 internal fitting Foamed or hollow float (foamed float maintains bouyancy if punctured) Top or bottom entry Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics
100-6796 250V ac 1A 15W 0.65 Hollow Polypropylene -30 to +70C Silicone 2 x 22AWG PVC insulated, 0.1m long
233612

Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material Mftrs. List No. SSF24X035

NO or NC 300V ac 0.5A 50 VA 0.80 316 Grade Stainless steel

Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness

120C Internal 1/8" BSP 350mm 10mm

249138

Price Each Order Code 424-9150 1+ 45.53 5+ 41.18 10+ 37.59

Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Min S.G Float Type Material - Housing Temperature Range Sealing Components Cable

100-6795 250V ac 1A 15W 0.65 Foam Polypropylene -30 to +60C Silicone 2 x 22AWG PVC insulated, 0.1m long Mftrs.

Price Each Order Code 100-6795 100-6796 1+ 5.44 5.84 25+ 4.78 5.11 100+ 3.28 3.50

Horizontal Float - Model SSF29

Internal Fitting 316 Grade stainless steel Internal side mounting Pressure to 40 bar Temperature range to 120C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action

Model Type

List No.

Foamed Polypropylene (float Material) VCS-02 Polypropylene (Housing), Hollow Pol- VCS-04 ypropylene (Float Material)

Vertical - Stainless Steel

Level rise or fall sensing (rotate float 180) Suitable for a wide range of liquids Temperature range to 120C Specific Gravity to 0.7 Stainless Steel Robust construction Internal fitting Top or bottom entry Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics Interface unit available Order Code 730-816

H=90, L = 55, Float dia. = 43 Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material NO or NC 300V ac 0.5A 50 VA 0.70 316 Grade Stainless steel Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness 120C Internal 1/8"BSP 350mm 10mm
249141

Typical Sensing Applications Vending machines - Drinking water Food processing Drinking water level - Hot and cold Boiler heating element protection

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

H=78(47 into vessel), Float dia = 28 Mounting hole dia = 16.5, Max wall thickness = 10 Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Min S.G Mftrs. List No. FVSS-01 Order Code 100-6801 1+ 40.19 100Vdc,250Vac 1A 15VA 0.75 Material Temperature Range Sealing Components Cable Stainless Steel -30C to +120C Silicone 2 x 18AWG PVC insulated
233601

2391

Extended Vertical Float

H=260(224 into vessel), Float dia = 30 Mounting hole dia = 16.5 internal,23 external fitting Max wall thickness = 10 internal, 4 external fitting

Price Each 10+ 38.89 25+ 34.21

Vertical Float - Model SSF22

Internal Fitting 316 Grade stainless steel Internal mounting to top or bottom Compact design Temperature range to 120C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action
NO or NC 300V ac 0.5A 50 VA 0.80 316 Grade Stainless steel 120C Internal 1/8"BSP 350mm 20mm
249137

Two position level switch High and low level sensing Suitable for a wide range of liquids Temperature range to 130C Specific Gravity to 0.8 Nylon 6.6 or Brass housing M8 internal or external fitting Top or bottom entry Both switches closed with float down High repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics

H=53, Float dia. =28

Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness

Typical Sensing Applications Water level, high and/or low Boiler heating element protection Coolant level indication Waste water level Cooking oil level Sump level

Switch Specifications - (When mounted from the top) Contact Form Form B - SPST Switching voltage 100V dc Switching current 0.3 A Switching power 3W Min S.G 0.8 Cable 3 x 18AWG PVC insulated, 0.5m long Cable Colours Black/White
233615

Price Each Type Nylon 6.6 Brass Mftrs List No. FEVS312-51 FEVS722-51 Order Code 100-6764 100-6765 1+ 21.47 35.76 10+ 19.73 32.86 25+ 17.89 30.89

Dual Position Float - RSF66 Series

Electromechanical

Price Each Mftrs. List No. SSF22X035 Order Code 424-9148 1+ 31.41 5+ 28.41 10+ 25.92

Internal Fitting

Vertical Float - Model SSF26

Internal Fitting 316 Grade stainless steel Internal mounting at top or bottom of tank Tank access required Temperature range to 200C User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action

WRAS Approved Simple to mount and use PPS material Switching capability to 240VAC

33
Sensors & Transducers
Material Temp. range colour Min. Fluid SG Order Code PPS -10 C to 85 C Grey 0.85 Upper Switch Level 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm 25mm Switching voltage DC : 120 V - AC : 240V Switching power 25VA Switching current 0.6A All ratings are for resistive load only Lower Switch Level 75mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 175mm Total Length 102mm 127mm 152mm 177mm 202mm

H=95, Float dia.=50 Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material NO or NC 300V ac 0.5A 50 VA 0.65 316 Grade Stainless steel Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness 200C Internal 3/8"BSP 350mm 14mm
249139

Price Each Mftrs. List No. SSF26X035 Order Code 424-9161 1+ 115.13 5+ 108.22 10+ 101.73

424-9318 424-9320 424-9331 424-9343 424-9355

Vertical Float - Model SSF28

Internal Fitting 316 Grade stainless steel Internal mounting at top or bottom of tank Tank access required Temperature range to 120C Pressure up to 40 bar User configurable N/O or N/C action Reversable switch action

Notes: Upper switch is open when level is low, closing when level rises to 25mm from top. Lower switch is open when level is high, closing when level falls to the lower switch level as indicated in the chart.
249264

Price Each Mftrs. List No. RSF66A25B75 RSF66A25B100 RSF66A25B125 RSF66A25B150 RSF66A25B175/538 Order Code 424-9318 424-9320 424-9331 424-9343 424-9355 1+ 27.39 26.73 27.39 27.39 27.39 5+ 24.06 23.46 24.06 24.06 24.06 10+ 21.70 21.17 21.70 21.70 21.70

Right Angle
Level rise or fall sensing (rotate float 180) Suitable for a wide range of liquids Temperature range to 80C Specific Gravity to 0.7 Glass Filled Polypropylene UL Recognised Side tank entry Internal or External fitting Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics

H=74, Float dia.=43 Contact type Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Material NO or NC 300V ac 0.5A 50 VA 0.70 316 Grade Stainless steel Max.temperature Mounting Style Mounting thread Lead length Max. wall thickness Price Each Mftrs. List No. SSF28X035 Order Code 424-9173 1+ 52.16 5+ 49.04 10+ 46.10 120C Internal 1/8" BSP 350mm 10mm
249140

Float dia = 22.2 Mounting hole dia = 16.5mm internal, 23mm external fitting Max wall thickness = 10mm internal, 4mm external fitting

Typical Sensing Applications Coolant level indication Condensate level alarm Vending machines - Drinking water

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2391

2392

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Float Switches - continued

Right Angle - continued
Boiler heating element protection Drinking water level - (WRC approved for Cold)
Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Min S.G Material Temperature Range Sealing Components Approvals Cable Mftrs. Colour Charcoal Blue List No. RS801-51 RS803-51 Order Code 100-6791 100-6792 1+ 11.30 10.71 100-6791 100Vac/dc 1A 15W 0.65 Polypropylene -30 to +80C Silicone UL 2 x 18AWG PVC insulated 100-6792 250V ac, 100V dc 1A 15W 0.65 Polypropylene -30C to +80C Silicone UL 2 x 18AWG PVC insulated
233594

Order Code Style Case material Mtg. hole dia. Max. switch current Max. switch voltage Contact rating Min SG of liquid Temperature range C Case colour Mftrs. Compact Size List No.

151-643 Compact Nylon 12.7mm 0.5A 250V ac/ 140V dc 15VA 0.85 -20 to +75 Dull Black

151-644 Compact Polypropylene 16.5mm 0.5A 440V ac/ 1000V dc 15VA 0.85 -20 to +100 Opaque

732-709 Compact PPS 16.5mm 1A 440V ac/ 1000V dc 25VA 0.85 -10 to +120 Grey Price Each

146-300 Standard Nylon 12.7mm 2A 250V ac/ 120V dc 100VA 0.80 -20 to +75 Dull Black
212428

Order Code

1+ 8.15 8.87 13.06 11.61

25+ 7.42 8.07 12.01 10.94

100+ 6.53 7.02 11.14 10.21

250+ 6.07 6.47 10.34 7.74

Price Each 25+ 10.30 9.78 100+ 8.84 8.39

Nylon RSF43Z100JC032 151-643 Polypropylene RSF44Z100JF035 151-644 PPS RSF46Y050TG515 732-709 Standard size Nylon RSF33W100NC 146-300

Horizontal Float - RSF70 Series

External Fitting UK Water Research Council Approved UL Recognised Rotate 180, rise or fall to operate
L=88 (overall), 55 (actuator), Mounting hole dia.=23.0, Max. wall thickness=4.0, Leads L=0.5m

Reed Level Sensor

Water or Dilute Acid

Horizontal liquid level switches similar to RSF40 (Compact) Series, but incorporating a compression seal to permit fitting from outside the vessel. SPST switch action using reed switch.
Max. switching voltage Max. switching current Max. power Min. S.G. of liquid Material Temperature range Case colour 730-609 240V ac, 120V dc 0.6A 25W 0.85 GFS Nylon -20C to +75C Black 730-610 240V ac, 120V dc 0.6A 25W 0.85 GFS Polypropylene -20C to +100C Opaque 732-722 240V, 120V 0.6A 25W 0.85 PPS -10C to +120C Grey
212280

2392

Electromechanical

LS02 - L (overall) = 75, Dia. (float) = 23.5mm

LS03 - L (overall) = 80, Dia. (float) = 17.2mm

33
Sensors & Transducers

Standard liquid level sensors for water applications and dilute acids.The shaft, nut and float are manufactured from black polypropylene, the seal from nitrile rubber. They are terminated by a PVC cable with across section of 0.14mm2 and a length of 500mm. The LS02 has to be mounted vertically; the LS03 version should be mounted horizontally.
Contact Form Contact resistance mR (max) Switch power W (max) Switch voltage V dc (max) Mftrs. List No. LS02-1A71-PP-500W LS02-1B71-PP-500W LS03-1A71-PP-500W Order Code 107-9489 107-9490 107-9491 1+ 8.60 7.47 9.17 1A / 1B 150 10 200 Switching current A (max) Switch carry current A (max) Breakdown voltage V dc Temperature, operating C Price Each 10+ 7.16 6.21 7.66 25+ 6.31 5.59 6.89 50+ 4.73 4.40 5.67 0.5 1 240 -20 to +90
417823/436283

Price Each Mftrs. List No. GFS Nylon GFS Polypropylene PPS RSF73Y050RM RSF74Y050RM RSF76Y050TV518 Order Code 730-609 730-610 732-722 1+ 7.20 10.69 15.29 10+ 6.62 8.99 14.06 50+ 5.97 7.91 13.02

Horizontal, Drop Float

Special drop-float actuator allows the switch housing and float pivots to be located above the surface of the liquid Eliminates problems caused by the pivot points on a conventional float switch sticking due to limescale build-up etc. Polypropylene type is compatible with a variety of industrial chemicals

Horizontal Float - RSF40 Series

Internal Fitting
Compact 151-643 L=73 (overall), 60 (actuator), Mtg. hole dia=12.7 151-644 L=70 (overall), 57 (actuator), Mtg. hole dia=16.5 732-709 L=88 (overall), 55 (actuator), Mtg. hole dia=16.5 Max. vessel wall thickness=4 Standard 146-300 L=116 (overall), 94 (actuator), Mtg hole dia=12.7 Max vessel wall thickness=6

L=102 (overall), 69 (inside vessel) Mtg. hole dia.=16.5, Max. wall thickness=6.0, Leads L=0.5m

Polysulfone type is FDA approved, suitable for food grade applications PPS type will withstand continuous exposure to boiling water PPS type has good resistance to wide range of chemicals and to water absorption High 25W rating UL Recognised and WRC approved

The switch provides a normally closed contact, opening as the liquid level rises. it is mounted on the side of the vessel from the inside.
Max. switching voltage Contact rating Max. switching current Min. S.G. of liquid Material Temperature range Case colour 730-622 240V ac, 120V dc 25VA 0.6A 0.80 Polypropylene -20C to +100C Opaque 732-692 240V ac, 120V dc 25VA 0.6A 0.80 PPS -10C to +120C Grey
212272

Use to indicate either high or low levels Choice of materials and sizes for different applications The units are supplied with normally open contacts, but by inverting the float bobbin the contacts become normally closed. Liquid level float switches designed to be mounted on the side of a vessel from the inside. Contacts close when the pivoted actuator magnet comes close to the reed switch in the main body. Supplied with fixing nut and sealing ring and 1m of PVC cable. (607-320 = 0.5m) 151-643: Compact size suitable for use with non-corrosive fluids with temperatures varying up to 100C. 151-644: Compact size, giving a significantly longer life at sustained temperatures of 80C to 100C. It is also compatible with a variety of industrial chemicals. 732-709: Compact size. Material is PPS (polyphenylene sulphide). 120C max. operating temperature, ideal for applications with continuous exposure to boiling water. Good resistance to wide range of chemicals and to water absorption. UL and WRC approval. 146-300: Standard size with higher contact rating, suitable for non-corrosive fluids and WBAS approved for use with drinking water, suitable for food industry equipment.

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Polypropylene PPS RSF14Y050RF502 RSF16Y050TG517 Order Code 730-622 732-692 1+ 12.93 13.92 10+ 11.89 12.79 50+ 10.36 11.15

The solutions are out there, you just havent registered yet

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Vertical Float - RSF50 Series
UL recognition on N/O contact versions High 25W rating on N/O versions Float reversal, rise or fall to operate (N/O versions) Nylon, polypropylene or PPS (polyphenylene sulphide) body Normally open or changeover contacts PPS type withstands continuous exposure to boiling water PPS type gives good chemical and water absorption resistance

2393

Stainless Steel, Vertical Float

Horizontal/Vertical Mounting Stainless steel liquid level sensors with vertical float, versions available for vertical mount and horizontal mount with right angle stem. Designed to operate in a wide range of environments. SPST switch action. Internal vessel mounting 50W switching capability Float reversal, rise or fall to operate UL Recognised Top or bottom tank mounting Silicone sealing washer
0.75 Stainless Steel 304 10 Bar
212238

H=70 (overall), 44 (inside vessel) Float dia.=27, Mtg. hole dia.=12.2 Cable L=1m 730-646 Contacts Case material Switching current @ 0-30V Switching current 120V Switching current 240V Max. switch current Max. switch voltage Max. power Min. S.G. of liquid Temperature range C Case colour N/O (Form A) Nylon 0.6A ac/ 0.5A dc 0.2A ac/ 0.15A dc 0.1A ac --25VA 0.80 -20 to +75 Black 730-658 C/O (Form C) Nylon ---0.25A 48V ac/28V dc 3VA 0.80 -20 to +75 Black 730-660 730-671 732-710

Mounting hole dia. = 10, Leads L = 0.3m Switching Capacity Switching Voltage Switching/Carry current Operating temperature Mftrs. Type Vertical mount Horizontal mount List No. RF3001A/VFS30 RF3002A/HFS30

N/O (Form A) C/O (Form C) N/O (Form A) Polypropylene Polypropylene PPS 0.6A ac/ -0.6A ac/ 0.5A dc 0.5A dc 0.2A ac/ -0.2A ac/ 0.15A dc 0.15A dc 0.1A ac -0.1A ac --25VA 0.80 -20 to +100 Opaque 0.25A -48V ac/28V dc -3VA 25VA 0.80 0.80 -20 to +100 -10 to +120 Opaque Grey
212278

50W Min. S.G. of liquid 240V ac/200V dc Case material 0.5A/1A Operating pressure -10C to +120C (intermittant to 200C)

Price Each Order Code 730-180 730-191 1+ 46.37 59.50 5+ 45.39 58.25 10+ 40.10 52.11 25+ 38.08 49.48

Level Regulators - Overview of Operation

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Nylon N/O Nylon C/O Polypropylene N/O Polypropylene C/O PPS N/O RSF53Y100RC RSF53V100MC RSF54Y100RC RSF54V100MC RSF56Y050TB516 Order Code 730-646 730-658 730-660 730-671 732-710 1+ 8.64 11.01 9.71 11.39 11.53 25+ 7.59 9.63 8.26 9.95 10.68 100+ 6.64 8.38 7.41 8.67 9.34

Electromechanical

The sealed float chamber swings vertically about a weight attached to the cable, which causes the contacts to change as the liquid level falls and rises.

Variable Insertion Depth Vertical Float

Variable insertion depth float switch is capable of a maximum insertion depth of 450mm Insertion depth can be increased by the use of extension tubes, each 306mm long including the connection adaptor A maximum of 3 extension tubes can be utilised to achieve a maximum insertion depth of 1350mm UL Recognised

234882

Level Regulators - LR02 & LR02IS - ATEX Approved

5m, 10m, 20m cable Sealed float chamber in synthetic rubber housing. Float swings vertically about weight. Contacts change state as liquid level falls or rises.
Float: L=170, Dia.=90

Float switch: H=475 (overall), Cable: L=1.17m, Extension: H=306 (overall)

33
Sensors & Transducers

The extension tube is fitted by initially removing the cable gland from the float switch and screwing the extension tube to the float switch. The cable gland is then reassembled into the end of the extension tube. The float switch is mounted at the desired level using the clamp supplied.
Temperature range Max. voltage Max. current Max. power Mftrs. List No. Switch Extension RSF64EXS RSF64EXT 0C to +75C 50V ac/dc 0.5A ac 10W/VA Order Code 730-683 730-695 1+ 27.77 4.65 5+ 26.80 4.47 Min. SG of liquid Float material Stem material Body/extension 0.85 Polypropylene Polyphenylene sulphide (PPS) PVC, class 7
212273

Chemical-resistant HYPALON rubber housing Changeover contacts, three core cable Simple to install Trouble-free operation

Price Each 10+ 25.03 4.14 25+ 22.83 3.83 50+ 21.18 3.54

Vertical Float
Liquid level float switch for vertical mounting, suitable for either high or low level indication Suitable for use in fresh and salt water, diesel oil, paraffin and various dilute acid and alkaline solutions The units are supplied with normally open contacts, but by inverting the float bobbin the contacts become normally closed. Supplied with a 1m PVC cable.
Max. switching current Max. switching voltage Max. switching power Min. S.G. of liquid Temperature range Case Material L=48 (overall), Mtg dia = 38", Float travel = 9.5, Float dia = 25
212429

Contact rating Max. temperature Specific Gravity Max. submerged depth Actuation Position of weight

LR02 = 250V,5A 70C 0.80 to 1.3 20 metres LR02 : Internal roller ball and microswitch arrangement Fixed, 120mm from float
212313

1A 240V ac, 300V dc 24VA 0.80 -10C to +75C Polypropylene

WARNING: MERCURY SWITCHES SHOULD NOT BE OPENED Cable Length Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 5+ Price Each 10+ 25+

Non-mercury Regulators 5m LR02-L05M 10m 20m LR02-L10M LR02-L20M

706-3830 706-3842 706-3854 129-9548 129-9549 129-9550

Price Each Order Code 103-846 1+ 11.09 25+ 9.91 100+ 8.77 250+ 8.17

38.78 44.66 56.46 28.03 51.72 65.40

35.36 40.73 51.52 26.50 48.92 61.86

31.25 36.00 45.51 25.44 46.97 59.39

28.09 32.34 40.90 24.68 42.69 53.99

ATEX Rated 5m LR02IS-L05M-ATEX 10m LR02IS-L10M-ATEX 20m LR02IS-L20M-ATEX

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2393

2394

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Float Switches - continued

Level Regulators - LR03, LR06, LR07
PVC, CPE, PUR and EPDM cable Sealed float chamber in plastic housing. The float swings vertically about a weight attached to the cable or the cable attachment point on the side of the vessel, which causes the contacts to change as the liquid level drops or rises. Change over contacts, three core cable available with: LR03, PVC cable for general use LR03, CPE cable for use in sewerage LR06, PUR cable for use in DIESEL OIL LR07, WRAS Approved EPDM cable for use in POTABLE WATER Easy to install and inexpensive Non mercury construction Trouble-free operation Optional adjustable ballast weight Non-mercury level regulator

Solid state liquid level sensors incorporate an optoschmit trigger which provides a digital output that denotes the present or absence of a liquid. The plastic dome contains an LED and the optoschmit sensor, arranged so that when it is not covered by a liquid, a light path is established between them by total internal reflection. Three mounting styles are available. The two threaded styles have a stainless steel fixing nut and flourosilicone rubber gasket supplied, which fix the sensor from on one type and from the rear on tne other. The push-in style may be fitted into metal housings or plastic bodies, in some cases an O-ring is recommended to help in the sealing of the finished product. Solid state reliability Fast response Wide temperature range -25C to +100C
Power Supply Output current Mounting thread Connections Mftrs. Type Push-in Front fixing Rear fixing List No. LLE105100 LLE102101 LLE103101 Order Code 868-8303 868-8311 868-8320 1+ 37.52 41.93 46.50 Optoschmitt LED

Polysulphone body compatible with most industrial liquids Suitable for venting machines, food processing and tank level applications

4.5V dc to 12V dc (5V dc above 85C)200mA 5V dc, 30 to 40mA (1.1 to 1.4V dc typ) 200mA max sinking -40C to +125C 250mm flying leads
383310/406083

Price Each 10+ 33.83 37.74 41.89 25+ 31.05 34.58 37.56 100+ 26.85 29.93 31.80

Float: L=103, W=81 Weight: L=57, Dia.=50 Contact rating Max. temperature Specific Gravity Max. submerged depth Actuation Position of weight Cable Length 5m 10m 5m 10m Cable Type PVC PVC PUR PUR 250V, 15A 70C 0.90 to 1.3 20 metres Internal steel roller ball and microswitch arrangement Adjustable, 280mm minimum from end of float
212312

Level Sensors
Capacitive

2394

Electromechanical

Mftrs. List No. LR03-L05M. LR03-L10M. LR06 L05M. LR06 L10M. Order Code 1+ 12.43 15.02 21.42 31.71 23.97 36.13 17.84 24.32 2.80 2.80

Price Each 5+ 11.13 13.46 19.18 28.40 21.46 33.00 16.87 23.00 2.52 2.52 10+ 9.84 11.89 16.96 25.13 18.99 29.18 16.20 22.08 2.22 2.22 25+ 8.85 10.69 15.23 22.55 17.06 26.20 14.72 20.07 1.99 1.99

706-4263 706-4275 388-9841 388-9853 5m EPDM LR07 L05M. 388-9877 10m EPDM LR07 L10M. 388-9889 5m CPE LR03-L05M-CPE 129-9545 10m CPE LR03-L10M-CPE 129-9546 Weight LR03/LR06 LR03-W. 706-4287 Weight LR07 LR07-W. 390-6541

Barrel Style

Disk Type

Smartlevel 15 Adjustment free installation Freedom from cleaning in most applications Self adjusting switching distance Non-flush mounting barrel style, flush mounting disk style 10 to 35V dc supply Reverse polarity and short circuit protection

33
Cable End Float - FFS Series WRAS Approved
Internal Fitting

Hermetically sealed Direct power switching Cable mounting

Material Temp. range Lead length Max. working pressure Switching voltage Specification Power rating Switching current Max. resistive Switching current Max. inductive L = 333, Float h. =130, Float dia. =60mm

100 metre depth capability WRAS Approved

DC Smartlevel 15 sensors are factory adjusted for standard applications and can reliably detect liquid, conductive media through glass and plastic walls. The factory setting automatically hides glass and plastic walls approximately 0.5 to 6mm thick and compensates for internal or external foam, moisture and contamination. The Smartlevel sensors can be used with liquid, conductive media in otherwise tricky or impossible applications such as seeing through glass and plastic walls even greater than 6mm thick if needed by recalibration at the factory.
552183

Sensors & Transducers

Contact type 10A Switches C/O

Polyethylene, High Density 0 C to 55 C 5m 10 bar AC : 250 V - DC : 110V 10A Switches AC : 750VA - DC : 180W 10A AC : 4A - DC : 1A

Output Type

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Barrel Style - M30 X 1.5mm - M12, 4-pin A-coded Connector PNP - NO/NC Selectable BCS M30BBM2-PPCFAG-S04G 177-5736 144.14 NPN - NO/NC Selectable BCS M30BBM2-NPCFAG-S04G 177-5737 143.64 Disk Style - 50mm Diameter - 2m PVC cable PNP - NO/NC Selectable BCS D50OO04-PPCFAC-EV02 NPN - NO/NC Selectable BCS D50OO04-NPCFAC-EV02 177-5738 148.93 177-5739 148.93

139.49 139.01 144.12 144.12

135.14 134.66 139.63 139.63

Solid State, Industrial

249262

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

FFS10CW

424-9276

26.64

23.39

21.11

L=90 (overall) Thread=38"BSP, Hex=24 A/F, Connection thread = M12 1

Optical Level Switches

Optical Liquid Level Sensor
Solid State

Solid state reliability, no moving parts Stainless steel, high pressure housing with IP67 protection Wide temperature range -40C to +125C Designed for industrial environment, exposed to extremes of temperature, pressure, vibration and shock Polysulphone sensor dome suitable for hygiene applications 3-pin M12 plug-in connection

TTL-compatible 200mA sinking output, fast response Industrial version of Honeywell solid state liquid level sensor, working on principle of total internal reflection and providing a digital output that denotes the presence or absence of liquid.
Supply voltage 10V to 40V dc Supply current 35mA (LED), 8mA typ. (opto-Schmitt) Hysteresis 1mm dependent on liquid Repeatability 1mm
222174

Price Each Mftrs. List No. LLN865172-1 Order Code 723-4612 1+ 216.59 5+ 192.17 10+ 164.80 25+ 161.51

Push-in

Front fixing

Rear fixing

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

2395

Conductive Level Controllers

Miniature Controller - 61FGPN
Space saving version of the 61F-GP general purpose conductive level controller Suitable for single or two point level control of conductive materials (liquid or solid) Electrical connections are via a plug-in octal base.
Operating voltage Electrode voltage Output changeover relay Dielectric strength Power consumption Temperature range 110V ac or 240V ac (-15%, +10%) 8V ac 5A @ 240V ac/24V 1500V ac 50/60Hz 3.2VA max. -10C to +55C
224703

Triple Electrode Set

Triple electrode holder complete with three 1 metre 4mm diameter probes Small size and light weight for where limited space is available
224706

Mftrs. List No. PS31 Order Code 160-3077 1+ 18.11

Price Each 5+ 17.01 10+ 16.41

Electrodes and Accessories

Stainless electrodes are 1 metre length 6mm diameter and threaded at each end Electrodes can be used in fresh water, drained water, sea water, alkalis and dilute acids Electrode separators are used to prevent mutual contact between electrodes Electrode connectors connect electrodes together to make longer lengths The electrodes suit electrode holders Order Code 103-268, 160-3075 & 160-3076

H = 50, W = 38, D = 70 Operating Voltage 110V ac 240V ac Surface/DIN Mftrs. List No. 61F-GPN2 110AC 61F-GPN2 240AC PF083A-E

Price Each Order Code 177-887 177-888 134-0949 1+ 54.13 54.13 1+ 2.39 5+ 51.43 51.43 25+ 2.23 10+ 48.74 48.74 50+ 2.19

Controllers - 61FGP Series

Plug-in conductive level controllers ideally suited to control top and/or bottom levels of fluids For use in conjunction with appropriate electrode assembly General Purpose Type: Single point or differential level control of all conductive liquids. Also suited for refrigeration as an ice bank controller.

Electrode separators are paticularly useful where electrodes are being coupled together to form longer lengths.
224707

Mftrs. List No. Electrode Electrode separator Electrode connector F0301 F03143P F0302 Order Code 160-3080 160-3078 160-3079 1+ 11.76 1.92 1.67

Price Each 5+ 11.06 1.80 1.57 10+ 10.67 1.74 1.52 25+ 10.25 1.68 1.45

Electromechanical

H = 92 (overall), W = 64, D = 68

Mass Airflow Sensors

Digital Airflow Sensor
Zephyr - HAF Series High accuracy Full calibration and temperature compensation High sensitivity at low flows High stability Low pressure drop Linear output Fast response time High 12-bit resolution Low 3.3V dc operating voltage Insensitive to altitude Small size
609720

High Sensitivity Type: For liquids having very high specific resistance of the order of 10 5 /cm, such as boiler condensation, distilled water and damp sand.
Operating voltage Operating voltage range Contact rating Insulation resistance Dielectric strength Power consumption Temperature range Type General purpose High sensitivity Operating Voltage Mftrs. List No. Order Code 160-3070 160-3071 160-3072 160-3074 1+ 24V ac to 240V ac 50/60Hz 85 to 110% 3A @ 250V ac (Resistive load), 1A @ 250V ac (Inductive load) 100Mohm @ 500V dc 2000V ac 3.5VA max. -10C to +55C Probe Voltage 8V ac 24V ac Operate Resistance 4kW 70kW Release Resistance (Max.) 15kW 300kW
224704

33
Sensors & Transducers

Body - H = 12.8, W = 26, D = 19.8mm

Price Each 5+ 10+ +

General Purpose ac 61FGPN8110AC ac 61FGPN8240AC High Sensitivity 240V ac ac 61FGPN8H240AC Screw terminal base 8PFA1

ASIC-based I2C digital output Bidirectional flow sensing capability Insensitive to mounting orientation
Mftrs. List No. Short Port - Snap Mount HAFBSS0200C2AX3 Order Code 182-3264

47.62 47.62 52.34 1+ 5.78

44.74 44.74 49.18 5+ 5.43

43.17 43.17 47.46 10+ 5.24

Price Each 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+

79.41

76.35

72.19

68.45

Precision mass Airflow Sensor Electrode Holders

Single electrode holder for low specific resistance liquid applications, suitable for acids, alkalis and seawater. Electrode holders will operate correctly when they are up to 1 metre apart Triple electrode holder, suitable for three electrodes, has protective terminal cover. Suitable for city water and other general applications Single electrode holder available for temperatures up to 250C and pressures up to 20kg/cm2 at the lower portion of the electrode screw. Withstand temperature at the upper portion of the screw is 150C
224705

0 to 3 litres per minute Precision unidirectional mass airflow up to 3 l/m Stable output across full scale Ultra-compact size Low power consumption
10.8V dc to 26.4V dc 15mA (no load) 5V dc to 5.7V dc 0V dc to 1V dc IP40 0C to 50C

Power Supply voltage Current consumption Max. Output voltage - VOH Min. Output voltage - VOL Sealing Operating temperature

Electrode Order Code 103-275 is suitable for the above holders.

H = 16.8 (Overall), W = 36.6, D = 8mm

435502

Mftrs. List No. Sensor D6F-03A3-000 Connector Cable D6F-CABLE2 Order Code 120-4011 120-4018 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Mftrs. List No. Single Triple Single (high temp./pressure) BF1 PS3S BS1 Order Code 103-268 160-3075 160-3076 1+ 8.49 25.37 31.07

Price Each 5+ 7.97 23.83 29.19 10+ 7.81 22.99 28.17

141.30 4.44

132.99 4.32

125.61 4.21

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2395

2396

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Mass Airflow Sensors - continued

MEMS Uni-directional Mass Flow Sensor
Dust Resistant Unique Dust Segregation System (DSS) Cyclone flow structure diverts particulate from sensor element PCB Mounted and Connector models available High accuracy, reliable mass flow measurement Alternative to differential pressure sensing Measure over 200 l/m with a bypass set-up
5V dc to 10V dc 15mA Under 85% RH -10C to 60C
518082

Mftrs. List No. T6613 - ABC Logic T6613 T6613-F T6615 - Dual Channel T6615 T6615-F T6615-5K Order Code 177-6487 177-6488 177-6490 177-6491 177-6492 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

125.00 130.00 145.00 150.00 150.00

115.00 120.00 135.00 140.00 140.00

100.00 105.00 120.00 125.00 125.00

H = 27.2, W = 23.3, D = 10mm (body) Supply voltage - V dc Current Consumption Operating Humidity Operating Temperature Connection Type PCB Terminals 3 Pin Connector Version

Precision mass Airflow Sensor

0 to 50 litres per minute - in 3 ranges Precision unidirectional mass airflow up to 50 l/m Stable output across full scale Horizontal mounting feature with NBR "O" ring (A5 Type) Straight connect Rc 14 screw (A6 Type) Compact size Low power consumption
Min. Output voltage - VOL Sealing Operating temperature Price Each Order Code 120-4012 120-4013 120-4015 157-3145 157-3146 157-3148 120-4016 1+ 5+ 10+ 0V dc to 1V dc IP40 -10C to 60C
435503

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 50.98 50.98 D6F-P0010A1 157-3150 D6F-P0010A2 157-3151

Price Each 5+ 49.45 49.45 10+ 47.97 47.97 A5 H = 30, W = 78, D = 30mm Power Supply voltage Current consumption Max. Output voltage - VOH Flow Range Mftrs. List No. A6

Mass Flow Sensor

10.8V dc to 26.4V dc 15mA (no load) 5V dc to 5.7V dc

D6F-01A1 H = 33, W = 33, D = 9mm

D6F-05N2 H = 22.1, W = 62, D = 21.6mm

These small mass flow sensors combine high accuracy with fast response. Therefore they have many applications sensing air, non-corrosive gas and Liquid Natural Gas (LNG) in medical apparatus, combustion control and analysis equipment. Output is via a Molex 3 pin connector. The devices are supplied complete with the connector and 100mm lead.
Supply voltage - V dc Current Consumption Gas Type Air, 0 - 1 L/min LNG, 0 - 5 L/min Min. Max. 10.8 26.4 Operating Humidity 60mA Operating Temperature Mftrs. List No. D6F-01A1-110 D6F-05N2-000 Order Code 100-7612 100-7614 1+ 90.57 154.50 Max. Under 85% RH -25C +55C
418055

A5 Type Sensors 0 to 10 l/m D6F-10A5-000 0 to 20 l/m D6F-20A5-000 0 to 50 l/m D6F-50A5-000 A6 Type Sensors 0 to 10 l/min D6F-10A6-000 0 to 20 l/min D6F-20A6-000 0 to 50 l/min D6F-50A6-000 Connecting Cable 200mm D6F-CABLE1

2396

Electromechanical

178.59 178.59 178.59 178.59 178.59 178.59 3.98

168.47 168.47 168.47 168.47 168.47 168.47 3.80

159.44 159.44 159.44 159.44 159.44 159.44 3.60

Min.

Price Each 5+ 85.02 144.48 10+ 80.12 135.68

Thermal Mass Flow Sensor

FS1 & FS5 Series

33
Sensors & Transducers

MEMS Flow Sensor

Dust Resistant Dust resistant design Incorporates the patent pending Dust Segregation System (DSS) 99.5% of dry airborne particulates separated Consistent air velocity measurement
Supply voltage - V dc Current Consumption Operating Humidity Operating Temperature H = 13, W = 8, D = 22mm
518055

3.45 15mA Under 85% RH -10C to 60C

Standard Molded Body - H = 0.15, W = 2.4, D = 7mm Body - Dia. = 6, L = 14mm Lead = 195mm Lead = 184mm

Flow Range 0 to 3m/s

Mftrs. List No. D6F-V03A1 Order Code 157-3149 1+ 16.97

Price Each 25+ 15.56 50+ 14.15 100+ 12.73

Telaire CO2 Sensor Module

Single and Dual Channel Output Non Dispersive Infrared gold plated optics Diffusion or flow through sampling models UART @ 19200 Baud digital output 0 to 4V dc Analogue output 5V dc Regulated supply required Diffusion and Flow Through versions available T6613 Modules - Factory calibrated eliminating the need for calibration in most applications with Telaires patented ABC Logic software. Lifetime calibration warranty.

T6613

The flow sensor element consists ot two temperature dependent platinum resistors, both deposited on one chip. The low resistance resistor, with a small area, is used as a heater. The other resistor serves to measure the reference temperature. Using a bridge circuit, the differing resistance value of the two elements leads to different (self) heating. The (self) heating is dependent upon the applied voltage, the mass flow and the media in which the sensor is located. Higher voltage increases self heating, a higher flow rate increases cooling. If the self heating is kept constant by a suitable controller, the voltage increases with higher flow rates and therefore becomes a measure of the mass flow. The FS5 is characterised by a thermally more efficient sensor structure which exhibits the same electrical connected loads and a higher chip temperature and is thus more sensitive. Easy adapatable for different applications or into housings Simple signal processing and calibration Insensitive to contamination Excellent reproducability Excellent long-term stability Ideal for HVAC, medical devices, food industry etc. Measuring range up to 100 m/s Sensitivity 0.01 m/s Temperature range -20C to +150C Temperature sensitivity <0.1%K (dependent on electronic)
453906

Body Style

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 126-6952 126-6953 177-8049 177-8050 126-6954 126-6955 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

T6615

T6615 Modules - Dual channel optical system and three point calibration process for enhanced stability, accuracy and reliability. Designed for applications where ABC Logic cannot be used. Sensor may be field calibrated.
552275

Gas Sensors Standard FS1.0.1L.195 Molded FS1.A.1L.195 Standard FS5.0.1L.195 Molded FS5.A.1L.195 Liquid Sensors Standard FS1L.0.1L.195 Molded FS1L.A.1L.195

21.37 23.93 20.00 27.00 21.37 23.93

20.80 21.76 18.10 24.60 19.42 21.78

20.26 19.92 16.59 22.50 17.80 19.94

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Microbridge
0 - 0.2 /min to 0 - 1 /min Sensors give signal-conditioned output proportional to the air/gas flow through the device Wide range of applications Connections 1 Output voltage 2 +ve supply voltage 3 Ground
H = 31.5 (excl pins), W = 20.5 (excl ports), D = 15.5 Port O/D = 5.08, Pin spacing = 2.54, Fixing centres = 12.7 H = 30.2 (excl pins), W (body) = 30.5, F.C. = 34.0 Pressure ports: bore:2.3, O-ring dia. = 6.2

2397

Microbridge - Manifold Mount

Manifold mount/O-ring sealed Unamplified sensors have 6-pin bridge output and ceramic flow tube Choice of flow range on unamplified sensors: 025 sccm (standard c.c.s/min.)and 01000 sccm Low flow 25 sccm sensor is suitable for hydrogen and helium Amplified sensors have 3-pin signal conditioned outputs Choice of flow range on amplified sensors: 0 to +1000 sccm with ceramic flow tube and 0 to +6 slpm (standard litres per minute) with plastic flow tube Sensors may be used in high common mode pressure range of 150 psi

Microbridge mass airflow sensors give a signal conditioned output (1V to 5V dc for a 10V dc supply) proportional to the air/gas flow through the device. They are sensitive to flows up to 1 litre/min (0 - 1000 standards ccs/min). The transducers are unidirectional, the air flow going from P1 to P2. Applications: Air conditioning (variable air volume), medical ventilation/anaesthesia control, gas analysers, gas metering, fume cabinet and process control.
Excitation voltage Output voltage Null voltage Repeatability and hysteresis Response time Operating temperature Overpressure Operating range Mftrs. List No. Flow Range 0 to 200 sccm 0 to 1000 sccm Order Code 147-0604 147-0602 1+ 58.14 73.13 + 147-0604 0 to 200 sccm (0 to 0.2 litres/min) AWM3100V Price Each + + 10V dc10mV dc 5V at full span 1.00V dc50mV dc 0.5% of reading 3ms (max.) -25C to +85C 25 psi 147-0602 0 to 1000 sccm (0 to 1 litre/min) AWM3300V
212424

Mass airflow sensors for manifold mounting, using dual Wheatstone bridge technology for controlling airflow measurement.
Flow range (full scale) Output voltage (full scale) Null shift Output voltage shift -25C to +25C +25C to +85C Power consumption (max.) Repeatability and hysteresis Pressure drop (in H20) Excitation voltage Operating temperature 721-6695 0 to 25 sccm 8.51.5mV dc 0.20mV dc +2.5% reading -2.5% reading 60mW 0.35% reading 10V dc10mV -25 to +85C Mftrs. Flow Range Unamplified Sensors 0 to 25 sccm Amplified Sensors 0 to +1 litres/min 0 to +6 litres/min List No. Order Code 1+ 721-6713 0 to +1 litres/min 50.15mV dc 0.025mV dc -5% reading +6% reading 60mW 0.50% reading 1.02 typ Calibration gas 721-6725 0 to +6 litres/min 50.15mV dc 0.025mV dc -5% reading +6% reading 60mW 1.00% reading 8.0 typ Nitrogen
212311

Electromechanical

Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

Microbridge
0 - 5 /min to 0 - 20 /min

AWM42150VH AWM43300V AWM43600V

721-6695 721-6713 721-6725

124.55 91.49 95.56

122.28 88.86

119.04 82.64

115.98 76.85

Mass Flow Meter - EcoLine EM1

L = 163 (overall), W = 32, D = 35, Fixing centres = 43.2 20.3

Flow ranges from 0 to 5 litres/min. up to 20 litres/min. Device has two 14" NPT snap-on fittings enabling simpler connection Microbridge uni-directional mass airflow sensors featuring higher flow ranges. Electrical connection is via 4-pin connector (3 pins on device), the mating connector being supplied with the sensor. Applications: Mass flow testing/calibration systems, medical insufflators, environmental sampling equipment, oxygen concentrators and patient monitors.
Excitation voltage Output voltage Null voltage Repeatability and hysteresis Mftrs. Flow Range 0 to 5 litres/min 0 to 10 litres/min 0 to 15 litres/min 0 to 20 litres/min List No. AWM5101VN AWM5102VN AWM5103VN AWM5104VN Order Code 516-090 516-107 516-119 516-120 1+ 254.83 129.43 358.38 171.19 10V dc 10mV dc 5V dc at full span 1.00V dc 50mV dc 0.5% of reading Response time Operating temperature Overpressure Calibration 60ms (max.) -25C to +85C 50 psi Nitrogen N2
212167

The Mass Flow Meter enables fast and economical measurement of gas flows over a very wide dynamic range. It is based on Sensirions unsurpassed CMOSens sensor technology which combines a sensor element with the amplification and A/D converter circuit on a single CMOS chip. This results in good performance, fast response time and large dynamic range. CMOSens technology driven High output data speed (up to 200Hz) Calibrated & temperature compensated Wide dynamic range (1:40 with 3% m.v. Digital output signal (RS 232 & SPI) accuracy) Various flow ranges: up to 200 l/min(FS)
0 - 200 l/min 0 - 20 l/min 0 - 0.5 l/min 0 - 0.05 l/min 0C - 50C 0C - 60C Maximum Pressure: Operating: Burst: Electrical Data: Supply voltage range: Electrical connector: Output signal: 8bar 40bar 7 to 18 V Molex RS 232 or SPI compliant
337768

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 5+ 210.98 120.38 296.19 132.42 10+ 187.14 106.77 262.72 117.46 25+ 169.10 96.53 237.39 106.13

Flow Range: 1207226 : EM1(V) 1207227 : EM1(R) 1207228 : EM1(L) 1399626 : EM1(H) Temperature Range: Operating: Dynamic: Mftrs. List No.

Price Each Order Code 120-7226 120-7227 120-7228 139-9626 1+ 191.14 191.14 187.67 219.51 3+ 182.86 182.86 182.59 210.76 5+ 173.65 165.99 177.79 205.06 10+ 169.20 162.58 173.23 199.67

Mass Air-flow Sensor - AWM 720

Port Style; Tapered 22mm Flow rates upto 200 Standard Litres per minute ( SLPM ) Highly stable null and full scale Extremely low hyterisis and repeatability errors, less than 0.35% of reading Fast response time, 6ms typical Low power consumption, less than 65mW Low pressure drop 2.5 cms H20 at full scale

EM1-V0R0V-1N EM1-R0R0V-1N EM1-L0R0V-1N EM1-H0R0V-1N

Mass Flow Meter

Evaluation Kit EK-F3 The EK-F3 Evaluation kit offers an easy to use environment to illustrate the unique features of the sensor system and to adapt it to your specific application. The Kit contents (see list below) include one EMI meter to the flow rate of your choice, a serial interface cable, various standard fittings for an easy flow connection and a Viewer Software to make the measurement results visible on a PC.
Contents 1.Mass Flow Meter EM1 2.Serial interface cable (sub-D 9pin) with power supply (Euro connector) 3.Legris Flow Connector (No.3101 1217; G3/8; Tube OD=12mm) 4.Hausamann Flow Connector (No. 38.131; G3/8; Tube ID=10mm) 5.Power Adapter for US-style plugs 6.Flow Viewer software on CD For EM1 Technical Specifications See Order Code 120-7226

H=80, W=37, D=40

The AWM 720P1 Microbridge mass air - flow sensor provides inline flow measurement with a specifically designed bypass flow housing
Supply Voltage Output Voltage Null Shift over temp Output Shift over temp Null Offset 8 Vdc min, 15 Vdc max 1 - 5V dc 0.025 Vdc -2% -25C to 10C & +2% 25C to 40C 1V, 0.05 Vdc Span Offset Operating Temperature Media Compatability Weight Shock Price Each Mftrs. List No. AWM 720P1 Order Code 424-5568 1+ 148.42 5+ 132.21 10+ 131.02 4 Vdc -25C to 85C Dry gas only 34g 100g peak
248245

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2397

2398

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Mass Airflow Sensors - continued

Mass Flow Meter - continued
Evaluation Kit EK-F3 - continued
337769

Mftrs. Connection Type 3/4" BSP 3/4" BSP Male/Female List No. FS-01 FS-02 FS-05 FS-06 FS-10 Order Code 100-6766 100-6767 100-6768 100-6771 100-6772 1+ 18.06 13.16 24.43 32.03 7.21

Price Each 10+ 16.58 12.10 23.77 29.74 6.77 25+ 15.05 10.99 23.15 28.22 6.32

Price Each Mftrs.List No. EK-F3-V EK-F3-R EK-F3-L Order Code 120-7229 120-7230 120-7231 1+ 392.32 392.32 392.32

22mm compression 22mm compression 15mm pipe

Liquid Flow Switches

1.5/min and 3.5/min Flow switches in Acetal resin housing, WRC approved for use in potable water systems Suitable for use with hot or cold water and alcohol or dilute (including organic) acids up to 5% concentration Flow switches can be mounted vertically or horizontally, with the cap upwards
15mm types: L=107, W=56 (standard type), Dia.=15, Cable L=250 22mm types: L=114, W=58 (standard type), Dia.=22, Cable L=250

Bidirectional Mass Flow Meter

ASF1430 The Mass Flow Meter enables extremely accurate measurement of fast changing gas flow over 4 orders of magnitude. The performance is based on CMOSens sensor technology, which combines a high precision sensor element with the amplification and A/D converter circuit on one single CMOS chip. This results in high resolution, fast response time and a large dynamic range at very low power consumption. All measurement data is fully calibrated and temperature compensated by means of an internal microcontroller. Mounted in a rugged, chemically inert PBT housing the ASF1430 is suitable for such applications as mass flow metering for process control, medical applications, heating ventilation and air conditioning solutions as well as gas flow metrology. The sensor housing provides two inlets for measuring the gas flow and withstands overpressures of 2 bar (29 psi). The unit requires a supply voltage of between 7 and 18V dc and provides an RS-232 and SPI compliant electrical interface.

Available 15mm and 22mm diameter for 1.5 litre/min and 3.5 litre/min flows respectively. Greater sensitivity is achieved with vertical installation.
Switch point Switch off flow (max.) Operating temperature Switching voltage Max. full cycle on state surge Max. full cycle continuous Max. switching power 1.2 to 1.5l/min (15mm types), 3.0 to 3.5l/min (22mm types) 0.5 lites/min. (15mm types), 1.0 litres/min. (22mm types) 85C (max.) 240V rms/dc 1.0A @ 50Hz (standard types) 1.0A @ 50Hz (standard types) 15VA (standard types)
212240

2398

Electromechanical

Mftrs. List No. 1.5 /min, 15VA 3.5 /min, 15VA FS15 FS22 Order Code 730-889 730-890 1+ 12.01 12.59

Price Each 10+ 11.04 11.66 50+ 10.03 10.57

Total mass flow integrator Data rates up to 200 Hz Dynamic range 0.01 sccm to 400 sccm Calibrated and temperature compensated RS-232 and SPI digital interface

Liquid Flow Sensor

0.05 - 1.67/min.

33
Sensors & Transducers

Measurement Range: Resolution: Repeatability: Accuracy: Response time: Operating temperature: Electrical Data Supply voltage range: Input current: Output signal:

-400 to 400 sccm (bi-directional) 0.1 sccm 0.0025 % full scale or 0.025 % measured value 0.05 % full scale or 1 % measured value 5 ms (min) to 640ms (max) 0 C to 70 C 7 to 18V dc 20 mA @ 9 V (typical),27 mA @ 9 V (max.) RS 232 or SPI compliant
243055

H=78, W=32.5, D=27, Lead L=1.9 metres

Price Each Order Code Sensor ASF1430 120-7220 1+ 205.39 10+ 184.50 25+ 174.77

Ideal for use with water, petrol etc. Bi-directional inlet and outlet

Use for flow ratio measurement, flow safety, automotive applications etc.

Liquid Flow Sensors and Flow Switches

Liquid and Air Flow Switches

This accurate flow sensor uses Hall effect technology to give a variable frequency pulsed output proportional to the liquid flow rate. The sensor has a POM (Hostaform C) and stainless steel housing, and accepts hoses of either 6mm or 8mm inside diameter. Connection is via a 2 core, screened cable supplied connected to the unit.
Flow range Output frequency Viscosity range Design pressure Signal reproducibility 3 to 100 litres/hour 22Hz @ 10 litres/hour 133Hz @ 60 litres/hour 0.8 to 10 centistokes 10 Bar 1% Sensor to sensor variation Power supply Output Current consumption Temperature range Price Each Order Code 1+ 86.83 5+ 78.87 10+ 72.10 25+ 65.12 178-923 5% 4.5 to 24V (VCC) 100mV to VCC 20mA -25C to +85C
212431

Copper

Water and Air Flowmeters - Loflow

Gives accurate indication of low rates of fluid flow Easy wall or panel mounting Loflow flowmeters use the principle of variable area flow measurement, utilising the movement of a float inside a calibrated tapered tube. The float is displaced upwards with increasing flow rate until the weight of the float balances the upward force of the fluid. The top of the float then indicates the flow rate on the calibrated scale.
Construction: Body Black body half/ball retainer Black panel Max. working pressure Max. working temperature Accuracy Repeatability Grillon-TR55 ABS 7020 PVC 10 bar 60C 2% 1%

Noryl

Brass

Operates from a small head of liquid Maximum pressure 10 Bar @ 20C Low pressure drop Vertical mount 15 Suitable for various pipe sizes Triac switching (AC) Reed Switch switching (DC) Suitable for liquid and air

Typical Sensing Applications Power shower Central heating systems Mains water control Flow sensing Leak detection Cooling systems

100-6766 100-6767 100-6768 100-6771 100-6772 Switching voltage 250V rms 300V dc 250V ac 300V dc 300V dc Cotnact Form A - Triac Form A - SPST Form A - Triac Form A - SPST Form A - SPST Switching current 3A 1A 3A 1A 1A Switching power 15W 15W 15W Material Noryl Noryl Brass Brass Copper Temperature -30C to -30C to -30C to -30C to -30C to Range +100C +85C +100C +100C +80C Flow Rate 1l/min 1l/min 1l/min 1l/min 0.5litre / minute Fitting 3/4" BSP 3/4" BSP Male/Female 22mm compression 15mm pipe
233632

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Inlet Port Flow Rate Media BSPT Male Litres/minute Float Material Water 3/4"BSPT 0.2-2 Acetal Water 3/4"BSPT 1.5-10 Stainless Steel Water 3/4"BSPT 2-22 Stainless Steel Air 1/4" BSPT (male) 1.0-7.5 Acetal Air 1/4" BSPT (male) 3-21 Stainless Steel Air 3/4"BSPT 5-50 Acetal Air 3/4"BSPT 20-135 Acetal Air 3/4"BSPT 60-720 Stainless Steel Note: These units must be used in the vertical plane Flow Range (Litres/min) Water 0.2-2 1.5-10 2-22 Air 1.0-7.5 3-21 5-50 20-135 60-720 Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 5+

2399

Order Code 541-266 541-278 541-280 731-092 731-109 731-110 731-122 731-146
224716

4-20mA or Pulse Output - Dataflow

Flow Rates Up To 150/min. 4 to 20mA or pulse output types available Works in any plane Accepts reverse flow Simple to install For use with most liquids
560-108 1 +20mA 2 +24V 3 No pin 4 0V, 0mA 560-110 1 Signal + 2 +24V 3 Signal 4 0V GND

Connections Price Each 10+ 25+

H=100, W=42, L=196 Connections: 1" BSP, parallel threads

LF.2020 LF.211 LF.2220 LF3007E LF3021E LF3050E LF3135E LF3720E

541-266 541-278 541-280 731-092 731-109 731-110 731-122 731-146

60.80 60.80 60.80 49.75 83.29 60.80 60.80 60.80

56.06 56.06 56.06 47.74 80.99 56.06 56.06 56.06

54.04 54.01 54.01 46.00 77.38 54.01 54.01 54.01

47.57 47.57 47.57 45.33 75.09 47.57 47.57 47.57

Dataflow flow transducers are designed to operate with most liquids. The transducer is available with either 4 to 20mA output or pulse output. The 4 to 20mA output type is factory calibrated to 4 to 100 litres/minute, but this can be easily user recalibrated using the zero and span adjusters on the unit. The pulse output type is factory calibrated but is not user adjustable. It can be used in conjunction with a totaliser or batch counter.
Construction Body Glass tube Rotor and locator Seals Washers and shaft Rotor tips Max. working pressure Polyester Borasilicate Acetal Nitrile Stainless Steel Stainless Steel 10bar oil/water 150/min. 2/min. (max. 150/min.) Calibration 560-108: 4mA - 0/min., 20A - 100/min. 560-110: K Factor, Water - 44.25 pulses/litre Oil (viscosity 30cSt) - 51.14 pulses/litre

Water Flow Meters - Easiflow

1 to 100 /min. Calibrated specifically for use with water Suitable for installation in any plane Flow rate indicated on viewing window Wide range of flow rates available, either indication only or with switching facility from either ac or dc supply Easiflow flowmeters use the principle of difference pressure to give a positive and repetitively accurate indication of flow rate on the calibrated scale.
Construction: Body Viewing area Cone Spring Seal Dimensions (mm) Flow Range (Litres/min) Flowmeters 1 to 15 2 to 30 4 to 50 5 to 100 List No. Order Code 1+ Polyester Borosilicate glass Acetyl Stainless Steel Nitrile H (overall) = 196, = 60 Connections Max. working pressure Temperature range Viscosity range Accuracy Repeatability 1" BSP (female) 10 bar +5C to +80C 10 to 200 centistrokes 5% f.s.d. 1% f.s.d.
224717

Temperature range Accuracy Supply

Max. flow rate Min. flow indication

+5C to +80C oil +5C to +60C water 2% 24V dc

Electromechanical

Mftrs. List No. DFT.990=560-108, DFT.980=560-110 FOR SUITABLE 4 TO 20mA PROCESS INDICATOR, SEE ORDER CODE 118-6900 OR 993-3069.
222139

Price Each Output 4 to 20mA Pulse Order Code 560-108 560-110 1+ 347.22 379.51 5+ 324.97 355.19 10+ 314.53 343.78

Encoders - Incremental
Rotary Position Sensor
3382 Series - Surface Mount Surface mount Dustproof One million rotational cycles Thin profile

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

EFW.0152 EFW.0302 EFW.0502 EFW.1002

541-291 541-308 731-160 541-310

121.57 119.30 105.37 121.57

117.34 114.49 101.71 117.34

113.59 110.80 98.44 113.59

103.22 100.71 92.22 103.22

H = 2.11, W = 11, D = 12.04mm Shaft Diameter = 5mm

Applications: Volume control on audio equipment Motion controllers

Mftrs.

Dishwasher control systems Automotive temperature range

537881

Flow Transducers
Price Each Order Code 171-7387 1+ 2.16 10+ 1.80 50+ 1.59 100+ 1.38

Compact, Pulse Output

1 - 25/min. Dataflow Compact is for monitoring low flows of liquids with an electronic output signal at low cost. Fluid impacts on a twin-vaned turbine which rotates at a speed proportional to the flow rate. The rotation is detected optically and converted to a pulse output signal suitable for display or control of flow rate, totalising or batch control.
Electrical connections, 3 wire Red = +5V Green = output signal Blue = 0V H = 29, W = 52 overall, D = 27 Connections 38" BSP Cable L = 300

List No. 3382G-1-103G

500+ 1.25

EM14 Series - Rotary Optical Encoder with Switch

Voltage rating Maximum operating speed Rotational life Operating temperature Pulses Per Revolution Detents 32 No Detent 8 32 64 No Detent 64 No Detent

Pulse output signal for flows up to 25/ min. Lightweight, robust and suitable for most liquids Operates in any plane
Construction Body Rotor Shaft Calibration K Factor Accuracy Repeatability Mftrs. List No. DFC.9000 Order Code 560-121 1+ 47.63 Grilamid - TR55 18% PTFE filled nylon Stainless Steel 752 pulses/litre 2% typ. 1%

Simple to install Negligible pressure drop Accepts reverse flow Low cost flow measurement
Grilamid - TR55 20 bar 0.1 bar @ 15/min. +5C to +70C +5V dc 1 to 25/min.
212177

HCMOS, CMOS and TTL compatible Compact package size High rotational cycle life Standard or high force push switch option Optional detent Splashproof shaft seal Recommended for human/machine interface applications (HMI) Cable/connector option Optional bracket
5V dc 120 rpm 1000000 Cycles (Non-Detent) 1000000 Cycles (Detent) -40C to 70C Switch Option No Switch Push Switch Push Switch No Switch Mftrs List No. EM14A0D-C24-L032N EM14A1D-C24-L008S EM14A0D-C24-L064S EM14A0D-C24-L064N Price Each Order Code 147-0246 147-0247 147-0248 147-0249
488862

Shaft retainers Max. working pressure Pressure drop (max.) Temperature range Power supply Flow range

Price Each 5+ 46.69 10+ 45.17 25+ 42.56 Mftrs List No. EM14A0D-C24-L032N EM14A1D-C24-L008S EM14A0D-C24-L064S EM14A0D-C24-L064N Order Code 147-0246 147-0247 147-0248 147-0249 1+ 18.08 18.62 19.29 22.28

5+ 11.78 13.93 12.57 16.67

10+ 10.68 12.39 11.39 14.82

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2399

2400

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Encoders - Incremental - continued

Multi-turn Encoder Module
Multiplexed Output The AEAT-84AD provides all function as an optoelectronic-mechanical unit in order to implement, with single turn absolute encoder, an absolute multi-turn encoder with a combined capacity of up to 30 bits at extended temperature. The unit consists of an IR-LED circuit board, a phototransistor (PT) circuit board, and 6 or 7 gear wheels arranged in between the PCBs.
Operating Temperature -40 to 125C Supply Voltage 5.0 to 5.5V dc
428913

Quick Assembly Two and Three Channel Optical Encoder

Two channel quadrature output with optional index pulse Quick and easy assembly No signal adjustment required Low cost Resolutions up to 512 counts per revolution Small size -40 to 100C operating temperature TTL compatible Single 5V supply
Channel CPR HEDM55xx Series 2 HEDM5500 Series 2 2 500 2 500 2 500 2 100 2 512 3 3 3 2 3 Mftrs. List No. HEDM-5500#B13 HEDS-5500#A02 HEDS-5500#A03 HEDS-5500#A11 HEDS-5500#A12 HEDS-5500#C14 HEDS-5505#I06 HEDS-5540#A01 HEDS-5540#A02 HEDS-5545#A14 HEDS-5600#C06 HEDS-5645#G13 Order Code 116-1163 116-1181 116-1182 116-1184 116-1185 116-1189 116-1202 116-1203 116-1204 116-1208 116-1211 116-1218 1+ 31.82 32.71 31.82 32.71 32.71 31.82 31.14 28.79 34.04 34.04 32.71 34.04 5+ 30.63 31.49 30.63 31.49 31.49 30.63 30.04 27.79 32.78 32.78 31.49 32.78 Shaft Size 8mm 3mm 3.175mm 4mm 6mm 5mm 6.35mm 2mm 3mm 5mm 6.35mm 8mm Mftrs. List No. HEDM-5500#B13 HEDS-5500#A02 HEDS-5500#A03 HEDS-5500#A11 HEDS-5500#A12 HEDS-5500#C14 HEDS-5505#I06 HEDS-5540#A01 HEDS-5540#A02 HEDS-5545#A14 HEDS-5600#C06 HEDS-5645#G13 Price Each 10+ 29.54 30.36 29.54 30.36 30.36 29.54 29.03 26.89 31.61 31.61 30.36 31.61 25+ 28.52 29.32 28.52 29.32 29.32 28.52 28.90 26.01 30.52 30.52 29.32 30.52 50+ 27.57 28.35 27.57 28.35 28.35 27.57 28.16 25.19 29.50 29.50 29.11 29.50 Order Code 116-1163 116-1181 116-1182 116-1184 116-1185 116-1189 116-1202 116-1203 116-1204 116-1208 116-1211 116-1218
442936

Mftrs. Resolution 14 bit List No. AEAT-84AD-LBSF0 Order Code 116-1065 1+ 53.97 5+ 51.97

Price Each 10+ 50.12 25+ 48.39 50+ 46.78

Ultra Miniature, High Resolution Incremental Kit Encoders

Three channel output (A & B output with index channel) Resolution options from 600 to 4096 cycles per revolution (CPR), up to 16384 counts with 4X decoding Cost effective -40 to 125C operating temperature Ultra miniature size (17mm) Maximum 1 MHz operating frequency Maximum 12000 RPM rotational speed Single 5V supply Integrated RS422 differential line driver Integrated bearing stage for easy mounting Bottom-up or top-down mounting options
CPR Counts After X4 Decoding Bottom Mounting 1024 4096 Top Mounting 3000 12000 4096 16384 Mftrs. List No. AEDA-3300-BA7 AEDA-3300-TAM AEDA-3300-TAT Price Each Mftrs. List No. Bottom Mounting AEDA-3300-BA7 Top Mounting AEDA-3300-TAM AEDA-3300-TAT Order Code 116-1068 116-1080 116-1083 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Order Code 116-1068 116-1080 116-1083
442736

2400

Electromechanical

33
Sensors & Transducers

Mid-Sized Housed Encoder

Two channel quadrature output Quick and easy assembly Cost-effective Ideal for small motor systems -10 to 85C operating temperature Hub available in either a set screw configuration or a press fit adhesive mount configuration Right angle connector available

53.54 47.37 47.37

51.42 45.62 45.62

49.46 43.99 43.99

47.71 42.47 42.47

46.02 41.07 41.07

Quadrature Decoder/Counter Interface ICs

Interfaces encoder to microprocessor 33 MHz clock operation Programmable coutn modes (1x, 2x or 4x) Single or dual axis support Index channel support High noise immunity Schmitt trigger inputs and digital noise filter 32-bit binary up/down counter Latched outputs 8-bit tristate interface

Channel 2 Mftrs. List No.

CPR

Shaft Size 5mm

Mftrs. List No. HEDR-5420-ES214 Price Each

Order Code 116-1169

442941

Order Code 116-1169

1+ 12.59

5+ 12.12

10+ 11.69

25+ 11.29

50+ 10.92

HEDR-5420-ES214

Three Channel Optical Incremental Encoder

Module with Codewheel Two channel quadrature output with index pulse Resolution from 100 to 500 CPR (Counts Per Revolution) Low cost Easy to mount No signal adjustment required Small size -10 to 85C operating temperature TTL compatible Single 5V supply
CPR 500 500 500 500 360 Mftrs. List No. AEDB-9140-A06 AEDB-9140-A12 AEDB-9140-A13 AEDB-9140-A14 AEDB-9140-G06 Order Code 116-1085 116-1086 116-1087 116-1089 116-1094 1+ 17.12 20.11 25.18 17.12 17.42 5+ 16.65 19.36 24.18 16.65 16.79 Shaft Size 6.35mm 6mm 8mm 5mm 6.35mm Codewheel Rop 11.00mm 11.00mm 11.00mm 11.00mm 11.00mm Mftrs. List No. AEDB-9140-A06 AEDB-9140-A12 AEDB-9140-A13 AEDB-9140-A14 AEDB-9140-G06 Price Each 10+ 16.20 18.66 23.25 16.20 16.18 25+ 15.77 18.03 22.43 15.77 15.63 50+ 15.37 17.43 21.63 15.37 15.10 Order Code 116-1085 116-1086 116-1087 116-1089 116-1094
442943

8, 16, 24 and 32-bit operating modes Quadrature decoder output signals up/down and count Cascade output signals, up/down and count Substantially reduced system software 5 V operation (VDD - Vss) TTL/CMOS compatible I/O Operating temperature: -40 to 100C 32-pin PDIP or 20-pin PDIP
442860

Mftrs. List No. HCTL-2022 HCTL-2032 Order Code 116-1110 116-1111 1+ 7.51 7.70 5+ 5.46 6.11

Price Each 10+ 5.04 5.64 25+ 4.37 4.89 50+ 4.20 4.58

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Reflective Surface Mount Optical Encoder
Reflective technology Surface mount small outline leadless package Single channel incremental output Two channel quadrature outputs for direction sensing TTL compatible output Single 5V supply -20 to 85C absolute operating temperature
No. of Channels 2 2 2 1 LPI 75 150 180 75 Mftrs. List No. AEDR-8300-1K2 AEDR-8300-1P2 AEDR-8300-1Q2 AEDR-8310-1K2 Order Code 116-1101 116-1102 116-1103 116-1105
442950

2401

Two Channel Codewheel

Cost effective Resolutions from 100 to 1024 CPR For use with HEDS-90xx/91xx Series two channel encoders
Shaft Diameter 5mm 6.35mm 6.35mm 15.875mm 12.7mm Mftrs. List No. HEDS-5120#C14 HEDS-5120#G06 HEDS-5120#I06 HEDS-6100#B10 HEDS-6140#B09 Best.-Nr. 116-1172 116-1173 116-1175 116-1224 116-1227 1+ 11.28 9.58 12.05 18.54 33.92 5+ 10.15 8.71 10.84 16.85 30.53 Mftrs. List No. HEDS-5120#C14 HEDS-5120#G06 HEDS-5120#I06 HEDS-6100#B10 HEDS-6140#B09 Price Each 10+ 9.23 7.98 9.86 15.42 27.75 25+ 8.06 7.03 8.89 13.60 24.24 50+ 7.44 6.65 8.67 13.11 22.37 Order Code 116-1172 116-1173 116-1175 116-1224 116-1227
442960

Mftrs. List No. Two Channel AEDR-8300-1K2 AEDR-8300-1P2 AEDR-8300-1Q2 One Channel AEDR-8310-1K2 Order Code 116-1101 116-1102 116-1103 116-1105 1+ 5+

Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

2.29 2.29 2.29 1.70

2.20 2.20 2.20 1.65

2.12 2.12 2.12 1.60

2.05 2.05 2.05 1.56

1.98 1.98 1.98 1.52

Two Channel High Resolution Optical Incremental Encoder Module

Codewheel ROP 11.00mm Mftrs. List No. HEDS-9200#300 Order Code 116-1241 1+ 12.10 5+ 11.76

Reflective Surface Mount Optical Encoder

PCB Thickness 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm

Reflective technology Surface mount small outline leadless package Direct replacement of HEDR-8000 encoder Single channel incremental output Two channel quadrature outputs for direction sensing TTL compatible output Single 5V supply -20 to 85C absolute operating temperature Lead free package
LPI 150 180 Mftrs. List No. AEDR-8000-1K2 AEDR-8100-1P2 AEDR-8100-1Q1 Order Code 116-1097 116-1099 116-1100
442951

High resolution: up to 1024 CPR Two channel quadrature output Low cost Easy to mount No signal adjustment required Small size -40 to 100C operating temperature TTL compatible Single 5V supply
CPR LPI Mftrs. List No. HEDS-9200#300 Price Each 10+ 11.44 25+ 11.14 50+ 10.86 Order Code 116-1241
442961

Electromechanical

No. of Channels 2

No. of Channels 2 2 2

Mftrs. List No. AEDR-8000-1K2 AEDR-8100-1P2 AEDR-8100-1Q1 Order Code 116-1097 116-1099 116-1100 1+ 6.35 6.17 5.88 5+ 6.11 5.94 5.68

Price Each 10+ 5.89 5.73 5.50 25+ 5.69 5.53 5.33 50+ 5.50 5.35 5.17

Encoder Module
The module consists of a lensed LED source and a detector IC enclosed in a small C-shaped plastic package. The two channel module and code wheel gives two outputs in quadrature, and the three channel module and code wheel also gives an index output.
Encoder: H=10.2, W=26.7, D=11.7 (excl. pins), Slot width=1.78 Code Wheel: O/D=50 For shaft dia 14" or 6mm

33
Sensors & Transducers

Three Channel Optical Incremental Encoder Module

no. of Channels 3 3

Two channel quadrature output with index pulse Resolution up to 1000 CPR (Counts per Revolution) Low cost, easy to mount No signal adjustment required Small size -40 to 100C operating temperature TTL compatible Single 5V supply
Mftrs. List No. HEDS-9040#B00 HEDS-9140#I00 Price Each Order Code 116-1235 116-1240
442953

High performance low cost optical incremental encoder modules and code wheels Module designed to be tolerant to mounting misalignment Modules operate from a single 5V supply

Count frequency (guaranteed max.) 100kHz Code wheel set screw 2.56 (use 0.035" hex wrench)
212434

Resolution Mftrs. Description Encoder Modules 3 ch. 2 ch. 2 ch. - Flange Mount 3 ch. 3 ch. 2 ch. Code Wheels 2 ch., 6mm 3 ch., 6mm 3 ch., 14" 2 ch., 14" 2 ch., 4mm 3 ch., 14" 3 ch., 4mm 2 ch., 6mm Assembly Tools HEDS-8906 165-4879 42.37 (PPR) List No. Order Code 165-4867 165-4866 165-4865 165-4868 165-4869 165-4866 165-4870 165-4875 165-4878 165-4872 165-4873 165-4876 165-4877 165-4874 1+

Price Each 10+ 50+

Mftrs. List No. HEDS-9040#B00 HEDS-9140#I00

Order Code 116-1235 116-1240

1+ 17.85 18.42

5+ 17.19 17.70

10+ 16.58 17.01

25+ 16.01 16.39

50+ 15.49 15.82

Encoder Line Drivers

Available on encoder kit housing (HEDM-5500 Series) Complementary outputs Industry standard line driver IC Single 5V supply Onboard bypass capacitor Operating temperature up to 70C

256 2000 500 500 1024 2000 200 256 1024 500 500 500 500 2000

HEDS-9140#F00 HEDS-9000#T00 HEDS-9730#A50 HEDS-9140#A00 HEDS-9040#J00 HEDS-9000#T00 HEDS-5120#E12 HEDS-5140#F12 HEDS-6140#J06 HEDS-5120#A06 HEDS-5120#A11 HEDS-5140#A06 HEDS-5140#A11 HEDM-6120#T12

19.66 18.60 12.58 19.66 19.66 18.60 11.96 12.79 23.22 11.96 11.96 13.46 13.46 20.72

18.68 17.67 11.95 18.68 18.68 17.67 11.36 12.23 22.06 11.36 11.36 12.79 12.79 19.68

17.69 16.74 11.32 17.69 17.69 16.74 10.76 11.63 20.90 10.76 10.76 12.11 12.11 18.65

No. of Channels 2 Mftrs. List No. HEDL-5560#B13

CPR 1000

Shaft Diameter 8mm

Mftrs. List No. HEDL-5560#B13 Price Each

Order Code 116-1148

442958

Order Code 116-1148

1+ 54.35

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2401

2402

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Encoders - Incremental - continued

360/500 Pulses/Rev
H=41.1, W=30.0, D=18.3 Mounting: Standard types - 2 screw M2.5 on 19.05 PCD or 3 screw M1.6 on 20.90 PCD Types with external mounting ears - Overall W=52.1 with 2 fixing holes for M2.5 screws on 46.0 PCD.

Suitable for digital systems where both magnitude and direction of adjustment must be provided 2 bit gray code output produced, channel A leads channel B by 90 (clockwise) Ideal as a digital panel control or as position sensing devices in applications where long life, high resolution and precise linearity are critical.
Supply voltage Supply current Mechanical rotation Resolution (935-8242, 935-8277, 9358250) (935-8629) Operating temperature Mftrs. List No. 5V dc 0.25V dc 26mA max Continuous 128 pulses per revolution 256 pulses per revolution -40C to +85C Connections 1 2 3 4 5 Ground NC Output A +Vcc Ouput B

A series of two and three channel optical encoders incorporating an HEDS9100/9140 series encoder module and an HEDS5120/5140 series code wheel. The outputs of the two channel version are two square waves in quadrature. The three channel version gives one additional index output pulse per revolution. The standard encoders (without mounting ears) are available for a 4mm or 14" dia shaft and can be mounted to a motor using either the two screw or three screw mounting options on the lid. The encoders with external mounting ears are designed for larger diameter motors and 14" dia shafts. The use of an alignment tool or aligning pins is ecommended for 2 channel encoders and is essential for 3 channel encoders. Suitable alignment tools and also connecting leads (length 152mm) are available. High reliability Quick and easy assembly High resolution Single 5V supply
212435

ENA1J-B28-L00128L = 935-8242, ENS1J-B28-L00256L = 935-8269,

ENC1J-D28-L00128L = 935-8250,
207180

Price Each Order Code 935-8242 935-8269 935-8250 1+ 39.47 97.99 63.57 25+ 33.54 85.44 55.43 50+ 32.01 73.16 47.46 100+ 28.96 60.13 39.02

120EN Series Rotary Optical Encoder

Price Each Type Mftrs. List No. Order Code 165-4885 165-4880 165-4881 165-4882 165-4888 165-4887 165-4889 165-4886 165-4890 165-4891 165-4892 165-4893 1+ 10+ 50+ Ribbon Cable Horizontal PCB Vertical PCB Shaft=22 (incl. bush), dia.=6.35 Mounting bush=3/8" x 32 NEF Ribbon cable length=190

Standard - 4mm Shaft Dia. 3 ch., 500ppr HEDS-5540#A11 Standard - 14 Shaft Dia. 2 ch., 500ppr HEDS-5500#A06 3 ch., 200ppr HEDS-5540#E06 3 ch., 500ppr HEDS-5540#A06 External Mounting Ears - 14 Shaft Dia. 2 ch., 500ppr HEDS-5600#A06 2 ch., 360ppr 3 ch., 500ppr 2 ch., 200ppr Connecting Leads 2 ch. 3 ch. Alignment Tools 14" shaft dia. 4mm shaft dia. HEDS-5600#G06 HEDS-5640#A06 HEDS-5605#E06 HEDS-8902 HEDS-8903 HEDS-8910#006 HEDS-8910#011

39.92 37.30 39.92 39.92 37.30 37.30 39.92 34.50 3.92 3.92 5.95 5.68

37.92 35.44 37.92 37.92 35.44 35.44 37.92 32.78 3.72 3.72

35.93 33.57 35.93 35.93 33.57 33.57 35.93 31.05 3.53 3.53 Style Ribbon cable Horizontal PCB Vertical PCB

2402

Electromechanical

Manually or motor operated rotary optical encoder Stainless steel spindle, nickel 2 channel quadrature output, channel A leads plated bush channel B by 90 electrically, CCW rotation Ribbon cable, horizontal or vertical PCB mounting versions
Supply voltage Supply current Mechanical rotation Resolution Connections Ribbon cable Red Green 5V dc Ground PCB 5V dc 0.25V dc Maximum rotational speed 300 rpm 30mA max. Rotational life 10 million revolutions Continuous Operating temperature -40C to +65C 128 pulses per revolution Yellow Orange Pin 1 Output A Output B 5V dc Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Price Each Mftrs. List No. 120EN128CBLB25 120EN128B66B25 120EN128C24B25 Order Code 114-4747 114-4748 114-4749 1+ 43.53 41.84 41.33 10+ 37.40 35.97 35.46 50+ 29.12 28.03 27.65 100+ 24.45 23.51 23.17 Output A Ground Output B
207364

33
Sensors & Transducers

Panel Mount, 256/360/500 Pulses/Rev

Optical incremental encoders designed primarily for panel mounting. Connections by colour coded flying leads. Encoders operate from a single 5Vdc supply Two channel TTL quadrature output to provide resolution and direction information
Connections: Ch.A=white, Ch.B=brown, VCC=red, Gnd=black Supply voltage Supply current Operating temperature H=41.1, W=30.0, D=18.3 (body) Shaft dia.=6.35, L=12.7 Leads L=150

EC Series Digital Contacting Encoder

Body D=27.6, W=22.2, H=7.4 Shaft=19.0 (inc bush) x 6.32 dia, Bush=M9 x 0.75

4.5V - 5.5V 17mA typ, 40mA max. -20C to +85C

Output voltage

2.4High level min., V low level 0.4V max.

212243/406086

Low cost digital contacting encoders, long operating life and high operating temperature characteristics 2 bit gray code output is produced, channel A leads channel B by 90 (clockwise) Optional snap-on PCB mounting bracket
Contact rating Voltage rating 10mA @ 10V, or 0.1W 350V ac (or limited by power dissipation whichever <) 1000V ac Mftrs List No. ECW0J-B24-AC0006 ECW1J-B24-AC0024 Maximum operating speed Rotational life Mechanical rotation Insulation resistance Operating temperature Order Code 109-111 120-0080
207187/406088

Price Each Mftrs. List No. 256 ppr 360 ppr 500 ppr HEDS-5701#F00 HEDS-5701#G00 HEDS-5701#A00 Order Code 165-4859 165-4861 165-4862 1+ 55.65 55.74 39.03 10+ 51.83 51.82 37.75 50+ 49.36 49.41 36.76 Dielectric strength Cycles Per Revolution 6 24

120 rpm 200000 revs Continuous >1000Mohm +1C to + 125C

Detents 24 24

EN Series Rotary Optical Encoder

Order Code Body H=21.21, W=15.88, D=18.50, Spindle L=22.23 Encoder, 6 cycles Encoder, 24 cycles PCB mounting bracket 109-111 120-0080 219-113 1+ 3.50 5.49 0.30

Price Each 25+ 2.91 4.79 0.29 50+ 2.36 4.10 0.26 100+ 2.05 3.38 0.21

Low Profile 11mm sq

Bushing styles 107-100

107-101 (Ball bearing)

107-102 (Ball bearing)

452-348

Bush=M7 x 0.75

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Low profile, high precision audio type encoder PCB or chassis mounting with momentary switch
Mftrs. List No. EC11B15242= 119-1733 EC11B15244= 119-1734 Voltage rating Maximum current Rotational life 5V d.c. 10mA 15000 cycles Output signal Channel A leads Channel B by 60+/-30 clockwise rotation
207244

2403

100/200 Pulses/Rev - E6A2 Series

Solid 6mm Dia Shaft Bi-directional output Supplied with 0.5m connection cable Subminiature optical incremental encoders with resolution of either 100 or 200 pulses per revolution. The encoders are designed for plate mounting.
Encoder: L=31, Dia=25 Shaft: L=8, Dia=4 Output Open collector 6mA max Operating voltage 5V dc - 10% to 12V dc +10% Pulse response 20kHz
212436

Price Each Order Code Horizontal Vertical 119-1733 119-1734 1+ 6.66 6.66 10+ 6.01 6.01 50+ 5.59 5.59 100+ 4.21 4.21 250+ 3.93 3.93

Radial loading Axial loading Current consumption

1kg max 0.5kg max 20mA max

Price Each Type Mftrs. List No. E6A2CW3C-100 E6A2CW3C-200 Order Code 160-3029 160-3030 1+ 159.54 159.54 5+ 151.56 151.56 10+ 143.58 143.58 2 ch., 100 ppr 2 ch., 200 ppr

3315 Series Conductive Plastic

360/1000 Pulses/Rev - E6C Series

Solid 6mm Dia Shaft Heavy duty industrial use 3 channels for bi-directional output with zero index
Body H=9.53, W=9.53, D=4.83 Shaft=12.7 (inc bush) x 3.18 Bush=14-32 UNEF-2A

Optical incremental rotary encoder with resolution of either 360 or 1000 pulses per revolution. The two outputs allow the direction of shaft rotation to be gauged and the zero index confirms a start reference point. The encoders are designed for plate mounting.
Operating voltage Pulse response Maximum speed 4.75V dc - 10% to 27.6V dc +15% 30kHz 5000rpm
212437

Miniature package, long operating life for PCB or bush mounting On clockwise rotation of the shaft a 2 bit gray code output is produced where channel A leads channel B by 90.
Contact rating Dielectric strength Maximum operating speed Rotational life 100mA @ 16Vd.c. or 0.1W 900V a.c. 120 rpm 100000 cycles Mechanical rotation Insulation resistance Operating temperature Pulses per revolution Continuous >1000M -40C to + 125C 6
224004

Electromechanical

Encoder: L=94, Dia=50, Shaft: L=15, Dia=6, Cable L=2m Radial loading Axial loading Current consumption Output Mftrs. List No. 3 ch., 360ppr E6C2CWZ6C-360 3 ch., 1000ppr E6C2CWZ6C-1000 Flexible shaft coupling 4kg

3kg 50mA max 80mA max open collector

Price Each Order Code Encoder 6 cycles 3315C Encoder 6 cycles 3315Y Encoder 16 cycles 3315C Encoder 16 cycles 3315Y 935-4018 935-4034 935-4026 935-4042 1+ 2.19 2.79 2.66 2.65 25+ 1.70 2.11 2.32 2.30 50+ 1.40 1.69 2.00 1.98 100+ 1.13 1.45 1.63 1.62 Price Each Order Code 160-3031 160-3032 160-3033 1+ 242.84 285.02 12.33 5+ 230.72 270.79 11.71 10+

218.56 256.52 11.09

33
2400/2420 - Miniature incremental rotary encoder
24 mm flange

100 to 1000ppr with Opto-ASIC - RI32-0 Series

Solid 5mm Dia. Shaft

Sensors & Transducers

very small design high performance but low cost (up to 1024 pulses) chromium-plated housing, IP64 housing robust cable entry with multiple clamping, high-flexibility cable Rated voltage: 5-24 V push-pull

Mechanical data: Stainless Steel Shaft 4mm Connection: 2m high-flexible PVC wire radial Rotary speed: max. 12 000 min-1 Rotor Moment of Inertia: approx. 0,1 x 10-6 kgm2 Starting Torque: <0,001 Nm Load Capacity of Shaft: radial: 10 N / axial. 20 N Weight: 0,06 kg Protection to EN 60529: IP 64 Housing Working temperature: -20 C ... +85 C / Operating temperature: -20 C ... +90 C Shock resistance to DIN-IEC 68-2-27: 1000 m/s2, 6 ms / Vibration resistance to DIN-IEC 68-2-27: 100 m/s2, 55 ... 2000 Hz Electrical data: Output Circuit Input voltage: 5 ... 24 V DC Power Consumption (No Load): max. 50 mA Permissible Load/Channell: max. 50 mA Pulse Frequency: max. 160 kHz Signal Level High: min. UB = -2,5 V Signal Level Low: max. 0,5 V Rise Time tr: max. 1 s / Fall Time tf: max. 1 s Short Circuit Proof Outputs: Yes Conforms to CE requirements acc. to EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-4 and EN 61000-6-3
334405

Self-test alarm system continuously monitors for disc contamination, disc breakage, over-temperature, under-voltage and excessive LED ageing Short circuit and overload protection Ingress protected to IP50 High quality 30mm diameter incremental miniature encoders. All have 2 channels and marker pulse outputs.
Supply voltage Max. pulse frequency Current consumption Output voltage Alarm output Maximum output load Maximum shaft loading Absolute max. speed Operating temperature Storage temperature Shock resistance 5V dc or 10 to 30V dc 5V=300kHz, 10-30V=200kHz 30mA (24V dc), 40mA (5V dc) 5V input high 2.5V, low 0.5V 10 to 30V input high=supply -3V, low 2V NPN open collector 5mA 5V supply 10mA, 10 to 30V supply 30mA Radial 10N, Axial 5N 4000 rpm -10C to 60C -25C to 85C 100g
222178

FOR SUITABLE FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS ORDER CODES 730-981 & 730-993 Mftrs. Push-Pull 5V 100ppr 360ppr 1000ppr List No. RI32-0/100AR.14KB RI32-0/360AR.14KB RI32-0/1000AR.14KB Order Code 615-936 615-948 615-950 615-961 615-973 615-985 1+ 106.60 106.60 108.34 106.60 106.60 108.34 Price Each 5+ 102.50 102.50 104.24 102.50 102.50 104.24 10+ 98.71 98.71 100.35 98.71 98.71 100.35

Price Each Type 2400 (Shaft 4mm) 05.2400.1122.0050 05.2400.1122.0100 05.2400.1122.0360 05.2400.1122.1024 Imp./U. Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

50 100 360 1024

472-9481 472-9493 472-9500 472-9535

83.55 106.40 99.41 104.00

78.63 96.25 98.58 102.02

76.62 89.54 96.04 99.40

Push-Pull 10-30V 100ppr RI32-0/100ER.14KB 360ppr RI32-0/360ER.14KB 1000ppr RI32-0/1000ER.14KB

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2403

2404

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Encoders - Incremental - continued

1000 to 5000ppr with Opto-ASIC - RI58-0 Series
Solid 6mm/10mm Dia. Shaft

Encoders - Absolute
Encoder Module
Ultra-precision Plug and Play The AEAS-7000 is a high speed, high resolution, absolute encoder module capable of providing up to 16bits of absolute positioning information. Its small, compact and modular form factor also makes it an ideal choice for space-constrained applications while the encoders Plug and Play feature greatly simplifies the installation process. The encoder IC consists of 13 signal photo diode channels and 1 monitor photo diode channel and is used for the optical reading of rotary code carriers (i.e., discs). The photo diodes are accompanied with precision amplifiers plus additional circuitry. The monitor channel is used to drive a constant current source for the highly collimated IR illumination system. The HEDS-8933 is a Plug and Play tool to align the AEAS-7000 modules and codewheel to the customers application. 16MHz data rate for high-speed applica 13bits or 16bits resolution options tions Serial Synchronous Interface Sine/Cosine true differential outputs with Plug and Play feature 1024 periods
Output Voltage Supply Currents Total Resolution (Bits) Mftrs. List No. Order Code 110-2522 110-2523 110-2525 1+ 16 Bit Gray Code 4.5 to 5.5V dc 25mA Frequency Clock Temperature Operating 16 MHz -25 to 85C
419552/436285

Short circuit and overload protection Maximum pulse frequency: TTL 300kHz, push pull 200kHz IP65 protection Set of 3 clamping eccentrics included with synchro flange version 2 channels, marker pulse and complimentary line driver outputs Self-test alarm continuously monitors for disc contamination, disc breakage, over temperature, under voltage, electrical overload and excessive LED ageing. It provides an open collector NPN output if any of these conditions occur Available with 5V TTL or 10 to 30V push pull outputs

Price Each 5+ 10+

A range of high quality 58mm diameter incremental encoders with soild 6mm diameter shafts.
Supply voltage Current consumption Output voltage Alarm output Max. output load Max. loadings, 6mm shaft Absolute max. speed Operating temperature Storage temperature Shock resistance Mftrs. 5V dc TTL or 10 to 30V push pull TTL - 40mA push pull 60mA (10V dc), 30mA (24V dc) TTL high 2.5V, low 0.5V push pull high=supply - 3V, low 2V NPN open collector 5mA 30mA Radial 110N, axial 60N 10000rpm -10C to +70C -25C to +85C 100g
222163

Encoder Modules 13 Bit AEAS-7000-1GSD0 16 Bit AEAS-7000-1GSG0 Alignment Tool HEDS-8933

2404

Electromechanical

46.95 62.61 136.39

45.21 60.29 125.52

43.59 58.12 112.38

Encoders - Accessories
Encoder Mounting Brackets

Price Each Order Code 615-882 615-894 1+ 176.71 172.40 174.97 176.71 177.53 5+ 169.95 165.80 168.20 169.95 170.66 10+ 163.59 159.60 161.95 163.59 164.31

33
Sensors & Transducers

Supply

List No.

Solid 6mm Dia. Shaft, Synchro Flange 2000 5V TTL RI58-0/2000AS.41RB 5000 5V TTL RI58-0/5000AS.41RB

Solid 10mm Dia. Shaft, Clamping Flange 1000 5V TTL R158-0/1000AK.42RB 723-4480 5000 5V TTL R158-0/5000AK.42RB 723-4508 1000 10 - 30V push-pull R158-0/1000EK.42IB 723-4510

377-8204

360 to 5000ppr with Opto-ASIC - RI58-D Series

Hollow 10 or 12mm Dia. Through Shaft

377-8198
234115

Price Each

A range of very slim 58mm diameter incremental encoders with hollow through shaft. Short circuit and overload protection Maximum pulse frequency 200kHz Ingress protected to IP64 Available to accept 10 or 12mm diameter shafts 2 channels and marker pulse 10 to 30V push pull complimentary outputs Self test alarm system continuously monitors for error conditions and provides an open circuit NPN alarm output if these conditions occcur Monitored conditions are disc contamination, disc breakage, over temperature, under voltage and excessive LED ageing
Absolute max. speed Operating temperature Storage temperature Shock resistance Cable length 6000 rpm -10C to +70C -25C to +85C 100g 1.5m
212413

Order Code 377-8204 377-8198

1+ 30.89 66.59

5+ 30.04 65.50

10+ 29.22 64.83

25+ 28.46 63.98

50+ 27.73 62.88

Measuring Wheel - 0.5m Circumference

10mm Diameter Shaft Aluminium measuring wheel has 10mm bore diameter, suitable for use with Hengstler RI58 (10mm dia. shaft) encoders or similar Suitable for measuring length of paper, cardboard, non-greasy metals, soft and hard plastics, undressed or surface treated wood Tread is 22mm wide white low-wear rubber with good grip

Supply voltage Current consumption Output voltage Alarm output Max. output load

10 to 30V 60mA (10V dc), 30mA (24V dc) high=supply - 3V dc low 2V dc NPN open collector 5mA 30mA/channel

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Hollow Shaft 10mm dia. 360ppr RI58-D/360ED.32IB 1000ppr RI58-D/1000ED.32IB Hollow Shaft 12mm dia. 1000ppr RI58-D/1000ED.37IB 5000ppr RI58-D/5000ED.37IB Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

615-997 616-000 616-047 616-060

221.09 188.73 221.09 222.94

212.59 182.17 212.59 214.33

204.69 175.74 W=25, Circumference = 500 204.69 206.33 Mftrs. List No. 0.601.151 Order Code 723-4478 1+ 55.99 Price Each 5+ 52.09 10+ 50.96
212378

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Measuring Wheels
RPM value Torque Radial offset Angular error 12000rpm 0.2mN-m 0.3 mm 2.5 degree Mftrs. List No. Voltage Coupling 1= 6,2 = 6 Z 121.D01 Order Code 349-0701 1+ 11.53 Axial offset Material Body Hexagon Socket 0.2 mm Plastic Plastic
248963

2405

High quality Suitable for measuring a variety of materials

Price Each 3+ 11.17 5+ 10.71

Circumference Width Bore Dia (mm) (mm) (mm) 200 500 12 25 10 10

Coating Pimpled rubber Pimpled rubber

Mftrs List No.

Order Code

Displacement Sensors
SMART Position Sensor
75mm Linear Configuration
234118

9109-10 377-8253 9102-10 377-8228 Price Each

Circumference 200mm 500mm

Coating Pimpled Rubber Pimpled Rubber

Order Code 377-8253 377-8228

1+ 42.27 64.01

5+ 41.10 62.23

10+ 39.99 60.55

25+ 38.93 58.96

50+ 37.94 57.44 Sensor and Magnet

Flexible Couplings
Flexible couplings suitable for Hengstler and similar encoders to protect them against excessive mechanical stresses.

The SMART Position Sensor, 75 mm linear configuration, is a non-contacting sensing solution for linear absolute position sensing with enhanced speed and accuracy. It senses the position of a magnet relative to the sensor from 0 mm to 75 mm [0" to 3.0"]. Why is the SMART Position Sensor smart? SMART means that this is a sensor that can essentially think for itself. The SMART

Position Sensor has the ability to self-calibrate because it uses a patented combination of an ASIC (Application-Specific Integrated Circuit) and an array of MR (magnetoresistive) sensors to accurately and reliably determine the position of a magnet attached to a moving object (e.g., elevator, valve, machinery, etc.) so that the objects position can be determined. Resolution of up to 16 bits provides enhanced accuracy Non-contacting technology can provide enhanced product life and durability with less downtime Combined patented MR sensor and ASIC technology provide enhanced differentiation and performance Air gap of up to 3 2.5 mm (0.118 0.098") between sensor and magnet expands application opportunities Self-diagnostics feature can reduce equipment downtime Small size, taking up less space than most competitive technologies, allows for use where space is at a premium IP67 and IP69K sealing allow use in a variety of harsh applications
610250

Plastic L=20.5, Dia.=15 Type Absolute max. speed Torque max. Max. angular misalignment Max. shaft misalignment radial/axial Material Compatible Hengstler encoders Hub Type Plastic Plastic Helical Helical Diameters 5/5mm 5/6mm 5/6mm 6/6mm

Helical L=28, Dia.=19.2 Plastic 10000rpm 0.2N-m 2.5 degrees 0.3mm/0.2mm Polyamide 6.6 glass-fibre reinforced RI32 Series (5mm shaft) Mftrs. List No. 3.520.034 3.520.003 3.520.035 0.070.653 Order Code 730-981 730-993 731-006 731-018 1+ 15.46 15.43 25.76 25.13 Helical 6000rpm 0.8N-m 4 degrees 0.25mm/0.4mm AlCuMgPb, chromed RI58-0 Series (6mm shaft)
212244

Electromechanical

Mftrs. Termination 575mm Leadwire 10+ 14.20 14.18 23.63 23.05 List No. SPS-L075-HALS Order Code 178-4725 1+ 144.20

Price Each 5+ 139.05 10+ 133.90

Price Each 5+ 14.70 14.67 24.47 23.87

Position Sensors
Membrane - Self Adhesive

33
Sensors & Transducers

Flexible Couplings
Helical 6x6 L=35, Dia=16 Helical 10x10 L=50, Dia=26 Precision L=25, Dia=25

Rectilinear

Wiper Rotary

Extremely flat - 0.5mm Adhesive film 1 Watt max. @ 25C Greater than 1 million cycles life
540860

Length Maximum rpm Nominal torque Max radial mismatch Max. angle error Max. axial mismatch Binding posts Max. starting torque Maximum rpm Weight Helical 6x6 3000 0.5Nm 1mm 5.0 1mm M4 120Ncm Nickel-faced spring steel, zinc diecast 28g Helical 10x10 3000 1.5Nm 1.5mm 5.0 1mm M5 120Ncm Nickel-faced spring steel, zinc diecast 120g Price Each Type Helical 6x6 10x10 Precision 6x10 10x10 Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+ 50+ Precision 12000 0.4Nm 0.4mm 2.5 0.4mm M4 80Ncm Flange:zinc diecast, Housing:polyamide 6.6 23g
234119

Width (mm) Mftrs. List No. Order Code 173-4690 173-4691 173-4692 173-4693 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

(mm)

Rectilinear 65.86 20.32 115.86 20.32 215.86 20.32 515.86 20.32

SP-L-0050-ST SP-L-0100-ST SP-L-0200-ST SP-L-0500-ST

16.25 17.75 21.00 27.00 21.00 7.00

15.12 16.51 19.53 25.12 19.53 6.51

14.13 15.43 18.26 23.48 18.26 6.09

13.00 14.20 16.80 21.60 16.80 5.60

Rotary 56mm OD of Track SP-R-0046/353-103-ST 173-4694 Accessories Wiper, M6 x 0.75 WIPER 1-3N 173-4695

Position Sensors
377-8277 377-8265 377-8290 377-8307 19.78 24.49 50.86 47.82 19.22 23.75 49.45 46.49 18.71 23.25 48.11 45.24 18.21 22.61 46.84 44.04 17.75 21.70 45.65 42.92

Linear MagnetoPots

Rectilinear

Rotary

Insert coupling

Contactless Linear Sensor IP64 Debris Proof, Splash Proof Ideal for Hydraulic and Pneumatic Position Sensing Liquid Level Capability Life Cycle is >1 million

Height: 3.50mm (0.138") Operating Temperature up to +85C IP Rating of Active Area is IP64 Crimpflex Solder Tab (ST) Requires MAGNET

The MagnetoPot is simple, yet elegant in its ability to track motion in a contactless manner. A magnet on the inside of a cylinder, or a magnet on the opposing side of a motion device will guide the built-in magnetics of the MagnetoPot for position location through a potentiometric output. The MagnetoPot is a sealed potentiometer, in the membrane potentiometer tradition, yet it does not require a wiper/actuator to connect the collector and the resistor. Instead, the MagnetoPot is controlled by an outside magnet, which attracts the magnetic forces within the

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2405

2406

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Displacement Sensors - continued

Position Sensors - continued
Linear MagnetoPots - continued MagnetoPot to connect to the linear resistor and give linear potentiometer feedback. The wiper inside the sealed pot is magnetic or ferromagnetic, and will only perform if connected with an exterior magnet. As opposed to a magnetically-based Reed Switch, which gives simply open or close signals, the MagnetoPot gives the full linear travel of a hydraulic or pneumatic cylinder. In liquid level applications, the MagnetoPot can attach to the outside of a liquid tank and give position of the magnet inside the float. No water ingress, no wearing of the part by environment, because the MagnetoPot is outside of the tank. The MagnetoPot is made of polyester, fiberglass and kapton, depending on the specification required. It functions as a voltage divider, a resistor or rheostat, as desired by the end-user. By bringing the exterior magnet into a proximity necessary to connect with the internal magnetic attractors, the operator can obtain linear position sensing based on the location of the exterior magnet. As the exterior magnet moves, so does the electrical outputof the MagnetoPot. N.B. The MagnetoPot should not be mounted to a ferromagnetic surface.
608983

Precision Linear Transducers

115L Series

Rugged compact and accurate, for use in many industrial applications High accuracy +/- 0.05% Essentially infinite resolution Long life

Not sensitive to temperature variations Moveable mounting brackets Ball joint can be ordered separately for greater fexibility

Active Length Mftrs. List No. Order Code 181-8274 181-8275 181-8276 181-8277 181-8278 181-8279 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

Independant linearity >0.1% Resistance tolerance 20% Operating temperature range -55C to 125CMaximum Power Rating 0.05W/cm@70C Total resistance 5K Dimensions Housing: L = measuring range + 75 Shaft: L = 25(retracted)
233680

Rectilinear 25mm MP1-L-0025-103-5%-ST 50mm MP1-L-0050-103-5%-ST 100mm 150mm 300mm 500mm MP1-L-0100-103-5%-ST MP1-L-0150-103-5%-ST MP1-L-0300-103-5%-ST MP1-L-0500-103-5%-ST

Measuring 25.80 30.90 34.35 36.10 46.45 56.80 24.55 29.45 32.75 34.35 44.25 54.10 22.90 27.49 30.55 32.00 41.25 50.49 21.00 25.25 28.00 29.45 37.90 46.35 Range 130mm 225mm 350MM 750mm Ball Joint (pair) Mftrs. List No. 115L 5,2E 502 W06017 115L 9E 502 W06017 115L 14E 502 W06017 115L 30E 502 W06017 320 371 Order Code 366-6750 366-6761 366-6773 366-6803 366-6815 1+ 77.51 90.66 109.35 174.27 6.36

Price Each 10+ 68.29 79.86 96.32 153.54 5.81 25+ 61.37 71.77 86.56 137.97 5.38

Rotary Center of Active of Track 45.57mm MP1-R-0046-353-103-5%-ST 181-8280

2406

Electromechanical

34.35

32.75

30.55

28.00

Tilt Sensors
Tilt Sensor
This compact tilt sensor is intended for use in systems such as portable heaters and HVAC equipment. The sensor acts as a safety cut-out to prevent operation when knocked out of a fully vertical position. The D7E-3 has an operating angle of 50 to 80, minimising the risk of false triggering by small vibrations and knocks. It is self-resetting with a return angle of 25. This allows the system to be repositioned and restarted without further intervention. The sensor features 10mm pitch, 5mm quick connect terminals for ease of installation.
Single Pole Single Throw NC 5V dc, 0.1mA to 30V dc, 100mA 300mR Operating Humidity Operating Temperature Insulation Resistance Price Each Order Code 100-7618 1+ 3.26 + + + + 25 to 85% RH -25C to 60C 100 MR Min.
418089

Miniature Industrial Transducers

Linearity of better than 0.1% Dual wiper design on Myst R plastic element Extruded wiper block guides Internal spring-loaded ball joint Anodised extruded aluminium housing Stainless steel shaft Fits into tight spaces, clamps easily to cylinders Small diameter linear position sensor, rugged enough to withstand a hostile environment and easy to interface without additional amplifiers.
Independant linearity > 0.1% Resistance per 25mm LT Series = 1000, MLT Series = 1500 (electrical travel) Resistance tolerance 20% Operating temp. range -40C to +80C Starting force 29g Resolution Infinite Shaft thread 4 - 40 UNC Dimensions, MLT Series Housing: L=electrical travel + 30.48, =9.53 Shaft:L=19.05 (retracted) Measuring Range Electrical Travel (mm) Mftrs. List No. Order Code MLT Series 25mm LT Series 150mm 25.4 152.4 06MTL0025A 06LT0150A 708-8530 708-8589
224731

33
Sensors & Transducers

H=23, W=36.5, Dia.=22mm Contact Form Rating Contact Resistance Mftrs. List No. D7E-3

Subminiature Tilt Sensor

PCB Mounting - Discriminating Left or Right Subminiature SMD PCB mounting Detects the inclination of the sensor between 40 and 80 (Left and Right) Reset angle range between 50 and 10 Utilizes a highly reliable solid state Hall effect IC Low power consumption

Price Each Measuring Range 25mm 150mm Mftrs. List No. 06MTL0025A 06LT0150A Order Code 708-8530 708-8589 1+ 161.95 209.35 10+ 152.88 201.56 25+ 144.78 193.42

Miniature Precision Linear Transducers

34L Series Rugged and accurate ideally suited for industrial applications High accuracy 0.1% Essentially infinite resolution Long life Double ball joint shaft terminations
Independant linearity Operating temperature range Total resistance Resistance tolerance Maximum Power Rating Dimensions >0.1% -55C to 125C 10K 20% 0.05W/cm@70C 366-6724 Housing: L=182.8 Ball joint fixing centres =251.6 366-6736 Housing: L=304.8 Ball joint fixing centres =373.6
233671

H = 7, W = 7, D = 2mm

This Hall effect tilt sensor is ideally suited for vertical or horizontal discrimination of digital cameras, PDAs, cellular phones, picture viewers and general orientation detection.
Angle - Activate Angle - Reset Supply Voltage Current Consumption Operating Temperature Mftrs. List No. D6BN-1 Order Code 157-3143 1+ 2.95 25+ 2.53 40 to 80 (Left and right) 50 to 10 2.4 to 3.6V dc 10A -10C to 60C
508847

Price Each 50+ 2.09 100+ 1.76 250+ 1.66

Non-Mercury

Measuring Range 100mm 200mm Mftrs. List No. 34L 4D 103 W03263 34L 8D 103 W03263 Order Code 366-6724 366-6736 1+ 163.83 209.62

Price Each 10+ 144.34 184.67 25+ 129.71 171.72

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

540-614 L=10.2, Dia.=4.7, Leads L=12, Dia.=0.51, Lead spacing=2.9 730-221 H=25.0, W=27.0, D=7.0, Fixing centres=10.0 (Dia 3.3) Cable L=300 732-825 L=30, W=20, D=7, Cable L=300 Fixing slots=6x3.3, Fixing centres=16.0

2407

Insulated Steel
Steel cased tilt switches insulated overall with PVC giving compact size and high structural strength Designed for horizontal mounting Fast switch action with no bounce High current switching capability for direct motor control 170-854 170-853 Use for tilt sensing, level control, inertia or L=60.3, Dia=21.4, L=46, Dia=13.5, rotation sensing and in security applicaLead length=150 Lead length=150 tions The mercury-to-mercury contacts close when the switch is tilted below horizontal. The switches have silicone rubber leads and are supplied with mounting clips.
Min Tilt from Horiz. 16 13 Rating 240V ac 13AA 19A 240V dc 8A 10A Order Code 170-853 170-854

Hermetically sealed tilt switches using non-toxic materials 540-614 is designed to meet a wide range of low level switching applications 730-221 will switch up to 10VA 732-825 has fixing slots for fine adjustment in alignment Suitable for safety and security systems, limit, position and level sensing
540-614 60V ac 0.25A 3VA 30 15 10 10 -40C to +150C 730-221 240V ac 0.5A 10VA 150 90 45 45 -20C to +70C Price Each Order Code 540-614 730-221 732-825 1+ 1.15 6.26 6.18 25+ 0.99 5.43 5.41 100+ 0.82 4.61 4.65 250+ 0.77 3.81 4.28 1K+ 0.68 732-825 60V ac 0.25A 3VA 30 16 10 10 -20C to +70C
212169

Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Contact resistance, (max) Max. differential angle Max. break angle above horizontal Max. make angle below horizontal Operating temperature Mftrs. List No. CW1300-1 MTA240 TSW30/60

WARNING: THESE SWITCHES SHOULD NOT BE OPENED AS THEY CONTAIN MERCURY, A TOXIC SUBSTANCE
212442

Contact Rating 13A 19A

Mftrs. List No. S1016 S1017 Order Code 170-853 170-854 1+ 9.99 11.21

Price Each 25+ 9.40 10.55 100+ 9.21 10.32

Tilt/Movement Tip-Over Switches

Miniature mercury switch encapsulated in a nickel plated steel case for PCB mounting Senses tilt from horizontal, movement, impact etc. Mercury wetted contacts give low contact resistance throughout the life of the switch
Max. break 15 above horizontal Max. make 5 below horizontal -37C to +100C 607-241 Body dia.=28, H=29 Fixing centres 42, Dia.=4.2

Electromechanical

L=10.2, Dia=4.7, Leads L=16.8, Dia=0.46, Lead spacing=1.27 Switching current Switching voltage Switching power

200mA @ 240V acOperating modes 240V ac, 168V dc 1ohm Operating temperature

170-888 Flange dia.=24, Body dia.=19.5 H=9.2, (22.1 overall) W(overall incl. terminals)=31.8

WARNING: THIS SWITCH SHOULD NOT BE OPENED AS IT CONTAINS MERCURY, A TOXIC SUBSTANCE
212441

Hermetically sealed mercury tip-over switches designed for a variety of level sensitive equipment. Switch contacts are closed when vertical as shown and open when tilted in any direction.

Mftrs. List No. CM13R-0 Order Code 178-338 1+ 2.07 25+ 1.78

Price Each 100+ 1.48 250+ 1.25 1K+ 1.12

607-241: Switch in polypropylene housing, contacts are closed and open when tilted in any direction 35 from vertical. Fixing holes allow easy fitting. Fitted with silicon rubber coated tin/copper leads. 170-888: Nickel plated steel bodied switch has contacts which open at 25 to 45 from vertical. Connection by 6.35mm spade terminals.
Contact Rating 15A @ V ac/50V dc, 15A @ 240V ac 15A @ 240V ac Contact Resistance 1 typ. 0.3 max. Order Code 170-888 607-241

Surface Mounting

33
Sensors & Transducers

WARNING: THESE SWITCHES SHOULD NOT BE OPENED AS THEY CONTAIN MERCURY, A TOXIC SUBSTANCE
212217

Mftrs. List No. 607-265: L=30, W=20, D=7, Pin L=20, 176-794: L=47, W=12, D=11, Lead L=300, Fixing slots=6x3.3. Fixing centres 16 Fixing slots-6x3.2 Fixing centres=39x3 CM15-T5 S1116 Order Code 170-888 607-241 1+ 5.85 6.53 25+ 5.13 6.02

Price Each 100+ 4.32 5.90 250+ 3.73 5.30

Tip-Over Switch, Non-Mercury

Hermetically sealed switch Switch contacts are closed when vertical as shown and open when tilted in any direction Non-mercury contacts
L=7.6, Body dia.=5.7mm, Leads: L=8.6, Dia.=0.5 Switching voltage Switching current Switching capacity Operating angle Mftrs. List No. 250+ 4.29 4.37 CW1260 Order Code 309-4790 1+ 5.29 50+ 4.01 60V ac 0.25A 3VA 6010 Contact resistance Operating temperature Case meterial 5m -37C to +100C Steel Tin Plated (case)
212408 212215

176-794 is fitted with 300mm 2-core PVC insulated cable. 607-265 has two 20mm wire leads and has transparent housing giving visual indication of switch position. Encapsulated mercury switches for surface mounting applications Fixing slots allow for fine adjustment in alignment
Switch Current 1A max. 0.25A max. Switch Voltage 240V rms max. 240V rms max. Switch Power 100W max. 10W max. Contact Resistance 0.3 0.25 Order Code 176-794 607-265

WARNING: THESE SWITCHES SHOULD NOT BE OPENED AS THEY CONTAIN MERCURY, A TOXIC SUBSTANCE Mftrs. List No. S1039 TSM4/240 Order Code 176-794 607-265 1+ 6.77 6.89 25+ 5.92 6.06 Price Each 100+ 5.01 5.11

Price Each 100+ 3.20 250+ 2.95

Tip-Over/Jitter Switch
Miniature mercury switch with tin plated steel body. Contacts are closed in vertical position, opening when tipped over. Switch may also be used to sense movement or vibration.
Contacts must open angle Contacts must close angle Contacts rating Contacts resistance 60 from vertical 30 from vertical 0.5A, 120V ac 3

FREE Re-reeling service

Only buy what you need and improve assembly efficiency. Look for the logo or find out more: www.farnell.co.uk / 08447 11 11 11

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2407

2408

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Tilt Sensors - continued

Tip-Over/Jitter Switch - continued
Flange dia.=9.5, Body dia.=8.2, H=9.5, Pin L=11.8, Pin spacing=2.0 WARNING: THIS SWITCH SHOULD NOT BE OPENED AS IT CONTAINS MERCURY A TOXIC SUBSTANCE
212152

SR16C-J6 Digital Vane Sensor

Compact, robust package Mechanically interchangeable with standard optical style sensors Operated by a Ferrous Vane interrupter for pulse counting or position sensing Current sinking (open collector) output 3.8V dc to 30V dc power supply Medium level magnetic switching to reduce stray field interference Internally sealed packages for moderate environment applications No mechanical contacts; eliminates product wear Non-contact position sensing
Package Style Supply Voltage Output Type Termination Type Operating Temperature Output Voltage Vibration Humidity Vane and Geartooth Target Material Output Current (Max.) Supply Current (Max. @ 25C) Vane Thickness Minimum Tooth Depth Mftrs. List No. SR16C-J6 Order Code 108-2266 1+ 6.17 5+ 3.36 Dual Tower Wire Exit 3.8 to 30V dc Sink 26 Guage 7 Strand Lead Wire -20 to 85C 0.4V dc 10g/10Hz to 500Hz 95% RH/40C 100 h Low Carbon Steel, High Permeability, Low Residual Induction 40mA 10mA 1.14mm 6.35mm
419622

Mftrs. List No. CM1421-0 Order Code 723-745 1+ 2.91 25+ 2.68

Price Each 100+ 2.63 250+ 2.54

Motion Sensors
Micro Vibration Sensor
Omnidirectional H = 1.7, W = 2.85, D = 2.45mm Silent sphere motion SMD mount Gilded sphere and contact areas No mercury R_ON < 100 Ohm R_OFF > 30 Mega Ohm Max. +15V dc operation Response level approx. 50 mg Temperature range -20C to +70C

The micro vibration sensor is used for the detection of slight movements and vibrations by means of a mobile micro sphere. With the aid of tool-specific evaluation electronics, the micro vibration sensor controls the operation of movement-sensitive tools. The micro vibration sensor is utilised for converting many systems to environmentally friendly devices by implementing wake-up and powerdown logic to conserve battery power and bringing energy consumption to a minimum, pushing the availability of green technology and green electronics into new areas of design and application. The sensor is typically used for applications such as front and rear bicycle lights, bike computers, remote controls, electronic lock systems, transponders, mobile GPS systems, bluetooth-car-kits, wireless sensor networks, wireless PC mice and headsets, digital multimeters and tools provided with digital displays that are only switched on when in motion.
549289

Price Each 10+ 3.06 25+ 2.77 +

2408

Electromechanical

Vibration/Motion Switches

Mftrs. List No. MVS0608.02 Order Code 176-8152 1+ 3.90 10+ 3.58

Price Each 25+ 3.30 50+ 3.05 100+ 2.75 540-626 L=9.5, Dia.=8.2, Leads L=11.2, Dia.=1, Lead spacing=5 607-253 L=7.1, Dia.=4.6, Leads L=7.5, Dia.1,Lead spacing=6.3

33
Sensors & Transducers

Movement - Miniature

Hermetically sealed switches which make contact when subject to vibration or motion. 540-626: A non-position sensitive switch whose contacts are open when at rest. 607-253: This switch is position sensitive and will be either open or closed depending on the centre electrode. Sensitivity can be varied by the position of the switch.
Contact Rating 0.75A @ 240V ac, 1A @ 110V ac 0.1A @ V ac Temperature Range -40C to +260C -40C to +260C Order 540-626 607-253

L = 5, Dia =

5.5

This miniature sensor has been specifically designed for the detection of movement and vibration. The sensor is non position sensitive offering a similar level of sensitivity whatever its position and has been designed for use with analogue or digital circuitry.

The sensor reacts whan disturbed by giving a fleeting change of state (ie NO to NC). The time taken to settle depends on the amount of energy absorbed by the device, the settled state will be random unless mounting attitude is chosen for a NC output. Hermetically sealed non toxic metal cased switch with gold contacts Designed to meet a wide range of low level switching applications Suitable for security, limit, keyfob activation, position and level sensing Can also be used as a tilt switch Miniature size Non-Mercury content
24 Vac 0.02 A 5 VA Contact resistance Operating temperature Case Material 10 -37C to 100C Steel -Gold Plated
249450

WARNING: THESE SWITCHES SHOULD NOT BE OPENED AS THEY CONTAIN MERCURY, A TOXIC SUBSTANCE
212214

Mftrs. List No. CM4400-1. CM1800-1. Order Code 540-626 607-253 1+ 2.55 2.33 25+ 2.36 2.15

Price Each 100+ 2.31 1.81 250+ 2.22 1.54 1K+ 2.04 1.38

Switching Voltage Current Rating Switching Power Mftrs. List No. MS24M

Vibration/Movement Switch - High Sensitivity Non-mercury

SUPPLY + R1 SELECT ON TEST 7414

Price Each Order Code 422-9046 1+ 4.30 5+ 4.14 10+ 3.73

MS24

C1 O.1

Shock / Linear Accelaration Switches

H=9.5, Dia=8.2, Leads L=4.5, Dia=1 Lead spacing=4.7

0v

L = 6.8, Dia = 4.6

Robust construction with sealed gold plated contacts Easy fitting and proven reliability Particularly suited for use in monitoring of centrifugal forces and controlling spin speeds

Very high sensitivity detection of movement or vibration Non-position sensitive, offers a similar level of sensitivity whatever its position Long life and high reliability in a wide range of environments Ideal for anti-tamper and interference detection

Industrial and Medical centrifuge applications Electrical generating windmill applications Shock sensing in automotive and security applications etc
Contact Switching Voltage Current Rating Switching Power Contact resistance Activation Level 2 to 4.9 g 10 to 14.9 g 15 to 19.9 g 1 N/O 24 Vac 0.25A 5 VA 10 Mftrs. List No. ASLS2 ASLS10 ASLS15 Order Code 422-9058 422-9060 422-9071 1+ 3.29 2.95 1.96 Operating temperature Activation level -25C to 85C 499-90582 to 4.9 g 499-906010 to 14.9 g 499-907115 to 19.9 g
249447

A patented design non-mercury switch in hermetically sealed body with gold contacts. The contacts in their normal mode can be closed or open. When subjected to any small movement or vibration, the contacts will vibrate on and off repeatedly. The output may be damped if less sensitivity is required. Applications: Movement detection - starting or running of motors, process equipment, detecting unusual levels of movement or vibration, detecting intrusion into control panels and security systems, anti-theft mobile systems in cars, laptop computers.
Switching voltage Switching current Contact style Mftrs. List No. MS24 Order Code 732-795 1+ 3.06 25+ 2.52 24V ac 24mA change of state Contact resistance, initial Operating temperature Case meterial Price Each 100+ 2.03 250+ 1.86 1K+ 1.75 2 -37C to +100C Steel, Gold Plated
212357

Price Each 5+ 3.22 2.89 1.92 10+ 2.91 2.60 1.73

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Adjustable Sensitivity Module
Module incorporates Assemtech MS24 high sensitivity non-mercury vibration/motion switch Desensitising circuit allows response of sensor to be reduced Sensitivity is adjustable by trimmer ensuring no output below set level Omni-directional motion sensing Output is referenced to 0V and can drive a transistor or similar device Unit is fully encapsulated
Power Supply Voltage Vdd Output Voltage Output Current Circuit Stability Time Detection Performance 3 - 6V dc Vdd - 0.5V 100A 7s (Typ.) Standard - 5m, 100 horizontal, 82 vertical Slight Motion - 2m, 91 horizontal, 91 vertical Spot - 5m, 38 horizontal, 22 vertical 10m Type - 10m, 110 horizontal, 93 vertical
475764

2409

Mftrs. Detection White Lens Standard Slight Motion Spot 10m Type Black Lens Standard Slight Motion Spot 10m Type List No. Order Code 137-3711 137-3713 137-3715 137-3718 137-3710 137-3712 137-3714 137-3716 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

H=20.3, W=38 (body), 60 (overall), D=32, Fixing centres=50.8 (Dia.=4.7), Cable L=300 Connections: Brown=5V, Supply voltage 5V dc Output current 24mA @ 5V dc Green=0V, White=Output Supply current 40mA max. Operating temperature -10C to +70C Price Each Mftrs. List No. MS24A/30. Order Code 723-0424 1+ 18.12 10+ 16.17 25+ 13.92 100+ 12.40

AMN31112J AMN32112J AMN33112J AMN34112J AMN31111 AMN32111J AMN33111J AMN34111J

11.23 11.23 11.23 11.95 11.23 11.23 11.23 11.95

10.67 10.67 10.67 11.35 10.67 10.67 10.67 11.35

10.33 10.33 10.33 10.99 10.33 10.33 10.33 10.99

212395

Infrared Sensor
Pyroelectric These SMD type pyroelectric infrared sensors exhibit high sensitivity and reliable performance made possible by the use of new ceramic material.
Dual Quad

Pyroelectric Infra-Red Detector

Movement sensor, for example in infra-red intruder alarms Sensor incorporates an optical filter to reflect white or visible light Improved sensitivity and reduced white noise Suitable Fresnel lens arrays also available

Dual element infra-red detectors housed in metal can package.

Electromechanical

731-950: H=4.7, Dia=9.1 Detector Sensitivity @ 500K, 1Hz Sensitivity balance White noise level Source voltage Mftrs. List No. 4.3mVpp(typ.) 10% max 200mVpp max 0.2-2.5V Supply voltage Viewing angle Element size Operating temperature 2-15V dc 45x45 (2.0x1.0mm)x2 -40C to +70C

High sensitivity and signal to noise ratio High resistance to temperature changes High immunity to external noise, vibration and RFI
177-7662 2.6 x 6.5 x 6.7 Dual 3.8mVp-p (Typ) 2V to 15V 50 5m long pass -40 to +70C

Applications Security Lighting Household appliances

IRA-E700St0=100-6209
212444

177-7663 Quad 3.8mVp-p (Typ) 2V to 15V 50 5m long pass -40 to +70C

552984

Size (mm) Channels Responsitivity @ 500K, 1Hz Supply voltage Field of View Optical filter Operating Temperature Case Style Dual Quad Mftrs.

Price Each Order Code Detector 100-6209 1+ 2.07 10+ 1.49 25+ 1.46 100+ 1.41

Pyroelectric Infrared Sensor

High sensitivity and excellent Signal to Noise ratio High stability, immunity to temperature changes Slight movement is detectable High immunity to external noise (Vibration, RFI etc.)
Fresnel Lens

Price Each Order Code 1+ 5.15 6.10 2.50 2.40 6.50 10+ 4.99 2.40 2.30 5.40 25+ 4.62 2.15 2.10 4.90 50+ 3.99 1.90 1.85 4.35

33
Sensors & Transducers

List No.

IRS-A200ST01-R1 177-7662 IRS-A330ST02-R1 177-7663 177-7664 177-7665 177-7666

Accessories - Fresnel Lens 3m to 5m - Wall Mount IML-0642 5m to 7m - Wall Mount IML-0658 6m to 7m - Ceiling MountIML-0669

Shock/Linear Acceleration Switch

Module 984-541, 984-553: L=10.9, Dia=4.85, Lead =0.5 Supply Voltage 2 to 15V Mftrs. List. No. IRA-E712ST3 IML-0636 Total Resistance 47k to 200k -

This pyroelectric infrared sensor exhibits high sensitivity and reliable performance made possible by ceramic technology and the hybrid IC techniques employed during fabrication. The Fresnel lens is used to decide the detection distance and the detection area (angle) of the sensor.
White Noise 200mVp-p Max. Detection Width (mm) 4.70.1 6.6 Operating Temperature -40 to 70C -25 to 60C Description PIR Fresnel Lens Price Each Description Module Fresnel Lens Order Code 100-6207 100-6208 1+ 4.23 3.24 5+ 3.54 2.70 10+ 3.02 2.32 Order Code 100-6207 100-6208
338804

730-210: L=6.8, Dia.=4.6 Leads L=11, Dia.=0.5

The switches are fitted with a spring loaded contact which closes when the switch detects shock or acceleration above its activation level. The contact will open again when acceleration decreases.

Robust construction with sealed Industrial and medical centrifuge applications contacts Electrical generating windmill applications Easy fitting and proven reliability Power switching in automotive applications, Particularly suited for use in etc. monitoring of centrifugal forces and controlling spin speeds
24V ac 0.25A max. Mftrs. List No. ASLS5 Order Code 730-210 1+ 5.68 Contact resistance Operating temperature 10 max. -20C to +85C
212282

Motion Sensor, PIR - MP Series

Spot Type Slight Motion

Switching voltage Switching current Activation Level 5.0 1.5 g

Price Each 25+ 5.26 100+ 4.43 250+ 3.71

Extremely compact Built in amplifier, can be connected directly to a microprocessor Dual lens colours available to match equipment 4 detection types:Standard, Slight Motion, Spot Type, 10m Type

PIR-Motion Sensor
AMN Very small dimensions: 10 x 13,5mm (Standard Type) Built-in amplifier for direct connection to -controller Two colours: black and white 4 detection types: standard, slight motion, spot, 10m Ambient temperature: -20C to +60C

Standard Voltage Output Circuit stability time Detection Performance

10m Type 3V dc to 6V dc Vdd -0.5V, 100A 7s (typ) Standard Slight Spot 10m 5m 100 Horizontal, 82 Vertical 2m 91 Horizontal, 91 Vertical 5m 38 Horizontal, 22 Vertical 10m 110 Horizontal, 93 Vertical

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2409

2410

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Motion Sensors - continued

Motion Sensor, PIR - MP Series - continued
249101

Hall Effect Vane Sensors

178-876 178-877 H=10.9, W=13.2, D=19.1, Slot W=2.5, Slot D=7.4, Fixing centres=14 (dia=2.8)

Lens Colour Standard Black White Slight Motion Black Spot Type Black White 10m Type Black White

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 416-0253 416-0265 416-0277 416-0290 416-0307 416-0319 416-0320 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

AMN11111 AMN11112 AMN12111 AMN13111 AMN13112 AMN14111 AMN14112

18.40 13.82 14.32 13.51 13.51 14.19 14.19

17.42 13.03 13.88 13.09 13.09 13.74 13.74

15.83 12.28 13.53 12.76 13.00 13.27 13.39

Hall effect vane sensors include a Hall effect transducer and a magnet, and are operated by passing a ferrous vane through the gap between the two. The sensor is housed in a miniature and rugged sealed package. Useful as limit switch by operating with single large vane Useful as tachometer sensor by operating with toothed wheels Wide temperature range Suitable in dusty or high ambient light environment where an optical sensor would be suitable Transient and reverse polarity protection
Supply voltage Supply current 4.5 to 26.5V dc 5 to 18mA Mftrs. Current output Temperature range 50mA -40C to +150C
212443

Price Each Order Code 178-877 1+ 33.48 10+ 19.47 25+ 17.71 100+ 15.97

Stopped Motion Monitor - ROTASTOP3

Self-contained
L=95, Dia.=M18 (overall)

Termination Leadwire

List No. 4AV16F

Self-contained, no moving parts Universal voltage, two wire operation Simple, low-cost installation No contact with moving parts

Ultrasonic Transducers
Ultrasonic Transducers
Piezoelectric Atomiser Piezoelectric ceramic element attached to a metal foil Fine and consistent particle size of between 7 and 10m High atomizing efficiency Low power consumption High stability and durability
H = 1, W = 17.35, D = 29.2mm Nozzle Size Metal Material Frequency Resonant Capacitance Impedance Freq. 2450 pF 10 Ohm Typ. 135kHz

2410

Electromechanical

The ROTASTOP SU1MZ is ideal for monitoring chain- or gear-driven machinery such as gearbox drives, screw conveyors etc. but is suitable for almost any application where stoppage detection is needed.
Supply Ambient temperature Operating speed Protection Output Output rating Operating distance Mftrs. 24 to 240V ac/dc -15C to +60C 15 to 3600 ppm IP65 Normally closed When running 1.6mA min, 200mA max. (volt drop 8V) 8mm ferrous metal Target Time delay Start up delay Cable Indication Enclosure 18mm dia. target for Maximum range 4 sec. 4 sec. 2 core, PVC sheathed, 2m length LED indication of input plused and output energised Moulded polycarbonate
212318

7 - 10 m Ni-Co Alloy

Price Each Order Code 705-9220 1+ 110.27 5+ 104.75 10+ 98.03

33
Sensors & Transducers

List No. SU1MZ(A)

Applications Humidification in refrigerated food displays and storage Humidification in living environments and air conditioning plants Inhalation and disinfecting equipment Humidification in industrial process control for lubrication and coating Liquid dispensing systems The ultrasonic vibration micro nozzle consists of a piezo ceramic attached to a metal foil, on which thousands of micro nozzles are formed. Similar to the inkjet printer principle, this transducer atomises fluids through this matrix of micro holes of around 7-10 um. This style of transducer siphons small amounts of liquid to the metal foil, and then atomises it with the piezo ceramic. Unlike traditional atomizers, it does not need constant high levels of liquid on the surface of the transducer, and works at lower frequencies.
551755

Underspeed Monitor - ROTASLIP

Self-contained
L=92, Dia.=M30

Automatic calibration at 20% underspeed Microprocessor controlled Universal voltage, two wire operation No contact with moving parts ATEX Approved - Certification 2364X

Mftrs. List No. M2313500 Order Code 177-4944 1+ 19.50

Price Each 25+ 17.25 100+ 15.75

The ROTASLIP self-contained underspeed monitor detects slowdown or stoppage of rotating machinery. It is ideal for monitoring the rotation of belt conveyors, grain elevators, fans, mixers or grinders and is suitable for many other industrial applications .

Ultrasonic Transducer
Standard - Open Air Type
Plastic Bright aluminium

Supply Ambient temperature Operating speed Protection Output Output rating Operating distance Target Start up delay Cable Accuracy Indication Enclosure Mftrs. List No. PU1TZA-DM1201

24 to 240V ac/dc -15C to +50C 10 to 3600 ppm IP65 Normally closed at set speed 1.6mA min, 200mA max. (volt drop 8V) 15 mm Max, detecting 20 mm dia,ferrous target 20mm dia. target for maximum range 0 to 30 sec. 2m, 2 core, PVC sheathed / -2% of set speed LED indication of input plused and output energised Moulded polyester
212349

Black aluminium

The Standard (S) Open Air type transducers consist of a piezo-ceramic disc bender mounted at the node of its fundamental resonant frequency, a quarter wavelength conical metal resonator bonded in the centre of the disc, acting as a rigid piston movement. This special construction provides high sensitivity and Sound Pressure Level (SPL), wider bandwidth, excellent temperature and humidity durability and stable electrical and mechanical characteristics. The S type transducers are suitable for continual driving circuits, such as Doppler motion detectors. Applications Alarm systems Liquid level measurement Anti-collision devices
Centre Freq. (kHz) 25 25 25 25 32.8 32.8 40 40 40 SPL (dB) 112 112 115 120 Sensitivity (dB) 112dB -62dB 112dB -62dB 115dB -67dB 120dB -65dB -65dB

Moving object detectors/counters Remote control devices Robotics

Drive Voltage Max. (rms) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Dimensions H x Dia. (mm) 12 x 16.2 12 x 16.2 14.2 x 18.2 14.2 x 18.2 9.6 x 16.2 9.6 x 16.2 12 x 16.2 12 x 16.2 12 x 16.2 Mftrs List No. 250ST160 250SR160 250ST180 250SR180 328ST160 328SR160 400ST160 400SR160 400SR16P Order Code 100-7326 100-7327 100-7328 100-7329 100-7330 100-7331 100-7332 100-7333 100-7338

Price Each Order Code 445-0292 1+ 113.60 5+ 107.92 10+ 100.99

Over half a million products available online

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Centre Freq. (kHz) 40 40 40 40 40 Case Type Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Plastic Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Black Aluminium SPL (dB) 115 112 Sensitivity (dB) 115dB -67dB 112dB -70dB -70dB Mftrs. List No. 250ST160 250SR160 250ST180 250SR180 328ST160 328SR160 400ST160 400SR160 400SR16P 400ST120 400SR120 400ST100 400SR100 400SR10B Order Code 100-7326 100-7327 100-7328 100-7329 100-7330 100-7331 100-7332 100-7333 100-7338 100-7339 100-7340 100-7341 100-7342 100-7344 1+ 4.30 4.30 4.46 4.46 4.44 4.44 3.67 3.67 2.62 4.21 4.21 3.46 3.46 2.97 Drive Voltage Max. (rms) 20 20 10 10 10 Dimensions H x Dia. (mm) 12 x 16.2 12 x 12.7 6.7 x 9.7 6.7 x 9.7 6.7 x 9.7 Mftrs List No. 400ST120 400SR120 400ST100 400SR100 400SR10B Price Each 25+ 3.64 3.64 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.76 3.11 3.11 2.21 3.57 3.57 3.06 3.06 2.62 100+ 3.08 3.08 3.19 3.19 3.18 3.18 2.63 2.63 1.88 3.03 3.03 2.53 2.53 2.15 Order Code 100-7339 100-7340 100-7341 100-7342 100-7344
415216

2411

Mftrs. Type Bright aluminium Bright aluminium Bright aluminium Black aluminium Black - Asymmetrical beam Bright aluminium List No. 400EP125 400PT160 400PT120 400EP18A 400EP14D 400EP250 Order Code 177-4942 100-7353 100-7354 100-7355 100-7356 100-7357 1+ 11.85 4.17 4.45 7.16 9.41 10.32

Price Each 25+ 10.35 3.51 3.76 6.04 7.92 8.72 100+ 9.25 2.98 3.20 5.14 6.75 7.39

Ultrasonic Transducer
Mirror Bender This dual sensor unit houses both transmitter and receiver in a resin housing with 45 acoustic delay mirrors. This delay path offsets the ringing of the transmitter, and theoretically this means that objects can be measured at very close distances. The design combines high sensitivity and sound pressure level with excellent temperature and humidity durability. Applications Remote control devices Robotics
Centre Freq. (kHz) 50 SPL Sensitivity (dB) (dB) 113 -67 dB Mftrs. Type Dual Transducer List No. 500MB120 Order Code 100-7360 1+ 10.91

Instrusion Alarms Energy saving equipments

Drive Voltage Max. (rms) 20 Dimensions H x W x D. (mm) 32.65 x 30.5 x 31 Mftrs List No. 500MB120 Price Each Order Code 100-7360
415219

Ultrasonic Transducer
Standard - Enclosed Air Type The Standard Enclosed (E) Type Transducers can be used for outdoor installation, or, because of its special dust-proof construction, can be used in a dusty atmosphere. The transducers consist of a metal housing with integral diaphragm, which operates at resonance on the first harmonic overtone. The backs of the transducers are completely sealed with resin, protecting from exposure to the environment. Although they are of a watertight construction, it is not recommended that they be used underwater. Due to its free vibration and un-damping characteristics, the (E) type transducers are suitable for continual drive circuits, such as Doppler motion detectors. Applications Alarm systems Liquid level measurement Anti-collision devices
Centre Freq. (kHz) 32.8 32.8 40 40 40 40 Case Type Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium Bright Aluminium SPL (dB) 113 115 100 Sensitivity (dB) 113dB -67dB 115dB -70dB 100dB -80dB Mftrs. List No. 328ET250 328ER250 400ET180 400ER180 400ET080 400ER080 Order Code 100-7345 100-7346 100-7347 100-7349 100-7351 100-7352 1+ 8.61 8.61 8.03 8.03 7.76 7.76

Electromechanical

25+ 9.18

100+ 7.82

Ultrasonic Transducer
High Frequency - Narrow Beam

Moving object detection/counters Remote control devices Robotics

Drive Voltage Max. (rms) 20 20 15 15 15 15 Dimensions H x Dia. (mm) 12 x 25 12 x 25 12 x 18 12 x 18 4.6 x 9.1 4.6 x 9.1 Mftrs List No. 328ET250 328ER250 400ET180 400ER180 400ET080 400ER080 Price Each 25+ 7.26 7.26 6.79 6.79 6.55 6.55 100+ 6.17 6.17 5.76 5.76 5.55 5.55 Order Code 100-7345 100-7346 100-7347 100-7349 100-7351 100-7352
415217

33
These transceiver type transducers operate at higher frequencies than the standard air types and are constructed using a silicon rubber matching technique. Providing narrow beams with little or no side lobes, these transducers are ideal for use as proximity sensors. They have high sensitivity and sound pressure levels. Applications Proximity detection Robotics
Centre Freq. (kHz) 235

Sensors & Transducers

Level control Short to long range measurement systems

Drive Voltage Max. (rms) 50 Mftrs. Dimensions H x Dia. (mm) 15 x 13 Mftrs List No. 235AC130 Price Each Order Code 100-7362 1+ 57.15 25+ 47.63 100+ 40.84 Order Code 100-7362
415220

Sensitivity (dB) -73 dB

Type Pins, 9.3mm x 1mm

List No. 235AC130

Ultrasonic Transducer
Pulse Transit The Pulse/Tone Burst type transducers include two groups, open type (PT) and enclosed type (EP). Construction is similar to the standard air types, but an extra mechanical damper is added on the cone surface to minimise vibrations and hence reduce ringing. These types of transducer are specially designed for echo ranging systems with several transducers having asymmetric beam patterns designed specially to minimizing unwanted reflections being picked up from the ground. Car reversing aids Alarm systems Liquid level measurement Anti-collision devices
SPL (dB) 98 117 115 108 103 113 Sensitivity (dB) -80dB -65 dB -68 dB -75 dB -78 dB -72 dB

Ultrasonic Transducers
Omni-directional These ultrasonic transmitters are constructed from a 30m polymer film of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) and offer omni-directional (360) beam in the horizontal plane, and a 40 beam in the vertical plane. Two models offer standard 40kHz and a higher 77kHz resonant frequency. The PVDF material offers a versatile solution for tough environmental conditions.
Centre Freq. (kHz) 40 77 Mftrs. List No. 400FS080 800FS049 Order Code 100-7365 100-7366 1+ 2.27 2.15 SPL (dB) 95 69 Resonance Q 10 5

Moving object detection/counters Remote control devices Robotics

Drive Voltage Max. (rms) 20 20 20 20 20 20 Dimensions H x Dia. (mm) 9.5 x 12.5 12 x 16.2 10 x 12.7 12 x 18 9.1 x 14.1 12 x 25 Mftrs List No. 400EP125 400PT160 400PT120 400EP18A 400EP14D 400EP250 Order Code 177-4942 100-7353 100-7354 100-7355 100-7356 100-7357
415218

Applications Alarm/security systems Anti-collision devices Moving object detection

Dimensions H x W x D. (mm) 22.5 x 11 x 11 16 x 4.9 x 4.9 Mftrs List No. 400FS080 800FS049 Order Code 100-7365 100-7366
415221

Centre Freq. (kHz) 40 40 40 40 40 40

Drive Voltage Max. (p-p) 150 150

Price Each 25+ 1.92 1.82 100+ 1.63 1.55

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2411

2412

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Ultrasonic Transducers - continued

Ultrasonic Transducers
Piezoelectric Atomiser The ultrasonic atomizing transducer uses a high Q hard type piezoelectric ceramic element and is ideal for atomizing liquids. A very fine mist, having a particle diameter of only a few microns, can be generated. The process also sterilizes water. Piezoelectric ceramic element clad with stainless steel for corrosion resistance Fine and consistent particle size of less than 3m High atomizing efficiency >400 cc / hour High stability and durability Applications Humidification in refrigerated food displays and displays Humidification in living environments and air conditioning plants Inhalation and disinfecting equipment Humidification in industrial process control for lubrication and coating Nebulisers
Operational Atomising Water Input Resonant Life (Hrs) Quality (cc/hr) Level (mm) Power (W) Freq. (MHz) >6000 Mftrs. List No. M165D25 Order Code 100-7369 1+ 9.69 400 45 30 1.65 Dimensions H x W x D. (mm) Mftrs List No. Order Code
415223

High mechanical-electrical coefficiency Pliant, flexible, tough and lightweight Low mechanical and acoustic impedance Self generated voltage, non-contact, High resistance to moisture rustless and free of sparking Applications Vibration and motion sensors Coin and impact sensors Low weight accelerometer
Voltage Sensitivity 70 mV/ms-2 Mftrs. List No. FS-2513P Order Code 100-7374 1+ 2.18 Transverse Sensitivity 80

Pressure or force sensors Keyboards, keypads and touch panels Microphone and headset speakers
Capacitance Sensitivity 1.5nF 30% Dimensions H x W . (mm) 13 x 25 Mftrs List No. FS-2513P Price Each 25+ 1.85 100+ 1.57 Order Code 100-7374
415224

Resonant Frequency 80Hz 10

Ultrasonic Sensor
Piezoelectric Ceramic - PIEZOTITE
Body - Dia. = 9.9, H = 7.1mm Pins - Dia. = 0.64, L = 10mm
553081

H = 5.5, Dia = 30.5 M165D25 100-7369 Price Each 25+ 8.19 100+ 6.94

Compact Light weight High sensitivity High reliability Nominal frequency 40 kHz Directivity 80 2550 pF capactiance Temperature range -40 to +85C Detectable range from 0.2m to 4m

2412

Electromechanical

Sonar Ranging Module

Ultrasonic Development Kit
Dia.=3, L(body)8mm, L(lead) =10mm

Mftrs. Function List No. Order Code 177-7667 177-7668 1+ 4.10 4.10 Ultrasonic Transmitter MA40S4S Ultrasonic Receiver MA40S4R

Price Each 10+ 3.90 3.90 25+ 3.85 3.85

Ultrasonic Transducers

33
Sensors & Transducers

W = 27.5, D = 19mm

Ultrasonic ranging development module The SRM400 Development Kit is an ultrasonic sonar ranging module, H=1.45, W=8.66, D=3.91mm designed specially to work with the Prowave PT or EP type transducers. This module provides a short learning curve for the development of car reversing systems, and other distance measurement systems, for design engineers who are not very familiar with analog circuits and/or the operation of ultrasonic transducers. The SRM400 module contains a module board, a 400EP14D enclosed transducer and a detailed electrical schematic. Ultrasonic Sonar ranging IC This chip consists of an external tunable RC oscillator with a special feature of automatic frequency tracing, which compensates the resonant frequency shift of the transducer due to temperature changes. A fixed gain pre-amplifier can be tailored to compensate for varying transducer sensitivities. The 32 steps time controlled variable gain amplifier slope can be modified by adjusting the frequency of the system clock. The onboard comparator converts the analog signal of the returning echo to a TTL level digital signal for use with an external microprocessor. Operating Voltage 6 - 10Vdc Broadband output up to 250KHz Built-in variable RC oscillator to match transducers with different frequencies High gain amplifier - time controlled 32 steps
Mftrs. List No. Module IC Crystal - 40 kHz SRM400 PW0268 S40000 Order Code 100-7370 100-7371 100-7372 1+ 21.58 3.17 0.94

10mm Dia. Type H=6.6, dia.=9.8 Leads L=8.5, dia. =0.5 Lead spacing=4.8

10mm Housing Bracket H=19, W=12, D=16 Mtg=4.5 dia.

16mm Dia. Type (Open) H=12, Dia.=16 Leads L=10, Dia.=1.2 Lead spacing=10

Ultrasonic transmitters and high sensitivity receivers designed for sending and receiving ultrasonic sound in the form of continuous or modulated waves through the air at 40kHz. Typical applications: remote control, proximity sensors, intruder alarms, motion detectors and data transmission Pair of housings are suitable for mounting 10mm dia. transducers. The housing enables the transducer to be aligned in a number of fixed positions relative to its mounting bracket, and is ideal for non-PCB applications
10mm Dia. Open Sensitivity, transmitter Sensitivity, receiver Resonant frequency Typical operating distance Direction angle Input voltage (max), transmitter Capacitance (typ.) Operating temperature 110dB -70dB 40 1KHz 5m 30 10V rms 2000pF -20C to +60C 16mm Dia. Open 106dB -65dB 40 1KHz 5m 30 20V rms 1100pF -20C to +60C
212433

Integrated band pass filter to reduce external component count Bi-direction I/O pins to simplify control function when transmitting or receiving Adjustable system clock
415060

Price Each 25+ 17.99 2.66 0.81 100+ 15.42 2.26 0.69

Price Each 10mm Dia. (Open) Transmitter Receiver Housings (pair) Mftrs. List No. SQ-40-T-10B SQ-40-R-10B QHP10 Order Code 213-214 213-226 213-238 118-1092 118-1093 1+ 3.16 3.16 1.89 5.63 5.63 25+ 2.76 2.76 1.65 4.96 4.96 100+ 2.27 2.27 1.31 3.80 3.80

Piezoelectric Film Sensors

Motion / Vibration / Impact

16mm Dia. (Open) Transmitter SCS-401T. 40KHZ Receiver SCM-401R. 40KHZ

Matching Transformers
Sonar Ranging Circuits

The polymer film of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVF2) provides superior performance to many other piezo crystal or ceramic materials. The strain constant (g value) is 10 - 20 times larger than normal piezo ceramic and is therefore ideal for converting mechanical to electrical energy.
H = 10, W = 8.3, D = 7.9mm Compliant Non-compliant

RoHS

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Order Code Mftrs. List No. Operating Frequency Variable Inductance (Min.) Unloaded Q (Min.) Turns Ratio Mftrs. List No. M2313500 K4000002 K4000003 K4000004 K4000005 Order Code 177-4944 177-4949 177-4946 177-4947 177-4948 1+ 19.50 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 177-4945 K4000001 40kHz 10.6mH 70 1:10 177-4949 K4000002 40kHz 5.3mH 100 1:10 177-4946 K4000003 40kHz 1mH 25 1:10 177-4947 K4000004 40kHz 6mH 47 1:10 177-4948 K4000005 125kHz 1.5mH 80 1:20
551792

2413

Hall-Effect Gear Tooth Sensor

Dual Differential
Product Type Supply Voltage Supply Current Output Type Output High Output Low Output Current (Max.) Termination Type Sensing air gap Operating Temperature - Continuous Mftrs. List No. SNDH-T4L-G01 Order Code 156-6216 1+ 45.61 10+ 30.51

Price Each 10+ 17.25 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 25+ 15.75 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.72

Enhanced target resolution Dynamic offset self calibration Near zero speed EMI hardened Short circuit protection Reverse voltage protection Open collector output Low jitter output Wide continuous operating temperature range
Dual Differential - Hall-effect 4.5 to 18V dc 13.6mA Square Wave Vs -0.5V 0.5V 20mA Axial Leaded - 555mm 0 to 2mm -40 to 150C
505698

Magnetic Sensors
Magnetic Sensor
3-Axis Electronic Compass 3 axis magnetic sensors and an ASIC in a single package I2C serial bus interface 12-bit analog-to-digital converter Offset and Set-Reset / De-gaussing Straps Adjustable Gain Settings Built in Self Test 4 x 4 x 1.3 mm QFN package HMC5843 and Evaluation Board 1.8V digital, 2.5V analog Sleep, standby & operating mode supported The HMC5843 IC offers a more inclusive product for design engineers who need more than an analog output magnetic sensor and who need to utilize an existing microprocessor for compass algorithms. The inclusion of the sensor conditioning electronics, 12-bit A/D and the I2C digital output, with Honeywells high accuracy magnetic sensors in the new HMC5843, also eases implementation of a compassing function into consumer products. Used with a MEMS accelerometer, the whole system becomes capable of performing applications like electronic map orientation, vehicle dead reckoning, location-based services, and pedestrian navigation. The Evaluation Board contains the HMC5843 IC mounted on a 0.8" x 0.8" plug-board with wide-DIP spaced (0.6") pins for solder less breadboard compatibility. Theevaluation board also contains the two capacitors and I2C pullup resistors needed for typical function for the retrieval of the XYZ magnetic field information. Both single and dual supply configurations of the HMC5843 are supported. The Demonstration board for the 3-axis Compass IC provides the HMC5843 plus serial bus conversion circuits to convert the I2C data to USB interfacing for personal computers. Includes a 6-foot USB cable, software, user manual & 5 samples of the HMC5843.
605156

Price Each 25+ 27.72 50+ 26.06 100+ 25.39

Magnetic Speed Sensor

High Temperature High Temperature VRS (Variable Reluctance Speed) sensors are designed for use in applications where the sensor is exposed to temperatures up to 260 C [450 F]. Passive VRS Magnetic Speed sensors are simple, rugged devices that do not require an external voltage source for operation. A permanent magnet in the sensor establishes a fixed magnetic field. The approach and passing of a ferrous metal target near the sensors pole piece (sensing area) changes the flux of the magnetic field, dynamically changing its strength. This change in magnetic field strength induces a current into a coil winding which is attached to the output terminals. The output signal of a VRS sensor is an ac voltage that varies in amplitude and wave frequency as the speed of the monitored device changes, and is usually expressed in peak to peak voltage (Vp-p). One complete waveform (cycle) occurs as each target passes the sensors pole piece. If a standard gear were used as a target, this output signal would resemble a sine wave if viewed on an oscilloscope. Self-powered operation Direct conversion of actuator speed to output frequency Simple installation No moving parts Designed for use over a wide range of speeds
Mftrs. List No. Order Code 154-1025 1+ 180.50 MA3055S10

Electromechanical

Mftrs. List No. HMC5843 HMC5843-EVAL HMC5843-DEMO Order Code 178-4722 178-4724 178-4723 1+ 46.14 115.36 292.52 5+ 41.35 102.95 262.14

Price Each 25+ 38.52 95.79 243.08 50+ 36.57 90.64 231.75 100+ 35.64 89.10 225.57

Adaptable to a wide variety of configurations Housing diameter 6.4mm Stainless steel threaded housing 1220mm insulated 28 AWG leads -73C to 230C operating temperature range Output voltage 4.7 Vp-p to 125 Vp-p
526332

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 5+ 131.00 10+ 116.14

Hall-Effect Gear Tooth Sensor

Senses ferrous metal targets Digital current sinking output (open collector) Better signal-to-noise ratio than variable reluctance sensors Excellent low speed performance Output amplitude not dependant on RPM Sensor electronically self adjusts to slight variations in runout and variation in temperature Fast operating speed - over 100 kHz EMI resitant Reverse polarity protection and transient protection (integrated into Hall IC) Wide continuous operating temperature range
Hall Effect Gear Tooth Sensor 4.5 to 24V dc Sink Lead Wire -40 to 150C 0.4V dc Max. Cold Rolled Steel, 1018 or Low in Carbon (Annealed) 10 RPM Min, 3600 RPM Max. 15 s Max. 1.0 s Max. 3.3 1.25 4.4 2.50 20mA 40mA 5.06mm 2.54mm 10.16mm 6.35mm 101.6mm 1.02mm to 2.03mm 10 A 8.4 3.70
449158

Bipolar Latch - Dual Hall-Effect Sensor

Speed and Direction Outputs Potential Applications: Transportation Power windows Power seats Power sliding doors Sunroofs Encoders for elecrtonic steering systems Industrial Motion control for pulleys and belts Door openers and sliding door controls Position and/or velocity detection Linear displacement sensing

Product Type Supply Voltage Output Type Termination Type Operating Temperature Range Output Voltage Vane & Geartooth Target Material GT Target RPM Switching Time Rise (10% to 90%) Switching Time Fall (90% to 10%) Operate Point Release Point Supply Current (Max. @ 25C) Output Current (Max.) GT Target Min Tooth Height GT Target Min Tooth Width GT Target Min. Tooth Spacing GT Target Thickness GT Target Thickness GT Airgap Leakage Current Max. Differential Mftrs. List No. 1GT101DC Order Code 122-5630 1+ 18.00

H = 1.32, W = 4.39, D = 2.39mm

The VF526DT Bipolar Latch, Dual Hall-effect Digital Position Sensor has two distinct Hall sensing elements precisely located 1.4 mm apart on a single integrated circuit chip. The elements are encapsulated in a thermoset molding material. The two active Hall latches provide speed and direction indication of a magnetic gradient (such as a rotating ring magnet) across the face of the package. The miniature device surface mounts on PC (Printed Circuit) boards and on flexible circuits. The VF526DTs built-in temperature compensation is designed to match the temperature coefficient of low-cost magnets, allowing for a reliable, yet cost-effective, sensor-magnet combination. A unique, regulator circuit provides extremely stable operation with supply voltages from 3.4V dc to 24V dc. It can directly interface with many electronic components without buffering or compensation circuitry.
605400

Case Style SOT-89B

Mftrs. List No. VF526DT Order Code 181-1314 1+ 2.51 25+ 2.40

Price Each 50+ 2.28 100+ 2.15

Price Each 10+ 16.75 25+ 16.20 50+ 16.05 100+ 15.75

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2413

2414

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Magnetic Sensors - continued

Bipolar Hall-Effect Sensor
Latching The SS361CT/ SS461C latches are small, sensitive and versatile digital Halleffect devices that are operated by the magnetic field from a permanent magnet SS361CT - H = 1.45, or an electromagnet. They are designed W = 2.9, D = 1.6mm SS461C - H = 3, W = 4.1, to respond to alternating North and South poles. These bipolar sensor ICs have enD = 1.6mm Leads = 14.61mm hanced sensitivity which often allows for the use of less expensive magnets. They offer reverse polarity protection and deliver a stable output over a wide temperature range. Operation from any dc supply voltage from 4 Vdc to 24 Vdc is acceptable.
605390

Miniature construction Power consumption of 6 mA @ 5V dc for energy efficiency Low voltage operation down to 3V dc Single current sourcing output Linear output for circuit design flexibility
Product Type Supply Voltage Output Type Magnetic Actuation Type Sensitivity @ 25C Operating Temperature Range Output Voltage Linearity (% of span) Temperature Error (@ 25C) Null Shift (%/C) Supply Current (max @ 25C) Response Time Null (@ 0 Gauss, 25C) Supply Current (typ. @ 25C) Temperature Error (25C) Sensitivity (%/C) Temperature Error (25C) Sensitivity (%/C) Magnetic Range Output Voltage Span Output Current

Low noise output virtually eliminates the need for filtering Thin film resistors for a stable and accurate output Temperature range from -40 to 100C Repsonds to either positive or negative gauss

Hall-Effect Linear Position Sensor 3.0 to 6.5V dc Source Analog 1.0 mV/G min., 1.4mV/G typ., 1.75mV/G max. -40 to 100C 1.0mV/Gauss min., 1.4mV/Gauss typ., 1.75mV Max. -0.007 0.10 max./-0.10 min 10mA 3s 2.25 V dc min., 2.50V dc typ., 2.75 V dc max. 6mA 0.05 max. , -0.15 min. 0.185 max., -0.04 min. 650 Gauss min, 1000 Gauss typ. 1.05 V dc to (Vs - 1.05V dc) min. 0.95V dc to (Vs - 0.95V dc) typ. 1.0 mA (Vs 3.0 V) min 1.5 mA (Vs 3.0V) typ. Price Each Order Code 122-5624 122-5626 1+ 2.30 1.83 10+ 1.42 1.62 25+ 1.28 1.47 50+ 1.20 1.34 100+ 1.18 1.22

Case Style

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 181-1310 181-1311 1+ 0.88 0.85 100+ 0.68 0.66

Price Each 250+ 0.61 0.59 500+ 0.56 0.54

SOT-23 SS361CT TO-92 SS461C

Bipolar Hall-Effect Sensor

Miniature construction: 2.4mm x 4.5mm plastic package Power consumption of only 5 mA Max at 4.5V dc for energy efficency Digital current sinking output Bipolar magnetics for ring magnet applications High output current capability (20 mA) High speed - Operates from 0 kHz to over 100 kHz Broad temperature range of -40 to 125C Built-in reverse polarity protection
Bipolar Hall-Effect Sensor Surface Mount 4.5 to 24V dc Sink Bipolar -40 to 125C 0.4V dc Max. 10mA 20mA Operate Point @ 25C Release Point @ 25C Leakage Current Max. Response Time Supply Current Operate Point -40C to 85C Release Point -40C to 85C Differential (typ. @ 25C 45 G typ. -45 G typ. 10 A 4s (typ.) 6.5mA 110G -110G 90G
448949

449071

Connection Type Radial Lead IC Surface Mount

Mftrs. List No. SS49E SS59ET

2414

Electromechanical

Miniature Ratiometric Linear Hall-Effect Sensor

The SS490 Series MRL (Miniature Ratiometric Linear) sensors have a ratiometric output voltage, set by the supply voltage. IKt takes in proportion to the strength of the magnetic field. Small size Low power consumption Single current sinking or current sourcing linear output Built in Thin-Film resistors, laser trimmed for precise sensitivity and temperature compensation Rail-to-rail operation provides more useable signal for higher accuracy Responds to either positive or negative gauss Quad hall sensing element for stable output
Product Type Supply Voltage Output Type Magnetic Actuation Type Operating Temperature Range Output Voltage Linearity (% of span) Output Voltage Span (min.) Supply Current (max @ 25C) Output Voltage Swing (Negative G) Output Voltage Swing (Positive G) Response Time Output Current Typical Source (Vs < 4.5 V dc) Output Current Minimum Source (Vs < 4.5 V dc) Output Current Minimum Sink (Vs < 4.5 V dc) Output Current Minimum Sink (Vs < 5 V dc) Output Voltage Span (typ.) Response Time Null (Output @ 0G) Sensitivity Temperature Error (@ 25C Null Shift (%/C) Temperature Error (@ 25C Sensitivity (%/C) Magnetic Range (typ.) Magnetic Range (min.) Hall-Effect Linear Position Sensor 4.5 to 10.5V dc Sink / Source Ratiometric -40 to 150C 0.2V dc to (Vs - 0.2 V dc) typ. 0.4V dc to (Vs - 0.2 V dc) min. -0.1 % typ., -1.5% max. 0.4 V dc to (Vs - 0.4 V dc) 8.7mA @ 5 V dc 0.4 V dc Vs - 0.4 V dc 3s 1.5 mA 1 mA 0.6 mA 1 mA 0.2 V dc to (Vs - 0.2 V dc) 3s 2.50 V dc 0.075 V dc 122-5627 3.125 mV 0.125 mV/G -0.06% Min., 0.06% Max. -0.01% Min., 0.05% Max. -67 mT to 67mT (-670G to 670G) -60 mT to 60 mT (-600G to 600G) 147-0592 3.125 mV 0.094 mV/G -0.04% Min., 0.04% Max. -0.01% Min., 0.05% Max. -67 mT to 67mT (-670G to 670G) -60 mT to 60 mT (-600G to 600G)
449088

Product Type Package Style Supply Voltage Output Type Magnetic Actuation Type Operating Temperature Range Output Voltage Supply Current (max @ 25C) Output Current (Max.) Mftrs. List No. SS50AT Order Code 122-5623

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 1+ 4.00 10+ 2.45 25+ 2.23 50+ 2.10 100+ 2.04

Magnetic Speed / Position Sensor

Magnetoresistive Wide operating temperature range 2-wire operation means less wiring Enhanced sensitivity, 7 gauss typical Output pattern independent of gap between target and sensor Applications Speed encoding using a multipole ring magnet Enhanced accuracy cam and crank position sensing Wheel speed sensing Window lift applications

H = 3, W = 4.06, D = 1.57mm Leads = 14.98mm

The VF401 is a 2-wire MR (magnetoresistive) bridge array in a miniature plastic package, designed for sensing fine pitch ring magnets. The VF401 allows a greater air gap between the target and the sensor with reduced loss in sensor signal or accuracy. Patent number 6,297,628.
605399

Mftrs. List No. VF401 Order Code 181-1313 1+ 2.79 15+ 2.40

Price Each 25+ 2.10 50+ 1.83 +

Linear Position Sensor

122-5624

122-5626 Price Each Mftrs. List No. SS495A SS495A1 Order Code 122-5627 147-0592 1+ 1.54 2.18 10+ 1.42 25+ 1.23 50+ 1.11

The SS49E and SS59ET series economical linear hall-effect sensors are small, versatile linear hall-effect devices what are operated by the magnetic field from a permanent magnet or an electro magnet. The linear sourcing output voltage is set bt the supply voltage and varies in proportion to the strength of the magnetic field. The integrated circuitry features low noise output, which makes it unnecessary to use external filtering. It also includes thin film resistors to provide increased temperature stability and accuracy. These linear hall sensors have an operating range of -40 to 100C, appropriate for commercial, consumer and industrial environments.

100+ 1.00

Over half a million products available online

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Hall-Effect Digital Position Sensor
Quad hall design virtually eliminates mechanical stress effects Temperature compensated magnetics Super high sensitivity available Symmetry of operate/release points about zero gauss (bipolar/latching) Low current consumption High output current capability
Package Style Supply Voltage Output Type Operating Temperature Range Output Voltage Switching Time Rise (10% to 90%) Switching Time Fall (90% to 10%) Supply Current (max @ 25C) Output Current (Max.) Operate Point @ 25C Release Point @ 25C Leakage Current Max. Differential Magnetic Actuation Unipolar Mftrs. List No. SS541AT Order Code 122-5620 1+ 1.18 10+ 1.05 122-5620 Surface Mount Device 3.8 to 30.0V dc Sink -40 to 150C 0.4V dc Max. 1.5s Max. 1.5s Max. 7.5mA typ. 20mA 8.5 mT [85 G] typ. 5.5 mT [55 G] typ. 10 A 3.0 mT [30 G] Typ.
448290

2415

SS40A Bipolar Hall-Effect Sensor

Miniature construction: 3.0x4.0mm plastic package Power consumption of only 5mA Max. @ 4.5V dc for energy efficency Digital current sinking output Bipolar magnetics for ring magnet applications High output current capability (20mA) High speed - operates from 0 KHz to over 100 KHz Broad temperature range of -40 to 125C Built-in reverse polarity protection
Package Style Supply Voltage Output Type Magnetic Actuation Type Operating Temperature Output Voltage Operate Point @ 25C Release Point @ 25C Mftrs. List No. SS40A Order Code 108-2268 1+ 2.02 5+ 1.46 Radial Lead IC 4.5 to 24.0V dc Sink Bipolar -40 to 125C 0.4V dc 45 G Typ. -45 G Typ. Leakage Current Max. Output Current (Max.) Supply Current (Max. @ 25C) Supply Current (Typ. @ 25C, 24V dc) Response Time Operate Point -40C to 85C Release Point -40C to 85C Differential (Typ. @ 25C) Price Each 10+ 1.24 25+ 1.08 + 10 A 20mA 10mA 6.5mA 4 s (Typ.) 110G Max. -110G Max. 90G
419647

Price Each 25+ 0.94 50+ 0.86 100+ 0.78

SR13/15 Series Solid State Position Sensors

This range of snap-in and flat mount sensor packages incorporate Honeywells proven SS400 series solid state sensors. 3.8 to 30V dc supply voltage Digital current sinking output Snap-in or flat mount packages Quad hall design eliminates stress effects Temperature compensated magnetics Bipolar, unipolar and latching magnetics High output capability, 50mA absolute maximum Operating temperature: -40C to +150C 24AWG radox lead wire
SR13D-A1 Unipolar Snap-in 135 15 8 SR13R-A1 Latching Snap-in 110 -110 50 SR15C-A3 Unipolar Flat Pack 215 60 10
233135

Hall-Effect Linear Position Sensor

Single current sinking or current sourcing linear output Improved temperature stability Standard mounting centers Laser trimmed thin film and thick film resistors minimize sensitivity variations and compensate for temperature variations
122-5622 Ceramic 6.6 to 12.6V dc Sink / Source Ratiometric -40 to 125C -0.8% typ., -1.5% max. 30mA typ. 1mA 25 mV .5 mV/G -0.1% min., 0.1% max. -0.055% min., 0.02% max. -10 mT to 10 mT [-100 G to 100 G] 3s (typ.) 4.0V dc 0.08V dc
448296

Electromechanical

Package Style Supply Voltage Output Type Magnetic Actuation Type Operating Temperature Range Libearity (% of span) Supply Current (max @ 25C) Output Current (Max.) Sensitivity @ 25C Temperature Error (@ 25C) Null Shift (%/C Temperature Error (@ 25C) Sensitivity (%/C) Magnetic Range (min.) Response Time Output Voltage (0 G @ 25C) Mftrs. List No. SS94A1F Order Code 122-5622 1+ 19.586 10+ 15.175

Snap-in: L=20, W=10.7, D=7.6 Flat Mount: L=20, W=4.3, D=7.6 SR13C-A1 Unipolar Snap-in 215 60 10

Max. Operating Force Min. Release Force Min. Differential Force

Mftrs. List No. Unipolar Snap-in Unipolar Snap-in Latching Snap-in Unipolar Flat Pack SR13C-A1 SR13D-A1 SR13R-A1 SR15C-A3 Order Code 389-0156 389-0168 389-0170 389-0181

Price Each 1+ 5.46 5.72 8.18 5.60 5+ 4.41 5.41 6.26 4.52 10+ 3.90 5.14 5.55 4.01

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each 50+ 13.389 100+ 12.810 200+ 12.356

Magneto-Resistive Digital Sensor

Magneto-resistive material integrated on silicone. Can achieve large sensing distances when used with conventional magnets.

Digital Hall Effects Sensors

Negative temperature coefficient for temperature stability High current capability to 50mA Quad Hall design to eliminate mechanical stress Operating temperature -40C to +150C SS400 - TO92E Package
SS400 Series

Low gauss operation (typical op. 15 gauss) Digital current sinking Omni polar (N & S pole sensing) 0-100KHz
Mftrs.

Miniature package 3 pin in-line 0.1" centre Operating temperature -40C to +125C Supply voltage 6 to 24V dc
212412

Price Each Order Code 311-1519 1+ 1.86 10+ 1.50 25+ 1.39 100+ 1.32

Mag. Characteristic @ 25C Description Bi-Polar 60 Gauss Unipolar 115 Gauss@25C Latching Bi-Polar 115 Gauss Latching Bi-Polar 180 Gauss Unipolar 180 Gauss@25C Max. Op. 60 115 50 180 180 Min. Rel. -60 20 85 -180 75 Min. Dif. 15 20 -85 200 25

List No. Mftrs List No. SS411A SS441A SS461A SS466A SS443A Order Code 311-1465 311-1477 311-1489 311-1490 311-1507
212423/406092

2SS52M

SS552MT Surface Mount Sensor

SS552MT is a digital position sensor in an SOT-89 style surface-mount package with omnipolar magnetic action. The sensor has magnetoresistive material integrated on silicon and encapsulated in a plastic package. The integrated circuit provides a digital output in response to very low magnetic fields.

Price Each Description Bi-Polar 60 Gauss Unipolar 115 Gauss@25C Latching Bi-Polar 115 Gauss Latching Bi-Polar 180 Gauss Unipolar 180 Gauss@25C Package TO92E TO92E TO92E TO92E TO92E Order Code 311-1465 311-1477 311-1489 311-1490 311-1507 1+ 1.76 2.15 2.15 0.82 2.68 25+ 1.70 2.06 2.06 0.78 2.56 100+ 1.59 1.93 1.93 0.73 2.39

Package Style Supply Voltage Output Type Magnetic Actuation Type Operating Temperature Mftrs. List No. SS552MT

Surface Mount 3.8 to 30.0V dc Sink Omnipolar -40 to 150C

Output Voltage Switching Time Rise (10 to 90%) Switching Time Fall (90 to 10%) Output Current (Max.) Supply Current (Typ. @ 25C) Price Each

0.4V dc 0.2s Typ.; 1.5s Max. 0.1s Typ.; 1.5s Max. 20mA 10mA
419608

Order Code 108-2265

1+ 2.30

5+ 1.85

10+ 1.70

25+ 1.63

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2415

2416

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Magnetic Sensors - continued

Magnetic Displacement Sensor
High Resolution Honeywells APS00B High Resolution Magnetic Displacement Sensor is a miniature surface mount sensor for linear, angular, or rotary displacement designed for magnetic saturating field sensing. The APS00B creates an analog output voltage that varies with the direction of the magnetic flux passing over the sensor surface. It contains dual, saturated-mode Wheatstone bridges that generate quadrature (sine and cosine) signals to provide an extended range of angular measurements up to 180. This H = 1.37, W = 4.8, D = 3.91mm sensor is a cost-effective and space-efficient solution for high-volume OEM designs. Potential applications include position sensing, rotary speed and angle detection, and non-contact precision location measurement systems. APS00B sensor uses Honeywells Anisotropic Magnetoresistive (AMR) technology that provides advantages over Hall-effect-based magnetic sensors. They are designed to resolve better than a tenth of a degree or a tenth of a millimeter, to withstand large variations in magnet-to-sensor gaps, and to exhibit insensitivity to shocks and vibrations. These surface mount devices are mounted directly on the electrical traces on a PC (Printed Circuit) board. They are attached by an automatic solder reflow operation which requires no hole, so it may help reduce the cost of the PC board.
605393

Mini Firecracker Reed Sensor

L Barrel = 15.24mm = 5.10mm

2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/O contact Hermetically sealed 300mm cable

Typical Sensing Applications Security systems Position and limit sensing Linear actuators Level sensing
5540653 NO 3W 100V dc Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Mftrs. List No. 59020-1-S-02-A 57020-000 170V dc 0.25A 0.5A -40C to +105C Order Code 554-0653 554-1499
341354

Contact Power Switching voltage Type Sensor Actuator

Price Each Type Sensor Actuator Order Code 554-0653 554-1499 1+ 6.49 6.25 5+ 5.51 5.77 10+ 4.81 5.30 25+ 4.11 4.70 50+ 3.37 4.13

Mftrs. List No. APS00B Order Code 181-1312 1+ 2.06 15+ 1.76

Price Each 25+ 1.55 50+ 1.35 +

Firecracker Reed Sensor

L = 36mm = 6.22mm

High Sensitivity Magnetic Sensors

Key features are: 6 Gauss Field Range for HMC10xx 80 Gauss Saturation field for HMC15xx 20mV unamplified full scale output 0 to 10 MHz frequency response -55C to +125C operating temperature Key benefits are: Embedded set/reset function nulls out effects of unwanted ambient magnetic fields Miniature surface mount package enables automated assembly onto printed circuit boards Solid state construction provides high reliability Use these high sensitivity Magnetic Sensors to easily obtain accurate compass heading (HMC10xx models) direction, or for precise, non-contact measurement of linear/angular position (HMC15XX models) in many applications. HMC10xx models are ideal for handheld, battery powered appliances such as position intelligent cellular telephone handsets, GPS receivers, short range walkie talkies, or wrist watches. Products excel in compasses embedded in automobile rear view mirrors as well. Detailed applications information describes required signal conditioning electronics. HMC15xx models are affordable solutions for non-contact valve position measurement in food and beverage applications. The high sensitivity enables use of a small low cost magnet that can be positioned up to 2cm away from sensor. Ideal solution for rotary position measurement in engine control applications such as measuring engine valve position or accelerator pedal position in electronic throttle control assembly.
232414

2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/O, N/C and C/O contact options Hermetically sealed 300mm wires

2416

Electromechanical

Typical Sensing Applications Security systems Position, limit and Level Linear actuator
5540665 NO 10W 200V dc 250V dc 0.5A 1.2A -40C to +105C Order Code 554-0665 554-0690 Type Actuator 5540690 NC 5W 175V dc 200V dc 0.25A 1.5A -40C to +105C Mftrs. List No. 57025-000 Order Code 178-2630
341355

Contact Power Switching voltage Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Type Sensor Sensor Mftrs. List No. 59025-1-S-02-A 59025-4-S-02-A

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Type Sensor Sensor Actuator Contacts NO NC Order Code 554-0665 554-0690 178-2630 1+ 3.19 4.30 2.56 5+ 2.70 3.88 10+ 2.35 3.59 25+ 2.01 3.28 50+ 1.66 2.98

Reed Sensor
Magnet Detection

Mftrs. List No. Single axis, 8 pin SOIC HMC1501 Dual axis, 8 pin SOIC HMC1512 Order Code 389-0120 389-0132 1+ 17.67 19.12

Price Each 10+ 9.89 11.65 25+ 9.36 11.03 100+

L (body) = 25.5, Dia. = 5.75mm

Proximity Switches - Magnetic

Reed Sensor
Ferromagnetic Metal Detection

This sensor is a magnetically operated proximity switch housed in a cylindrical case with an interconnecting cable 500mm in length. The sensor is designed to be mounted on a fixed surface with the actuating magnet on the moving surface. Introduction or removal of the magnetic field determines the opening of the reed switch.
Contact Form Contact resistance mR (max) Switch power W (max) Switch voltage V dc (max) Switching current A (max) Contact Form 150 Switch carry current A (max) 10 Breakdown voltage V dc 180 Temperature, operating C 0.5 Price Each Order Code 107-9476 1+ 4.18 10+ 3.19 25+ 2.47 50+ 2.11 1.5 200 -20 to +85
417773

H = 10, W = 32.4, D = 16.7mm Contact Form Contact resistance mR (max) Switch power W (max) Switch voltage V dc (max) Switching current A (max) Sensing direction Front Above Mftrs. List No. MK02/0-1A66-500W MK02/1-1A71-500W

These reed proximity switches operate when in the presence of magnetically conductive material unlike standard sensors that require an actuating magnet. Only a simple piece of iron is required to operate this sensor, either from in front of the sensor or from above depending on the version. The connecting cable is round twin core 2 x 0.35 mm2 (AWG 22), 500mm long.
Contact Form 150 Switch carry current A (max) 10 Breakdown voltage V dc 200 Temperature, operating C 0.5 Price Each Order Code 107-9473 107-9474 1+ 16.54 16.54 10+ 12.65 12.65 25+ 9.80 9.80 50+ 8.34 8.34

Mftrs. List No. MK03-1A71B-500W

Reed, Plastic Housing

Magnetic proximity switches with hermetically sealed contacts Suitable for systems, position sensing, level sensing, security, flow sensing, etc. Choice or normally open, normally closed or changeover contacts (Forms A, B or C) Rectangular or cylindrical polystyrene housing
Rectangular switch: 30x20x7, Fixing centres=16 (slots 6x3.3) Rectangular actuator: 30x20x7, Fixing centres=16 (slots 6x3.3) Cylindrical switch: L=28, Dia.=6, Cylindrical actuator: L=19, Dia.=6

1.75 310 -20 to +85

417770

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

No maintenance required Rectangular version has two slotted fixing holes for easy fitting Switch contacts operate when the magnet actuator moves in close proximity to the switch, 8mm min. for rectangular version and 5m min. for cylindrical version.
Switching current Switching voltage Switching capacity Operating temperature SPNO 0.5A max. 240V ac max. 10VA max. -20C to 70C 5VA, SPCO, SPNC 0.25A max. 175V ac max. 5VA max. -20C to 70C 20VA, SPCO 1A max. 150V dc max. 20VA max. -20C to 70C
212213

2417

Mftrs. List No. SmCo SMCO5 3X4MM SMCO5 5X4MM NdFeB NDFEB 8X15MM NDFEB 10X5X1.9MM Order Code 107-9497 107-9498 107-9500 107-9501 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

0.56 0.72 0.81 0.65

0.41 0.59 0.66 0.54

0.32 0.52 0.59 0.48

0.27 0.43 0.47 0.38

Changeover contacts=white-common, green-normally open, brown-normally closed Mftrs. Switches Rectangular SPNO Rectangular SPNC Rectangular SPCO Rectangular SPCO, 20VA Cylindrical SPNO Cylindrical SPCO Magnets Rectangular Cylindrical List No. PSA240/30 PSB175/30 PSC175/30 PSC150/30. PRA/240/30 PRC/175/30 PSM PRM Order Code 607-186 721-3440 607-198 732-000 607-216 607-228 607-204 607-230 1+ 3.85 5.16 5.22 9.13 3.91 5.55 2.32 0.81 Price Each 25+ 3.53 4.52 4.80 7.99 3.58 4.63 2.05 0.70 100+ 3.02 3.89 4.14 6.85 3.09 3.99 1.73 0.59 250+ 2.81 3.58 3.81 6.31 2.85 3.68 1.56 0.52

Proximity Switch

Contact Style Switching Capacity (Resistive) Switching Voltage Switching Current Carry Current Breakdown Voltage

Normally Open Switching Distance 10 W/VA Max. Operating Temperature Range 400V ac Max. Storage Temperature Range 0.5A Max. Case Material 1.0A Max. Dimensions (WxHxD) 600V dc Min. Cable

10mm Min. -20 to 85C -25 to 90C Blue Nylon 6.6 14x6x20mm 2 x Round 0.14mm2 PVC coveredgrey and insulated brown/white
449876

Reed Sensor
Magnet Detection

Contact Resistance

150 m Max. Mftrs. Price Each Order Code 117-3767 117-3768 1+ 6.90 3.38 50+ 5.24 2.61 200+ 4.19 2.10 1K+ 3.84 1.92

Description Proximity Switch Magnet

List No. MMPSA 240/100 MMPSM

Electromechanical

Reed, Plastic Housing

Miniature Magnetic proximity switch with hermetically sealed contacts Suitable for position, level sensing and security/anti-tamper Contacts closed with magnet present Slotted holes for easy fitting and alignment Compact housing Good protection in harsh environments up to IP65 Applications Process control systems Intruder alarm, limit and proximity applications

H = 5.9, W = 23, D = 19.4mm

H = 5.9, W = 23, D = 13.9mm

MK04 / MK05 sensors are magnetically operated Reed proximity switches designed for screw mounting. The sensor should be mounted on a fixed surface with the actuating magnet on the moving surface. Introduction or removal of the magnetic field determines the closing and opening of the Reed Switch.
Contact Form Contact resistance mR (max) Switch power W (max) Switch voltage V dc (max) Switching current A (max) Mftrs. List No. MK4-1A66B-500W MK05-1A66B-500W Order Code 107-9477 107-9478 1+ 3.63 2.54 Contact Form 150 Switch carry current A (max) 10 Breakdown voltage V dc 180 Temperature, operating C 0.5 Price Each 10+ 3.02 2.11 25+ 2.73 1.89 50+ 2.24 1.55 1.5 200 -20 to +85
417779

Switch: 20 x 15 x 7 Actuator: 20 x 15 x 7 Fixing centres=10 (slots 6 x 3.3)

33
Sensors & Transducers

Switch contact operates when the magnet actuator moves in close proximity to the switch, typically 5mm.
Contacts Switching voltage, max. Switching current, max. Switching capacity, resistive Contact resistance, max. Mftrs. List No. MMPSA 240/ 100 MMPSM Order Code 117-3767 117-3768 1+ 6.90 3.38 (Form A) ac VA m Switching distance, min. Operating temperature Case material Cable length 5mm -20C to 85C ABS 1m, PVC insulated
212399

Sensor Magnets
Price Each 50+ 5.24 2.61 200+ 4.19 2.10

Reed, Plastic Housing

Miniature
M4 NdFeB Bar

AlNiCo bar magnets are suitable for the operation of most Reed Switches and should ideally be the moving part of the sensing application. The selection of the magnet and the sensitivity of the Reed Switch will determinate the Pull-In and Drop-Out distances. SmCo (samarium cobalt) and NdFeB (neodymium iron boron) magnets are made from rare earth materials and have especially good magnetic properties concerning stability and energy product.
Dimensions Order Code 107-9492 Order Code 107-9493 107-9494 107-9495 Mftrs. List No. AINiCo500 MAGNET M4 ALNICO500 7.5X27MM ALNICO500 3X12MM ALNICO500 4X19MM ALNICO500 5X22MM Order Code 107-9492 107-9493 107-9494 107-9495 107-9496 1+ H (mm) 5.9 L (mm) 27 12 19 W (mm) 23 Dia. (mm) 7.5 3 4 D (mm) 13.9 Dimensions 107-9496 107-9497 107-9498 107-9500 Order Code 107-9501 22 4 4 15 H (mm) 5 5 3 5 8 W (mm) 10

Robust housing Nylon 6.6 UL approved option Temperature range to 105C Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics Typical Sensing Applications Posting franking machines Door interlocks Hook switches Machinery interface Material handling
H = 19.5, W = 28.5, D = 6.4mm Fixing Centres = 21mm, (PM102 magnet = 16mm. Slots 90 against body) Switch Action Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Material Temperature Range Cable 100-6783 100-6784 100-6785 SPST N/O - SPST SPST N/O, N/C - SPST SPST N/O - SPST 250V ac 100V ac 250V ac 1.0A 0.3A 1.0A 15W 3W 15W Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 -30 to +105C -30 to +105C -30 to +105C 2 x 24AWG PVC insulated 2 x 24AWG PVC insulated 2 x 24AWG PVC insulated

D (mm) 1.9
417861

Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

1.49 1.16 0.34 0.45 1.20

1.23 0.95 0.28 0.37 1.00

1.11 0.78 0.25 0.32 0.83

0.96 0.62 0.22 0.28 0.65

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2417

2418

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Proximity Switches - Magnetic - continued

Reed, Plastic Housing - continued
Miniature - continued
233625

L = 28.57mm W = 19.05mm D = 6.35mm Ctrs = 15.88mm Contact Power Switching voltage Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Mftrs. Type Sensor Sensor List No. 59135-1-S-02-A 59135-2-T-02-A Order Code 554-1104 554-1116 Type Actuator 554-1104 NO 10W 200V dc 250V dc 0.5A 1.2A -40C to +150C 554-1116 NO 10W 300V dc 450V dc 0.5A 1.5A -40C to +150C Mftrs. List No. 57135-000 Order Code 178-2691
341397

Type Sensor SPST NO SPST CO SPST NO (UL Recognised) Magnet Magnet

Mftrs. List No. PS1011 PS1031 PS2011 PM101 PM102 Order Code 100-6783 100-6784 100-6785 372-0913 372-0925 1+ 3.02 4.02 3.37 2.90 2.74

Price Each 5+ 2.70 3.68 3.20 2.48 2.36 10+ 2.42 3.17 3.02 2.26 2.15

Reed Sensor - Mini Flange Mount

2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/O and N/C contact options Hermetically sealed 300mm wires
Type Sensor Sensor Actuator Contacts NO NO Order Code 554-1104 554-1116 178-2691 1+ 7.02 8.32 2.30 5+ 5.96 7.05

Price Each 10+ 5.20 6.16 25+ 4.45 5.28 50+ 3.65 4.32

L = 23.01mm W = 14.0mm D = 5.99mm Ctrs = 14.0mm Contact Power Switching voltage Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Mftrs. Type Sensor Sensor List No. 59140-1-S-02-A 59140-4-S-02-A

Typical Sensing Applications Security system switch Position and limit Linear actuator Door switch
5541141 NO 10W 200V dc 250V dc 0.5A 1.2A -40C to +105C Order Code 554-1141 554-1177 Type Actuator 5541177 NC 5W 175V dc 200V dc 0.25A 1.5A -40C to +105C Mftrs. List No. 57140-000 Order Code 178-2770
341398

Reed, Threaded Barrel

730-208: L=28, =M6 732-734: L=50, =M12 732-746: L=90, =M18 607-230: L=19, =6 732-758: L=30, =10 732-771: L=40, =12.5 732-760: L=50, =M12 Cable L=300 (all types)

2418

Electromechanical

Threaded barrel housings for easy fitting and adjustment High switching capacity - up to 60VA and 120VA Suitable for a wide range of position sensing applications
Barrel size Contacts Switching voltage, max. Switching current, max. Switching capacity, resistive Contact resistance, max. Switching distance, min Operating temperature Case material Order Code Mftrs. Switches M6 threaded M12 threaded M18 threaded Magnets 6mm dia 12mm dia M12 threaded 18mm dia. List No. PTA470/30 PTA230/30. PTA1500/30. PRM PRMM PTM12 PRNM Order Code 730-208 732-734 732-746 607-230 732-758 732-760 732-771 1+ 12.33 18.95 25.46 0.81 3.05 15.83 4.72 M6 SPNO (form A) 470Vac 0.5A 10VA max. 150m 5 mm Brass, nickel plated 730-208 M12 SPNO (form A) 230Vac 3A 60VA max. 80m 8 mm -20C to 85C 732-734 M18 SPNO (form A) 1500Vac 3A 120VA max. 80m 15 mm

Price Each Type Sensor Sensor Actuator Contacts NO NC Order Code 554-1141 554-1177 178-2770 1+ 3.32 5.51 3.19 5+ 2.81 4.69 10+ 2.45 4.08 25+ 2.09 3.50 50+ 1.73 2.87

33
Sensors & Transducers

Reed Sensor - Flange Mount

2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/O and N/C contact options Hermetically sealed 300mm wires exit from RH side

732-746
212356

Price Each 25+ 10.82 16.61 22.32 0.70 2.72 15.02 4.22 100+ 9.32 14.28 19.19 0.59 2.36 13.09 3.64 250+ 8.56 13.12 17.66 0.52 2.15 10.97 3.33

L = 28.57mm W = 19.05mm D = 6.35mm Ctrs = 15.88mm Contact Power Switching voltage Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Mftrs. Type Sensor Sensor List No.

Typical Sensing Applications Security system switch Position and limit Linear actuator Door switch

5541189 NO 10W 200V dc 250V dc 0.5A 1.2A -40C to +105C Order Code 554-1189 554-1190

5541190 NO 10W 300V dc 450V dc 0.5A 1.5A -20C to +105C Mftrs. Type Sensor List No.

5541219 NC 5W 175V dc 200V dc 0.25A 1.5A -40C to +105C Order Code 554-1219
341399

Magnets - High Strength Discs

Miniature, Nickel Plated

59145-1-S-02-A. 59145-2-T-02-A.

59145-4-S-02-A.

Price Each Type Sensor Sensor Sensor Order Code 554-1189 554-1190 554-1219 1+ 2.56 3.44 5.58 5+ 2.32 3.14 4.75 10+ 2.16 2.92 4.13 25+ 1.97 2.65 3.55 50+ 1.79 2.39 2.91

Disc magnets made from strongest permanent magnet material Exceptional magnetic strength from small size All magnets nickel plated to reduce the onset of corrosion when used under normal conditions Suitable for use at temperatures up to 120C Ideal for proximity sensor triggering or biasing where space is a premium
Distance (mm) at which magnets measure 1000 gauss Surface flux measurement (gauss) Magnet material Grade/Energy density Operating temperature Mftrs. List No. M1219-1=723-0345, M1219-2=723-0357, M1219-1=4.1, M1219-2=2.2, M1219-3=1.8, M1219-4=1.2, M1219-5=0.6 M1219-1=1500, M1219-2=2500, M1219-3=3200, M1219-4=2500, M1219-5=3500 Neodymium Iron Boron Grade N30H, max. energy density 30 MGOe (M1219-4 Grade N35H, energy density 35 MGOe) 120C max. M1219-3=723-0369, M1219-4=723-0370, M1219-5=723-0382
212390/406096

Reed Sensor - High Temperature Flange Mount

2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/O contacts Hermetically sealed 300mm high temperature wires

Note: M1219-4 has north-seeking pole identified with a dimple

Typical Sensing Applications Security system switch Position and limit Linear actuator Door switch

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Price Each Size (mm) Dia.=3, W=1 Dia.=3, W=2 Dia.=4, W=3 Dia.=6, W=2 Dia.=10, W=5 Order Code 723-0345 723-0357 723-0369 723-0370 723-0382 1+ 0.55 0.58 0.72 0.72 0.72 25+ 0.44 0.47 0.67 0.67 0.67 100+ 0.36 0.38 0.64 0.64 0.64 250+ 0.32 0.34 0.57 0.57 0.57 1K+ 0.28 0.31 0.48 0.48 0.48 Pull in Range 10 to 15mm Mftrs. List No. MK11-1A71B-500W Order Code 107-9483 1+ 8.06 Price Each 10+ 6.17 25+ 4.78 50+ 4.06

2419

Reed Sensor - M8 Stainless steel threaded barrel

Typical Sensing Applications Security systems Position and limit Linear actuator Industrial process control 2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/C contacts Hermetically sealed 300mm double insulated cable
Contact Power Switching voltage Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Order Code 554-0800 Type Actuator 5540800 NC 5W 175V dc 200V dc 0.25A 1.5A -40C to +105C Mftrs. List No. 57060-000 Price Each Type Sensor Actuator Contacts NC Order Code 554-0800 554-1530 1+ 29.27 17.86 5+ 24.85 16.91 10+ 21.67 16.06 25+ 18.56 14.76 50+ 15.24 13.50 Order Code 554-1530
341348

Reed Threaded Barrel

Threaded housing Robust housing Adjustable fit using supplied mounting nuts Temperature range to 120C Stainless Steel or Nylon 6.6 Normally open Repeatability and reliability due to Reed Switch characteristics
L Barrel = 36mm L Thread = 27.5mm = M8

100-6786 L=65, Dia = M10 100-6787 L=38.2, Dia = M8 730-841 L=45, Dia = M10

Typical Sensing Applications Security device Interlocked systems Food cutting machines
Switching voltage Switching current Switching power Material Temperature Range Cable

Valve positioning Material handling Conveyor systems

100-6787 250V ac 1A 15W Nylon 6.6 -30C to +105C 1 x 16/0.2mm PVC insulated
233611

Type Sensor

Mftrs. List No. 59060-4-S-02-A

100-6786 250V ac 1A 15W Stainless Steel -30C to +120C 1 x 16/0.2mm PVC insulated Mftrs.

Electromechanical

Price Each Order Code 100-6786 100-6787 730-841 1+ 14.93 3.02 4.67 25+ 13.73 2.47 4.36 100+ 12.34 2.01 3.92

Reed Threaded Barrel

Brass - nickel plated body Threaded barrel housings for easy fitting and adjustment Robust sealed construction ideal for harsh environments High switching capacity - up to 60VA and 120VA Suitable for a wide range of position sensing applications
Contact resistance Operating temperature Switching Distance 150 m -25C to 85C 3 mm
249448

Type Sensor, Stainless Steel Sensor, Nylon 6.6 Magnet

List No. PS-801 PS811 FPM8

Reed Sensor - M8 Plastic threaded barrel

2 part magnetically operated position sensor N/O and N/C contact options Hermetically sealed 300mm wires
L = 28, Dia = M6

Typical Sensing Applications Security system switch Position and limit Linear actuator Industrial process control
L Barrel = 38.10mm L Thread = 31.75mm = M8 Contact Power Switching voltage Breakdown voltage Switching current Carry current Operating temperature Mftrs. Type Sensor Sensor List No. 59070-1-S-02-A 59070-2-T-02-A Order Code 554-0859 554-0860 Type Sensor 554-0859 NO 10W 200V dc 250V dc 0.5A 1.2A -40C to +105C 554-0860 NO 10W 300V dc 450V dc 0.5A 1.5A -20C to +105C Mftrs. List No. 59070-4-S-02-A Order Code 554-0884
341360

Contact Switching Voltage Current Rating Switching Power Mftrs. List No. Switch Magnet PTC130/30 PRM

130 Vac 0.25A 3 VA

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Order Code 422-9083 607-230 1+ 8.98 0.81 5+ 8.63 0.70 10+ 7.77 0.59

554-0884 NC 5W 175V dc 200V dc 0.25A 1.5A -40C to +105C

Reed, Threaded Barrel

L=28mm; Dia. thread=M8; Head Hex=11mm A/F

Price Each Type Sensor Sensor Sensor Contacts NO NO NC Order Code 554-0859 554-0860 554-0884 1+ 4.09 3.91 6.43 5+ 3.47 3.54 5.46 10+ 3.02 3.29 4.76 25+ 2.59 2.99 4.08 50+ 2.13 2.74 3.35

Threaded barrel housings for easy fitting and adjustment High switching capacity - up to 120VA Suitable for a wide range of position, proximity and limit sensing applications Low cost CTI version for easy fitting Contacts closed with magnet position Good protection in harsh environments up to IP65 Applications Process control systems Intruder alarm, limit and proximity applications
Barrel size Contacts Switching voltage, max. Switching current, max. Switching capacity, resistive M8 (coarse) SPNO (form A) 230Vac 0.5A 10VA max. Contact resistance, max. Switching distance, min Operating temperature Case material 200m 10 mm -20C to 85C Brass
212400

Reed Sensor
Magnet Detection The MK11 sensor is a magnetically operated Reed Sensor with screw thread enclosure supplied with a 500mm long interconnect cable. The sensor should be mounted on a fixed surface with the actuating magnet on the moving surface. Introduction or removal of the magnetic field determines the closing and opening of the Reed Switch.
L (overall) = 25, Thread = M5 x 0.5mm Contact Form Contact resistance mR (max) Switch power W (max) Switch voltage V dc (max) Switching current A (max) Contact Form 150 Switch carry current A (max) 10 Breakdown voltage V dc 180 Temperature, operating C 0.5 1.5 200 -20 to +85
417800

Mftrs. List No. CTI 302. CTI302M Order Code 309-4820 309-4832 1+ 5.89 2.28

Price Each 50+ 4.45 1.76 200+ 3.47 1.41

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2419

2420

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Proximity Switches - Magnetic - continued

Reed, Metal Housing
Magnetic proximity switch with hermetically sealed contacts Suitable for position, level sensing and security/anti-tamper Contacts closed with magnet present Compact aluminium housing Good protection in harsh environments up to IP65 Applications: Process control systems Intruder alarm, limit and proximity applications

Description Analogue Programmable High Sensitivity Medium Sensitivity Mftrs. List No.

Supply Voltage 4.5 - 5.5V dc 3.8 - 24V dc 3.8 - 24V dc

Output High Voltage 4.65V dc 4.65V dc 4.65V dc

Output Low Voltage 0.35V dc 0.35V dc 0.35V dc

Output Switching Current Speed Order Code 1.0mA (max) 2 kHz 505-2592 10mA (max) 10 kHz 505-2567 10mA (max) 10 kHz 505-2580
338048

Price Each Order Code 505-2592 505-2567 505-2580 1+ 21.99 8.32 7.35 10+ 7.04 25+ 6.14 50+ 5.26 100+ 4.32 250+ 3.71

55100 AP 02 A 55100 3H 02 A 55100 3M 02 A

Switch: 32x15x8 Actuator: 32x15x8 Fixing centres=20, Fixing hole, 3.3 dia. csk

55110 Series, LED Flange Mount Hall Effect Sensor

Cost effective Magnetically operated position sensor 3 wire (voltage output) Reverse/over voltage protection Digital or latching types available Built in temperature compensation Integral LED indicator

Switch contact operates when the magnet actuator moves in close proximity to the switch, typically 10mm.
Contacts Switching voltage, max. Switching current, max. Switching capacity, resistive Contact resistance, max. Mftrs. List No. CTC 012. CTCM Order Code 309-4868 309-4870 1+ 4.44 2.04 SPNO (form A) 230Vac 0.5A 10VA 300m Switching distance, min Operating temperature Case material Cable length 10 mm -20C to 70C Aluminium 280mm, PVC insulated
212401

Price Each 50+ 3.44 1.55 200+ 2.76 1.24

Supply Output Output Output Switching Description Voltage High Voltage Low Voltage Current Speed (max)Order Code 3 Wire High 3.8 - 24V dc VDD-2 @ 0.1mA 0.4V dc @ 10mA (max) 10mA (max) 10 kHz Sensitivity (sinking output with integral pull up) 505-2609 Medium 3.8 - 24V dc VDD-2 @ 0.1mA 0.4V dc @ 10mA (max) 20mA (max) 10 kHz Sensitivity (sinking output with integral pull up) 505-2622
338047

2420

Electromechanical

Reed, Metal Housing

Mftrs. List No. 55110 3H 02 A 55110 3M 02 A Order Code 505-2609 505-2622 1+ 12.33 12.85 10+ 10.48 10.92

Price Each 25+ 9.14 9.52 50+ 7.83 8.15 100+ 6.42 6.69 250+ 5.51 5.74

Solid State - Long Range Sensing

Standard

Miniature Fixing centres=50 (slots 14 x 4.7) Fixing centres=28 (slots 14 x 4.7) Fixing centres=25 (hole dia 3.1) Fixing centres=25 (hole dia 3.1) M8: L=50 (cable type), 59 (plug-in type) M18: L=50 (cable type), 65 (plug-in type) Rectangular: H=16, W=10, D=28 (body) Magnets: M3.0: Dia.=20, H=6.5, Hole dia.=4.3 M5.0: Dia.=31, H=15, Hole dia.=5.3

33
Sensors & Transducers

Standard switch: 79.5 x 19.3 x 9.8, Standard actuator: 38.1 x 25.4 x 9.8, Miniature switch: 38.3 x 12.7 x 7.7, Miniature actuator: 38.3 x 12.7 x 7.7,

Magnetically operated reed proximity switches encapsulated in pressure die castings with a blue powder coated finish Solid construction gives protection in harsh enviroments, IP64 rating Suitable for many applications with resistive loads Intruder alarm and limit switch, micro-switch and proximity switch applications Normally open or changeover contacts available Connection is by integral PVC cable, 0.5m for miniature and 0.7m length for standard switches.
Size Switches Miniature Miniature Standard Standard Order Code 170-840 170-843 Type Switches MIniature SPNO MIniature SPCO Standard SPNO Standard SPCO Magnets Miniature Standard Order Code 170-838 170-839 170-842 170-841 170-840 170-843 1+ 7.57 12.14 9.98 13.41 4.06 4.10 Contact Form (earthed*) SPNO SPCO SPNO* SPCO* Used with Order Code 170-838 170-839 170-842 170-841 V 220 175 250 250 Max dc Contact Ratings V.A. A 15 0.5 3 0.25 100 3 50 1.5 Distance - face to face Min. (mm) 7 5 13 13 Price Each 10+ 6.23 10.12 8.91 11.99 3.37 3.75 25+ 5.65 9.17 8.49 11.44 3.09 3.54 Order Code 170-838 170-839 170-842 170-841 Max. (mm) 13 13 22 25
212445

Can be installed flush and non-flush in metal Long sensing ranges, even with small size sensors Can be used to detect magnets behind surfaces such as wood, plastic or nonferrous metal High switching frequency Short circuit and reverse polarity protection

Barrel sensors in robust metal housings Plastic rectangular housing similar to V3 style microswitch Prewired 2m cable or plug-in connector options LED status indication IP67 enclosure rating Suitable magnets available, centre drilled and countersunk

Sensing range, axial (using M4.0 magnet) In non-magnetisable material M8=60, M8=60, Rectangular=60 Flush in magnetisable material M8= 20, M8= 55, Rectangular= 20 Operating voltage 10-30V dc Switching output PNP, normally open, 300mA max. Case material M8/M18: brass, nickel plated; Rectangular: plastic Connection, plug-in M8/Rectangular: M8 screw lock; M18: M12 Magnet material Barium ferrite Mftrs. List No. MM08-60APS-ZTO=722-9501, MM18-70APS-ZUO=722-9513, MM18-70APS-ZCO=722-9525, MQ10-60APS-KUO=722-9537, M3.0=722-9550, M5.0 = 722-9562
222167

FOR SUITABLE SENSOR CONNECTORS SEE ORDER CODE 131-7876. Proximity Switches M8 barrel M18 barrel M18 barrel Rectangular Magnets Dia.=20, H=6.5 (drilled) Dia.=31, H=15 (drilled) Connection Plug-in Cable Plug-in Cable Order Code 722-9501 722-9513 722-9525 722-9537 722-9550 722-9562 1+ 37.36 35.86 37.00 38.56 3.60 6.31 Price Each 5+ 34.75 33.37 34.43 37.00 3.46 6.06 10+ 33.99 32.64 33.67 36.26 3.40 5.94

55100 Series, Mini Flange Mount Hall Effect Sensor

Cost effective Magnetically operated position sensor 3 wire (voltage output) Reverse/over voltage protection Digital, latching or programmable analogue types available Built in temperature compensation

Over 100 latest technologies added online everyday See our pick of the hottest products and latest technologies in Whats New? at www.farnell.co.uk

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

2421

Proximity Switches - Capacitive

Low Profile, dc - E2K-F
For detection of metallic or non-metallic objects Flat-pack construction allows a 10mm sensing range in a comparatively small space LED operation indicator fitted Protection to IP66

Proximity Sensor
Capacitive DC Capacitive proximity sensors produce an electric field with which they detect electrically conducting or non-conducting materials, solids particles or liquids, without making contact. Target detection is not affected by colour. The sensors feature adjustable sensitivity allowing them to be set-up to differentiate between materials or compensate for varying mounting conditions.The output state is user selectable as either Normally Open or Normally Closed.
Supply voltage Operating distance - M18 Types Operating distance - M30 Types Temperature range Protection Output Mftrs. Order Code 1+ 7 to 30V dc 10mm 10% 20mm 10% -25C to +80C IP 67
505570

H=10.1, W=50 (overall), 34 (face), D=20, Fixing centres=42 (3.5 dia.), Cable L=2m

A plastic body capacitive proximity switch. The switch can be mounted directly onto a metal panel, though care should be taken with regard to surrounding metal, since the switch is of non-shielded construction and is side sensitive.
Sensing distance 10mm (max.) Operating voltage 10 to 30V dc dc, 10% ripple (max.) Output NPN Current consumption 10mA max. @ 24V dc Response frequency 100Hz Temperature range -10C to +55C
212192

Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

ConnectionType List No.

Price Each Mftrs. List No. E2KF10MC1 Order Code 160-3020 1+ 55.48 5+ 52.70 10+ 49.92

M18 Threaded PVC Lead PNP CPU010VCSN 156-5064 PVC Lead NPN CNU010VCSN 156-5065 M12 Plug PNP CPU010VCTN 156-5067 M12 Plug NPN CNU010VCTN 156-5068 M30 Threaded PVC Lead PNP CPU020VDSN 156-5069 PVC Lead NPN CNU020VDSN 156-5070 M12 Plug PNP CPU020VDTN 156-5071 M12 Plug NPN CNU020VDTN 156-5073

48.46 48.46 48.46 48.46 51.48 51.48 51.48 51.48

46.04 46.04 46.04 46.04 48.90 48.90 48.90 48.90

43.62 43.62 43.62 43.62 46.33 46.33 46.33 46.33

40.40 40.40 40.40 40.40 42.90 42.90 42.90 42.90

34mm ac and dc - E2K-C Series

Detects metallic or non-metallic objects without contact Sensitivity is adjustable by built-in potentiometer Output indication via LED Protection IP66 DC types have UL listing Supplied with mounting bracket
L=82, Dia=34 Sensing distance Output Current consumption Output mode 3 to 25mm (adjustable) 1 to 2 mA (ac) 10 to 15mA (dc) Normally Open Mftrs. Voltage 10 to 40V dc/NPN 10 to 40V dc/PNP 90 to 250V ac/SCR List No. E2KC25ME1 E2KC25MF1 E2KC25MY1 Order Code 160-3034 160-3037 160-3035 1+ 88.42 110.52 88.42 Note: When mounting with bracket, provide 20mm (min) between face of detecting head and bracket. Response frequency dc type ac type Temperature range

Electromechanical

M18 and M30 AC/DC - CJ Series

Cylindrical Embeddable Capacitance sensors 8 and 10 mm adjustable range Normally open NPN and PNP, and AC output options Connection type; 2m PVC cable Short circuit and Polarity reversal protected Housing material PBT and high grade steel
Thread M18 x 1, L=79 Operating voltage 10 to 30Vdc 10 to 60Vdc 20 to 253Vac Operating current 0 to 300mA 0 to 200mA 5 to 200mA Switching frequency 100Hz 1Hz 10Hz Price Each Output Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+

70Hz 10Hz -25C to +70C

212447

Price Each 5+ 84.00 104.99 84.00 10+ 79.58 99.47 79.58

Outputs PNP, NPN/NO PNP, NPN/NO+NC AC Sensing Range

IP rating IP67 IP65 IP67

233750

33
Sensors & Transducers

Low Profile, DC - CBN Series

M18, Steel Body 8mm NPN/NO CJ8-18GM-E0 8mm PNP/NO CJ8-18GM-E2 M30, Steel Body 10mm AC/NO CJ10-30GM-WS M30, Plastic Body 10mm AC/NC CJ10-30GK-WO

372-6137 372-6149 372-6198 372-6186

80.16 75.72 146.80 139.41

77.87 73.56 142.60 135.23

75.71 71.52 138.64 132.43

73.66 69.58 134.89 129.66

Flat Pack, dc - EC55

Prewired Adjustable sensing range 5 to 25mm Units have both N.O. and N.C. switching with LED indication Choice of NPN or PNP output Sensors are sealed to IP67 Easy-mounting using 2 M3.5 screws Ideal for use in material handling applications
H=35, W=55, D=15, Fixing Centres=25 (Slot W=3.5) Sensing distance Operating voltage Switching current Frequency of operation Mftrs.
233748

Low Cost Level Solution

H=50, W=20 D=5

Low profile capacitance sensors in extremely compact PBT body Direct Mounting on metal surfaces Can be mounted together in direct proximity, enables positions, speeds and motions to be determined Can see through non-conducting materials (e.g. thin wood panels and tubes) Non-embeddable 5 mm sensing range 3 wire normally open NPN and PNP output options Short circuit and Polarity reversal protected Protection to IP67
Supply Voltage Connection Operating Current Sensing Distance 5mm 5mm Output NPN PNP 10 to 30Vdc 2m PVC cable 0 to 100mA Mftrs. List No. CBN5-F46-E0 CBN5-F46-E2 Order Code 372-6113 372-6125 1+ 67.12 66.20 Switching Frequency Temperature range 10Hz -25C to 70C

5 to 25mm 10 - 40V dc 200mA 100Hz

Operating temperature Housing material Cable material

-25C to +70C Grey polycarbonate Grey PUR, 2m

222160

Price Each Order Code 711-4941 711-4953 1+ 61.91 61.91 5+ 58.81 58.81 10+ 57.62 57.62

List No. Prewired, NPN EC 55 25 NPAP Prewired, PNP EC 55 25 PPAP

Price Each 5+ 63.94 63.13 10+ 61.42 60.61 25+ 59.44 58.45

The solutions are out there, you just havent registered yet Sales: 08447 11 11 11 Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13
2421

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

2422

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Proximity Switches - Capacitive - continued

M30 ac/dc, Extended Sensing - Tripleshield
Prewired and M12 Plug-in Outstanding high immunity against ESD, interference and transients, exceeding all industry norm requirements Adjustable extended sensing distances to 25mm Elevated temperature range -25C to +80C DC types available NPN or PNP with NO/NC dual output AC types have SCR output with programmable NO/NC switching DC types have reverse polarity and short-circuit protection Senses most materials IP67 protection

Sensing Distance mm

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

Non-Embeddable 2 NBN2-8GM50-E0 4 4 8 8 NBN4-12GM50-E0 NBN4-12GM50-E2 NBN8-18GM50-E0 NBN8-18GM50-E2

356-5233 356-5257 356-5269 356-5270 356-5282 356-5350 356-5361 356-5373 356-5397

43.14 39.45 34.50 37.83 38.55 61.54 53.22 71.90 73.51

41.94 38.12 33.55 36.78 37.48 59.83 51.74 69.91 71.48

40.81 37.30 32.64 35.78 36.46 58.22 50.35 68.02 69.55

39.74 36.28 31.78 34.85 35.50 56.69 49.02 66.23 67.71

L=72.6 (non-flush), 60.6 (flush), Thread=M30

Embeddable, NO AC 8 NJ2-12GM50-WS 5 NBB5-18GM60-WS 5 NBB10-30GM50-WS Non-Embeddable, NO AC 8 NBN8-18GM60-WS

M30 sensors in thermoplastic polyester housing, triple protected against environmental disturbances, fitted with 2m PUR cable or M12 connector.
Output functions Sensing distance Rated operating current (continuous) Operating frequency Operating voltage Output type Mounting style dc types (4-wire): NO/NC, wire selectable ac types (2-wire): NO/NC, switch selectable Flush=2 to 16mm, Non-flush=4 to 25mm 500mA (ac types), 200mA (dc types) 25Hz (ac types),100Hz (dc types) Mftrs. List No. EC 30 25 NPAPL EC 30 25 PPAPL EC 30 25 TBAPL EC 30 16 NPAPL EC 30 16 PPAPL Order Code 711-3201 711-3213 711-3249 711-3225 711-3237 Mftrs. List No. EC3025 PPAPL-1 EC3025 TBAPL-6 Order Code 721-3001 721-3025
222156

Plug-in - M8 and M12, 3 Wire dc, embeddable and non-embeddable Embeddable + M8 Connector 1.5 NBB1,5-8GM40-EO-V3 1.5 NBB1,5-8GM40-E2-V3 Non-Embeddable + M8 Connector 2 NBN2-8GM40-E2-V3 Embeddable + M12 Connector 1.5 NBB1,5-8GM40-E0-V1 1.5 NBB1,5-8GM40-E2-V1 2 2 5 5 NBB2-12GM50-E0-V1 NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1 NBB5-18GM50-E0-V1. NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1 169-2790 356-5427 356-5520 356-5439 356-5440 532-710 532-721 356-5476 532-745 356-5567 48.29 43.98 31.43 35.51 42.28 37.84 24.94 37.40 36.36 28.90 46.91 42.76 30.87 32.69 41.11 35.87 23.82 36.36 35.38 28.04 45.60 41.60 30.56 32.00 40.00 34.54 23.20 35.38 34.45 27.45 44.36 40.51 30.16 31.33 38.95 33.45 22.62 34.45 33.56 26.87

10-40V dc NPN Non-flush 10-40V dc PNP Non-flush 20-250V ac Thyristor Non-flush 10-40V dc NPN Flush 10-40V dc PNP Flush

2422

Electromechanical

Price Each Voltage Output Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+

Prewired, Non-flush Mounting 10 to 40V dc NPN 10 to 40V dc 20 to 250V ac PNP Thyristor

Non-Embeddable + M12 Connector 4 NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1

711-3201 711-3213 711-3249 711-3225 711-3237 711-3250 721-3001 721-3025

56.63 56.63 75.43 63.40 63.40 79.09 63.96 77.63

53.78 53.78 71.66 60.22 60.22 75.14 60.75 73.74

52.70 52.70 70.25 59.01 59.01 73.63 59.56 72.27

49.47 49.47 65.90 55.39 55.39 69.11 55.88 67.83

Turn to page 2439 for Sensor Leads

Extended Range, Prewired and Plug-in
3 wire dc, Embeddable Yellow LED indicator Short circuit/overload protected Cable connector versions Sensing range 1.5 to 15mm 3 wire normally open NPN and PNP output options. Protection Degree IP67

Prewired, Flush Mounting 10 to 40V dc NPN 10 to 40V dc PNP 20 to 250V ac Thyristor Plug-in, Non-flush Mounting 10 to 40V dc PNP 20 to 250V ac Thyristor

33
Sensors & Transducers

Proximity Switches - Inductive - Pepperl + Fuchs

Prewired and Plug-in
AC and DC

Temperature range -25 to 70C Supply Voltage 10 to 30Vdc Response Frequency 300Hz Output rating 100mA
233701

3 wire normally open NPN and PNP output options. 2 wire normally open AC output options Protection Degree IP67 Temperature range -25 to 70C
Type Operating Voltage NBB 1.5 10 to 30Vdc NBB2 10 to 30Vdc NBB5 10 to 30Vdc NBB10 10 to 30Vdc NBN2 10 to 30Vdc NBN4 10 to 30Vdc NBN8 10 to 30Vdc NBB,NBN...WS 20 to 253Vac Nomenclature NJ Inductive, Initiator NBB Inductive, base line,embeddable NBN Inductive, base line,non-embeddable 1.5 Sensing range mm 8 Housing size (8mm diameter) GM Metal thread 50 Housing length mm Sensing Distance mm Mftrs. List No.

Yellow LED indicator Short circuit/overload protected Cable connector versions Sensing range 1.5 to 15mm
Response Frequency (Hz) 1500 1500 800 20 1500 1200 500 20

Sensing Distance (mm) Output Thread Mftrs. Size List No. Order Code 1+ Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

Current (mA) 100 200 200 200 100 200 200 5 to 200 Nomenclature E0 NPN normally open E2 PNP normally open WS Normally open ac V1 M12 connector (cable version 2m PVC no reference) V3 M8 connector 3 pin
233687

Embeddable-Prewired 4 NPN M12 4 PNP M12 8 NPN M18 8 PNP M18

NBB4-12GM50-E0 800734 NBB8-18GM50-E0 NBB8-18GM50-E2

372-5844 372-5856 372-5868 372-5870 372-5900 372-5911 372-5923 372-5935

34.98 35.14 61.68 58.12 41.65 38.73 35.18 48.61

32.21 32.34 59.31 56.47 40.46 37.62 34.17 47.22

31.14 31.27 57.47 54.90 39.34 36.57 33.22 45.91

30.11 30.24 55.58 53.42 38.27 35.59 32.33 44.67

Embeddable-Plug in,M12 4 NPN M12 NBB4-12GM50-E0-V1 4 PNP M12 NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1 8 NPN M18 NBB8-18GM50-E0-V1 8 PNP M18 NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1

2 Wire dc, prewired

Embeddable and Non Embeddable Low Off-state current -2 wire Inductive sensors 2 wire dc NO output with yellow LED operation indicator Reverse polarity tolerant Fully shielded Protection Degree IP67 Temperature range -25 to 70C Supply Voltage 6 to 60Vdc Response Frequency 1000Hz (NBN8), 1500 Hz (NBB5), 2000Hz (NBB2, NBN4) Output rating 4 to 100mA Off state current 1mA
233702

Price Each Order Code 1+ 10+ 25+ 50+

Prewired - 3 wire dc, 2 wire ac-embeddable and non embeddable Embeddable 1.5 2 2 5 5 NBB1,5-8GM50-E2 NBB2-12GM50-E0 NBB2-12GM50-E2 NBB5-18GM50-E0 NBB5-18GM50-E2 356-5166 356-5178 356-5180 356-5191 356-5208 44.73 31.21 38.65 38.68 42.46 43.48 30.34 37.07 37.60 41.28 42.31 29.52 36.30 36.59 40.17 41.19 28.75 35.26 35.62 39.11

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Sensing Distance Thread (mm) Size Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ Price Each 25+ 50+ 100+ Prewired 3 wire dc, 2 wire ac-embeddable and non embeddable Sensing Distance (mm) Prewired 356-5312 356-5324 31.77 51.81 30.15 29.47 30.89 50.29 29.24 28.66 30.06 49.29 28.63 27.88 29.26 47.99 28.05 27.14 28.51 46.04 27.10 26.45 2 2 10 to30Vdc/NPN 10 to30Vdc/PNP 372-5753 372-5765 33.34 30.62 32.39 29.75 31.49 28.92 30.64 28.14 29.83 27.40 Voltage Order Code 1+ 5+ Price Each 10+ 25+ 50+

2423

2 Wired dc, Embeddable-Prewired, 2m 2 5 M12 M18 NBB2-12GM40-Z0 NBB5-18GM40-Z0

2 Wired dc, None-Embeddable-Prewired, 2m 4 M12 NBN4-12GM40-Z0 372-5741 8 M18 NBN8-18GM40-Z0 356-5348

Proximity Sensor Output Interface Terminals

Miniature amplifier for NAMUR sensors (see Hazardous Area Equipment Section) and DC Sensors 20mm wide module for 35mm din rail mounting Lead break monitoring (L versions) Short circuit protected Yellow LED output indicator Self opening instrument terminals, conductor 2,5 mm2 Provides 8Vdc to Namur sensor Relay output for DC Sensors
Supply Voltage Switching Frequency Output Rating Temperature Range 10 to 30Vdc 1000Hz NPN/PNP = 200mA, Relay = 2A -25C to 70C
233710

5 Position Turret Head Range 2 Wire ac, 3 Wire dc

15mm and 20mm sensing types H=40, W=40, L=118 Cable entry=PG13.5(tapped)

40mm sensing types H=50, W=50, L=128 Cable entry=PG13.5 (tapped)

Prewired 3 wire dc, 2 wire ac-embeddable and non embeddable Sensor Type Prewired Namur Namur(L) 10 to30Vdc/NPN/NO 10 to30Vdc/PNP/NO 372-6022 372-6060 24.64 26.66 Voltage Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+ 50+

176-025: L=100, W=40

Electromechanical

Sensing head may be set in one of 5 positions mutually at right angles Main body of unit plugs into base and may therefore be replaced easily Key-way pin prevents connection of a dc unit into an ac base LED indication of operation and supply (dc versions) Connection is to terminals within the base of the unit 15mm types are flush mountable Conforms to DIN43694, EN50025 and EN50037 All bases now supplied with metric sleeves
ac: NO or NC, dc: NO ac: 500mA 45 to 65Hz (2-wire thyristor) dc: 200mA (3-wire NPN or PNP transistor) ac: 25Hz, dc: 300Hz -25C to +70C

23.94 25.89

23.27 25.17

22.04 23.84

Proximity Switches - Inductive - Omron

Miniature, 3-Wire dc - TLW Series
Side mounted LED indicates output on Reverse polarity protected Protection to IP67 Prewired with 2m cable ABS body ideal for chemical plant and food processing applications

Output Output rating Response frequency Temperature range

Inductive proximity switches for detection of metallic objects without physical contact at a distance dependent on the ferrous content within the object. The indicated sensing distances are based upon ferrous material. The switch mounting bracket is a two part kit to allow easy mounting and setting of the above switches. It gives 30mm lengthwise adjustment.
Mftrs. List Nos: NJ15+U1+W=176-021 NJ15+U1+E2=179-262 NJ20-U1-W=254-435 Sensing Distance Voltage 15mm 15mm 20mm 20 to 250V ac 10 to 30V dc/PNP 20 to 250V ac Order Code 176-021 179-262 254-435 179-264 176-023 179-265 176-025 1+ 124.40 51.13 124.85 49.38 103.59 55.91 5.49 5+ 121.05 49.75 119.68 48.05 100.49 54.39 5.35 NJ20+U1+E2=179-264 NJ40+U1+W=176-023 NJ40+U1+E2=179-265 MH4-2057=176-025
212456

A miniature inductive proximity switch of flat construction and side sensing. Cable entry is perpendicular to the sensing direction.
160-3082 & 179-258 H=27, W=10, D=5.5 fitted with mtg bracket Output Sensing distance Operating voltage Mftrs. List No: TLW3MC1 TL-W3MB1 Sensing Distance 3mm 3mm 5mm 5mm Output NPN PNP NPN PNP Order Code 160-3082 179-258 160-3081 177-886 1+ 32.83 37.16 29.83 37.74 160-3081 & 177-886 H=30.5, W=18, D=10 Output rating 3mm 100mA 5mm 50mA at 12V dc, 100mA at 24V dc -25C to +70C Order Code 160-3081 177-886
212450

33
Sensors & Transducers

Normally Open 3mm, 5mm 10 to 30V dc, 10% ripple Order Code 160-3082 179-258

Price Each 10+ 117.85 48.44 115.76 46.78 98.42 52.97 5.20 25+ 114.82 47.20 112.10 45.58 96.35 51.61 5.07 Operating temperature Mftrs. List No: TLW5MC1 TLW5MB12M0MC

20mm 10 to 30V dc/PNP 40mm 20 to 250V ac 40mm 10 to 30V dc/PNP Switch mounting bracket

Price Each 5+ 30.83 35.30 28.02 34.56 10+ 29.76 33.55 27.05 31.47

Mounting Clamp, M18

Surface mount clamp offering an alternative method of mounting standard M18 cylindrical proximity switches. Slots allow lengthwise adjustment.
Suitable Fixing Screws=M5 x 25
212458

High Performance
E2A Series Improved sensing range increasing reliability Long sensing range aiding mechanical protection IP67 for environmental protection Rugged construction and improved cable protection Clear, visible indicator of operation

Price Each Size M18 Order Code 179-309 1+ 4.81 10+ 4.70 25+ 4.59 Control Output PNP or NPN Open collector, load current 200mA max. Operation mode NO for all types Power Supply 12 to 24V dc Enclosure rating IP67 Response frequency M12 - 1kHz, M18 - 500Hz, M30 - 250Hz Temperature range -40C to +70C Sensing Thread Overall Mftrs. Distance Size Length Length Output List No. Pre-wired 4mm M12 34 50 PNP E2AM12KS04WPB12M 4mm M12 34 50 NPN E2AM12KS04WPC12M 8mm M18 39 59 NPN E2AM18KS08WPC12M 15mm M30 44 64 PNP E2AM30KS15WPB12M
233706

Miniature V3 Style Sensors

3 wire dc with yellow LED operation indicator Fully Shielded Miniature V3 style housing Prewired 100mm NPN or PNP normally open outputs Housing protected to IP67
1000Hz 100mA -25C to70C 372-5765

Order Code 160-3083 160-3084 160-3088 160-3091

Switching Frequency Output Rating Temperature Range NBB2-V3-EO 372-5753 NBB2-V3-E2

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2423

2424

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Proximity Switches - Inductive - Omron continued

High Performance - continued
E2A Series - continued
M12 Connector 4mm 4mm 8mm 15mm M12 M12 M18 M30 34 34 39 44 48 48 53 58 PNP NPN PNP PNP E2AM12KS04M1B1 E2AM12KS04M1C1 E2AM18KS08M1B1 E2AM30KS15M1B1 Price Each Output Order Code 160-3083 160-3084 160-3088 160-3091 160-3086 160-3087 160-3089 160-3092 1+ 5+ 10+ 160-3086 160-3087 160-3089 160-3092
337918

Sensing Size Distance Output Order Code 160-3041 160-3042 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

2-wire ac, shielded M18 5mm M30 10mm

93.46 57.10

85.99 54.65

78.49 51.93

Square, 2 Wire ac - TL-YS

Two-wire supply 90 to 250V ac Reverse polarity protection Red LED operation indicator Screw terminal connections
15mm 90 to 250V ac 500mA IP66 20Hz -25C to +70C
212206

Sensing Size Distance

Pre-wired M12 4mm M12 4mm M18 8mm M30 15mm M12 Connector M12 4mm M12 4mm M18 8mm M30 15mm

PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN PNP PNP

25.09 25.09 25.99 30.54 26.36 26.36 27.46 34.44

23.33 23.33 24.43 28.71 24.52 24.52 25.80 32.37

22.52 22.52 23.58 27.71 23.66 23.66 24.91 31.23

Sensing distance Supply voltage Output rating (normally open) Sealing Response frequency Temperature range H=40, W=40, D=114 Price Each Mftrs. List No. TL-YS15-MY1 Order Code 176-402 1+ 74.43 5+ 69.40

10+ 63.23

Prewired Range - 3-Wire dc, 2-Wire ac and dc

E2E Series Choice of shielded or nonshielded construction Non-shielded types offer longer sensing distances All dc 3-wire types are protected against reverse polarity connection All dc 3-wire types offer overload/short-circuit protection 2-wire ac and dc types are particularly suitable for M12 shielded M18 unshielded PLC connection All types feature LED operation indicator Standard length of wire is 30cm DC types are UL approved DIN inductive proximity switches for detection of metallic objects without physical contact at a distance dependent upon ferrous content within object. The indicated sensing distances are based upon ferrous material. DC 3-wire types include NPN and PNP outputs and shielded or non-shielded construction. Non-shielded types offer longer sensing distances than shielded, but are side sensitive and hence may mutually interfere. 2-wire ac and dc types are particularly suitable for PLC connection, since they will take their supply directly from the PLC and their very low leakage current will not cause the PLC input to turn on when the proximity switches are in the off state.
Supply voltage 3-wire dc 12 to 24V dc 2-wire dc 12 to 24V dc 2-wire ac to V ac Normally open, NPN or PNP 2-wire dc 100mA, 3-wire dc 200mA, 2-wire ac 200mA IP67 1mm 0.1ms, 2mm 1ms, 5/10mm 5ms, ac: 5/10mm 0.10ms -40C to +85C(3-wire dc and ac),-25C to +70C(2-wire dc) Thread Length 26 26 33 38 38 26 26 33 38 38 43 Overall Length 30 30 38 43 43 38 38 38 43 43 48 Output NPN PNP NPN NPN PNP NPN PNP Mftrs. List No. E2EX1R5E1 E2EX1R5F1 E2EX2E1 E2EX5E1 E2EX5F1 E2EX5ME1 E2EX5MF1 E2E-X3D1 E2E-X7D1 E2EX5Y1 E2EX10Y1 Price Each Output Order Code 160-3038 160-3045 160-3039 160-3040 160-3044 160-3046 160-3049 160-3051 160-3052 1+ 5+ 10+ Description NPN PNP NPN NPN PNP NPN PNP 61.49 59.70 62.38 45.41 60.56 60.56 60.56 56.80 66.51 56.57 54.92 57.37 43.24 55.70 55.70 55.70 52.26 61.18 51.65 50.15 52.40 40.90 50.87 50.87 50.87 47.71 55.86 Order Code 160-3038 160-3045 160-3039 160-3040 160-3044 160-3046 160-3049 160-3051 160-3052 160-3041 160-3042
212453

Proximity Switches - Inductive Telemecanique

Osiprox Pre-cabled Universal Proximity Switch - IP67 M8
Extended Sensing range 2X nominal sensing distance Flush mountable in metal Fast switching frequency
2.5mm PNP N/O 10 - 36V dc 200mA 2500 Hz -25C to 70C IP67

2424

Electromechanical

Nominal sensing distance Output Contact rating Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Protection

33
Sensors & Transducers

dia.=M8, L=50
246768

Price Each Mftrs.List No. XS608B1PAL2 Order Code 425-4697 1+ 37.37 5+ 34.77 10+ 34.04

Output Output rating Sealing Response times dc Operating temperature

Osiprox Universal Proximity Switches - IP67 M12

Extended Sensing range 2X nominal sensing distance Flush mountable in metal Fast switching frequency
4mm PNP N/O 10 - 36V dc 200mA 2500 Hz -25C to 70C IP67

Sensing Distance Thread Size 3-wire dc, shielded 1mm M8 1mm M8 2mm M12 5mm M18 5mm M18 3-wire dc, unshielded 5mm M12 5mm M12 2-wire dc, shielded 3mm M12 7mm M18 2-wire ac, shielded 5mm M18 10mm M30 Sensing Size Distance

Nominal sensing distance Output Contact rating Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Protection

dia=M12, L=50
246769

Price Each Mftrs.List No. Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

3-wire dc, shielded M8 1mm M8 1mm M12 2mm M18 5mm M18 5mm 3-wire dc, unshielded M12 5mm M12 5mm 2-wire dc, shielded M12 3mm M18 7mm

Metal Body Pre-cabled 3 wire dc M12 Connector 3 wire dc

XS612B1PAL2 XS612B1PAM12

425-4715 425-4727

33.97 35.34

31.60 32.87

30.91 32.21

Over half a million products available online

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Osiprox Universal Proximity Switches - IP67 M18
Extended Sensing range 2X nominal sensing distance Flush mountable in metal Fast switching frequency
8mm PNP N/O 10 - 36V dc 200mA 1 kHz -25C to 70C IP67 Output Output rating Supply voltage Voltage limits (incl. ripple) Sealing Sensing Distance 2mm 2mm 3.2mm 8mm Thread Size Length mm M8x42 M8x45 M12x45 M18x45 Normally Open, PNP 200mA 12 to 24V dc 10 to 38V dc IP67 Plug Connection M8 M8 M12 M18 Response frequency M8=350Hz M12=300Hz M18=60Hz -25C to +50C

2425

Temperature range

Nominal sensing distance Output Contact rating Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Protection

Output PNP PNP PNP PNP

Mftrs. List No. XS1N08PA349S XS1N08PA349D XS1N12PA349D XS1N18PA349D

Order Code 530-323 530-335 530-347 530-359

FOR SUITABLE M8 SENSOR CONNECTORS SEE ORDER CODE 131-7876 FOR SUITABLE M12 SENSOR CONNECTORS SEE ORDER CODE 532-010
222138

Plug-in Connection Size M8 M8 M12

Sensing Distance Output 2mm 2mm 3.2mm 8mm PNP PNP PNP PNP

Order Code 530-323 530-335 530-347 530-359 1+ 37.97 36.89 29.47 31.76

Price Each 5+ 35.35 34.34 27.42 29.59 10+ 34.60 33.61 26.85 28.94 25+ 33.88 32.91 26.28 28.30

dia.=M18, L=60 Price Each Description Metal Body Pre-cabled 3 wire dc M18 Connector 3 wire dc Pre-cabled 2 wire ac/dc M18 Connector 2 wire ac/dc Mftrs.List No. Order Code 1+ 5+

246770

M18

10+

Proximity Switches - Inductive - Balluff

Miniature Inductive Proximity Sensors
XS Series - Extended Range A complete family of miniature sensors available with extended sensing range for applications where space is at a premium. With small size and low weight the XS range is designed for sensing applications such as automatic handling systems, special assembly machines and robot grippers.The extended sensing range assures that even with such diminutive housings a useful sensing distance can be achieved - even with the smallest 3mm housing has a sensing range of 1 mm. Unique sensing ranges for size of sensor Smooth cylindrical housings Stainless steel housings Short circuit and polarity reversal protected
Sense Dist. 1mm 3mm 5mm 5mm Output PNP PNP PNP PNP NO NO NO NC Mftrs. Order Code 161-2824 161-2825 161-2826 161-2828 1+ 68.30 77.99 84.66 84.66 BES 516-3044-G-E4C-PU05 BES 516-3048-G-E4-C-05 BES G04ED-PSC50F-EP05 BES G04ED-POC50F-EP05

XS618B1PAL2 XS618B1PAM12 XS608B1PAL2 XS618B1MAU20

425-4739 425-4740 425-4790 425-4806

33.97 33.97 47.55 47.55

31.60 31.60 34.77 44.23

30.91 30.91 34.04 43.30

Osiprox Universal Proximity Switches - IP67 M30

Extended Sensing range 2X nominal sensing distance Flush mountable in metal Fast switching frequency
15mm PNP N/O 20 - 264V ac/dc 200mA 500 Hz -25C to 70C IP67

Electromechanical

LED for visual indication of output state Supplied with 3 wire connecting lead 24V dc operating voltage Operating temperature up to 70C IP67 rated for arduous environments
515368

Nominal sensing distance Output Contact rating Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Protection dia.=30, L=60

Dia. (mm) 3 3 4 4
246771

Price Each 5+ 65.05 76.04 80.63 80.63 10+ 61.78 74.07 76.60 76.60

Type Config. List No.

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Description Metal Body Pre-cabled 3 wire dc Pre-cabled 2 wire ac/dc Mftrs.List No. Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

Short Body Inductive Proximity Sensors

Flush Mountable Position sensing now even possible where there was never before space for a sensor. Assemblies can be shrunk even further since the sensors require less space. This range of extremely small sensors can be integrated into compact assemblies such as linear slides, valves and actuators. Useful for applications involving extremely rapid accelerations such as pick and place, thanks to a weight of just 0.7g. Tubular 6.5mm and M8 stainless steel housings Entire electronics built into just 6mm long housing. No external amplifier required Normally Open, PNP output Output short circuit and reverse polarity protected M8 3 Pin or 2m Wire Lead Connection, depending on model 24V dc operating voltage Operating temperature from -25 to 70C IP67 rated for arduous environments
515415

XS630B1PAL2 XS630B1MAL2

425-4752 425-4818

37.37 52.32

34.77 48.65

34.00 47.63

Extended Sensing, Prewired

Short Case, 3 Wire dc 3-wire dc inductive proximity switches with extended sensing range Multi-direction LED operation indication Fully shielded Over-load and short-circuit protection
530-293: Thread M8, L=33 530-300: Thread M12, L=33 530-311: Thread M18, L=33.5 Output Output rating Supply voltage Voltage limits (incl. ripple) Sealing Sensing Size M8 M12 M18 Distance 2mm 3.2mm 8mm Mftrs. List No. XS1N08PA349 XS1N12PA349 XS1N18PA349 Order Code 530-293 530-300 530-311 1+ 31.97 29.47 31.76 Normally Open, PNP 200mA 12 to 24V dc 10 to 38V dc IP67 Response frequency M8=350Hz M12=300Hz M18=60Hz -25C to +50C
212175

Temperature range

For suitable connector/cable see Order Code 160-6720

Dia. Sense Output (mm) Dist. Type 6.5 6.5 6.5 8 8 8 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm 1.5mm Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ Price Each 5+ 81.63 108.19 81.63 63.46 67.30 63.46 10+ 79.51 102.79 79.51 61.81 63.92 61.81

Price Each 5+ 29.76 27.42 29.59 10+ 29.11 26.85 28.94 25+ 28.47 26.28 28.30

M8 Connector BES G06EA-PSD15B-S49G 161-2831 83.73 Wire Leads BES G06E60-PSC15B-EP02 161-2832 113.60 Wire Leads BES G06EA-PSC15B-EP02 161-2833 83.73 M8 Connector BES M08EA-PSD15B-S49G 161-2834 65.10 Wire Leads BES M08E60-PSC15B-EP02 161-2835 70.67 Wire Leads BES M08EA-PSC15B-EP02 161-2836 65.10

Extended Sensing, M8 and M12 Plug-In

3-Wire dc, Short Case 3-wire dc inductive proximity switches with extended sensing range Red LED operation indicators giving multidirection visibility Fully shielded Over-load and short-circuit protection Metal body incorporates a metal 3-pin screw-lock M8 or 4-pin M12 plug-in connector

Inductive Proximity Sensors

3 - Wire Connection Cylindrical housing sizes M8, M12 and M18 Sensing distances available from 1.5mm to 8mm PVC cable connection Short circuit and polarity reversal protected LED output indicator Double insulated IP67 sealing specification

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2425

2426

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Proximity Switches - Inductive - Balluff continued

Inductive Proximity Sensors - continued
3 - Wire Connection - continued
Housing material Rated operating voltage Operating voltage range Operating temperature range Nickel plated brass 24V dc 12V dc to 30V dc dc -25C to 70C
231059

Analogue Measurement Sensors

Ultra Linear Ultra Linear 0..10V Analogue Output +/-3% linearity over entire measurement range. Additional temperature output on 6.5mm sensor High repeat accuracy Low temperature drift Rugged and Robust metal housing with high shock and vibration resistance Metric output connector

Sensing range with steel square target size of face dia x 1mm thick Mftrs. Size Sense Dist. List No. Order Code PNP 160-6702 160-6704 160-6706 160-6708 160-6710 160-6713 160-6703 160-6705 160-6707 160-6709 160-6711 160-6714 160-6715 160-6716 160-6717 1+ Price Each 5+ 10+

NPN Output M8 M12 M18 M8 M12 M18 1.5mm BESM08MI-NSC15B-BV03 2mm BESM12MI-NSC20B-BV03 5mm 2mm 4mm 8mm BESM18MI-NSC50B-BV03 BESM08MI-NSC20B-BV03 BESM12MI-NSC40B-BV03 BESM18MI-NSC80B-BV03 18.26 16.11 17.79 18.26 16.11 17.79 18.26 16.11 17.79 18.26 16.11 17.79 18.26 16.11 32.58 17.35 15.30 16.91 17.35 15.30 16.91 17.35 15.30 16.91 17.35 15.30 16.91 17.35 15.30 30.95 16.44 14.50 16.00 16.44 14.50 16.00 16.44 14.50 16.00 16.44 14.50 16.00 16.44 14.50 29.33

Self-contained analogue inductive sensors giving an Ultra linear voltage output directly proportional to the distance from the target. Unique integrated circuits contained in the sensor mean that unrivalled linearity is achieved over the entire sensing distance. In addition, the 6.5mm sensor has an extra output giving a voltage proportional to change in temperature. This allows you to calculate the amount of the detected movement is actually due to expansion of the metal target caused by temperature change.
Voltage Supply Voltage Output Protection Sense Size 24V dc 0 to 10 Vdc proportional to distance from target IP 67
241640

PNP Output M8 1.5mm BESM08MI-PSC15B-BV03 M12 2mm BESM12MI-PSC20B-BV03 M18 M8 M12 M18 M8 M12 M18 5mm 2mm 4mm 8mm 2mm 4mm 8mm BESM18MI-PSC50B-BV03 BESM08MI-PSC20B-BV03 BESM12MI-PSC40B-BV03 BESM18MI-PSC80B-BV03 BESM08MH1-PSC20B-S04G BESM12MI-PSC40B-S04G BESM18MI-PSC80B-S04G

Mtfrs. Order Code 1+ 111.67 86.41 105.27 100.87

Price Each 5+ 106.08 82.09 100.00 95.83 10+ 100.51 77.76 94.73 90.78

Distance List No.

6.5mm * 1.25mm BAW G06EE-UAF20B-EP03-K 160-6781 M8 1mm BAW M08EI-UAD15B-BP03 160-6782 M18 4mm BAW M18MI-UAC50B-S04G 160-6783 M30 6mm BAW M30ME-UAC10B-S04G 160-6784 * Supplied complete with 3mm diameter, 3 core, connecting cable

2426

Electromechanical

Sensor Power Couplers

Inductive Non-contact power transmission with 0.5A power 0 to 5mm Working range Supply voltage (Base) 24V dc, 1A Max. Output voltage (Remote) 24V dc, 500 mA Ambient temperature 0 - +55C M12 Plug-in connection - 4 pin female (Base), 5 male (Remote) IP 67 Protection Whenever modules need to be quickly disconnected and reliably reconnected, the BIC inductive couplers are the answer. With these quick-disconnect units you not only meet new demands quickly and with extreme flexibility but also transmit power over an air gap of 5 mm fast, reliably and with high performance.
552196

Stainless Steel Face Inductive Proximity Sensors

Extended Sensing Range Inductive steel faced sensors with long sensing distances are used especially in harsh environments and applications too extreme for standard sensors. They are resistant to abrasive media and aggressive coolants and lubricants with the stainless steel face giving an extra protection and a longer life.

33
Extended switching distances (up to x3) LED for visual indication of output state M12 connector 24V dc operating voltage Rugged stainless steel sensing face Operating temperature from -25 to 70C Pressure rated 60 / 80 bar IP67 rated for arduous environments For suitable connector/cable see Order Code 160-6760
515401

Sensors & Transducers

Output Type

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 177-5740 177-5742 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Dia. Sense

Output

Mftrs. Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+ 86.55 82.23 108.19 102.79

(mm) Dist. Type Config. List No. M12 6mm PNP M18 10mm PNP

NO BES M12EG1-PSC60Z-S04G-S11 161-2829 90.88 NO BES M18EG1-PSC10Z-S04G-S11 161-2830 113.60

M30 X 1.5mm - Not flush Base BIC 1PO-P2A50-M30MI3-SM4A4A Remote BIC 2PO-P2A50-M30MI3-SM4A5A

219.48 214.81

212.63 208.10

206.18 201.79

HyperPROX
Extended Sensing Range Extended sensing range Cylindrical housing sizes M5, M8, M12 and M18 Short circuit and polarity reversal protected LED for visual indication of output state High IP67 rating for arduous environments

Mounting Hardware
Sensors

Hyperprox inductive proximity sensors with up to 4 x standard sensing distance. No matter how reliable your existing sensor, it is unlikely to withstand collision with metal objects. Revolutionary new technology combined with extremely high component specification has allowed Balluff to develop this problem solving family of sensors to allow the sensor to be mounted further away from the danger area and thus avoid expensive breakdowns.
Operating Voltage Voltage range 24V dc 10 to 30V dc dc Current load Connection mA200 3 pin metric connector
241639

Prox Mounts

Collar Band Mounts

Mounting Brackets

Cushioned Mount

Clamp Holder

Price Each Sense Mftrs. Size M8 M12 M18 M8 M12 Dist. 4mm 8mm 12mm 6mm 10mm List No BESM08MI-PSC40B-S49G BESM12MI-PSH80B-S04G BESM18MG1-PSC12B-S04G BESM08MG1-PSC60F-S49G BESM12MF1-PSC10F-S04G Order Code 62.47 62.47 59.84 55.01 53.87 50.24 117.45 59.35 59.35 56.86 53.57 51.18 48.94 111.57 56.22 56.22 53.87 51.99 48.48 47.48 105.71 160-6774 160-6775 160-6776 160-6777 160-6778 M18 20mm BESM18ME1-PSC20F-S04G 160-6779 M5 * 5mm BESM05ED-PSC50F-EP05 160-6780 * Supplied complete with 3mm diameter, 3 core, connecting cable 1+ 5+ 10+

Prox. Mounts - Positive stop for sensors with thread length of 30mm. Once installed the Prox. Mount enables repeatable sensor positioning following sensor replacement. Collar Band Mounts - Manufactured from Black, PA 6 plastic. Mounting Brackets - Metal brackets for direct sensor mounting or for use with Prox. Mount tubes. Cushioned Mount - Designed for applications where impact to the sensor target is inevitable. These mounts extend the life of the sensor by allowing up 15mm of target overtravel. Sensor returns to original location after intrusion is removed. Clamp Holder - With positive stop are used for holding tubular proximity sensors. A hinged lever locks the sensor firmly in place and enables fast sensor replacement and re-alignment.
552216

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Sensor Size Mftrs. List No. Order Code 177-5744 177-5743 177-5745 177-5746 177-5748 177-5747 177-5749 177-5750 177-5752 177-5751 177-5754 177-5755 177-5756 177-5757 177-5758 177-5759 177-5760 177-5761 177-5762 1+ Price Each 5+ 10+

2427

Prox. Mounts M8 BES 08,0-KH-2S M12 M18 M30 BES 12,0-KH-2S BES 18,0-KH-2S BES 30,0-KH-2S

20.43 20.43 20.43 37.63 10.56 10.56 10.56 10.56 14.67 14.67 14.67 14.67 69.76 69.76 74.28 90.42 35.98 50.03 56.39

18.17 18.17 18.17 33.45 9.39 9.39 9.39 9.39 13.04 13.04 13.04 13.04 66.15 66.15 70.43 85.74 34.13 47.45 53.47

16.35 16.35 16.35 30.10 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 11.73 11.73 11.73 11.73 62.90 62.90 66.97 81.52 32.45 45.11 50.84

Sensing distance of 10 or 15 mm depend- Choice of NPN or PNP output ing on model Sensors are sealed to IP67 Units have both make and break switching Available prewired or with M12 standard with LED indication plug
Operating voltage 10 to 40V dc Frequency of operation Switching current 200mA Operating temperature range Connection Method Prewired cable Prewired cable Prewired cable M12 connector Mounting Style Flush Non-Flush Non-Flush Non-Flush Output PNP NPN PNP PNP Sensing Distance 10mm 15mm 15mm 15mm EI 5510=400Hz, EI5515=400Hz -25C to +70C Mftrs. List No. EI 55 10 PPAP EI 55 15 NPAP EI 55 15 PPAP EI 55 15 PPAP-1 Price Each Prewired Flush, Non-Flush, Non-Flush, M12 Plug-in Non-Flush, PNP NPN PNP PNP Order Code 711-5003 711-5015 711-5027 711-5064 1+ 37.49 37.49 37.49 42.21 5+ 34.97 34.97 34.97 39.37 10+ 34.27 34.27 34.27 38.59 25+ 32.15 32.15 32.15 36.26 Order Code 711-5003 711-5015 711-5027 711-5064
224743

Collar Band Mounts M8 BES 08,0-BS-1 M12 M18 M30 BES 12,0-BS-1 BES 18,0-BS-1 BES 30,0-BS-1

Mounting Brackets M8 BES 08-HW-1 M12 M18 M30 BES 12-HW-1 BES 18-HW-1 BES 30-HW-1

Cushioned Mounts M8 BESA-08-CM M12 BESA-12-CM M18 BESA-18-CM M30 BESA-30-CM Clamp Holder M12 BES 12,0-KH-9LT M18 BES 18,0-KH-9LT M30 BES 30,0-KH-9LT

Sensor Mounting Bracket

THORPE PRODUCTS
High quality, fully adjustable mounting bracket for all types of barrel sensors Constructed from Black Nylon 66, with stainless steel fasteners and a zinc plated knurled pin Supplied complete with a kit of parts to fit sensor diameters 4mm, 5mm, 12mm, 14mm, 18mm and 30mm Two M4x20mm zinc plated cap head screws are supplied for fixing the bracket in position
212417

Electromechanical

Proximity Switches - Inductive

Proximity Sensor
Inductive - V3 Style Miniature Precise mounting, easy to fit Similar housing to V3 microswitch Sealed to IP 65 Designed to be flush mounted 2m, 3-wire connecting cable Sensing Distance assured from 0 - 1.6mm
Mftrs. List No. TP-30

Price Each Order Code 311-5379 1+ 8.51 5+ 8.35 10+ 7.78

Proximity Switches - Ultrasonic

Compact, Switch Output
Adjustable Switch Point and Time Delay User adjustment of delay time User adjustment of range 100 to 500 mm Housing protected to IP67 Small compact design Easy mounting options:- M4 thru-holes or M18 thread Switch status LED Detection of small poorly reflecting objects Detection unaffected by dust, waterdrops, strong sunlight etc. Distance measurement unaffected by target material Input protected against power reversal
Body H=46, W=18, D=30, Overall W=40, Cable L=1.5m Mounting: Thread=M18, 2x4.1 dia thru-holes, F.C=20

Body - H = 16.5, W = 30, D = 10.5mm

33
Sensors & Transducers

Supply voltage Output Sensing distance Output Type PNP NPN Mftrs. List No.

10 to 30V dc Normally Open, 200mA max. load 2mm

Switching frequency Temperature range Protection Price Each

1000Hz max. -25C to +70C IP65

505004

Order Code 120-5165 120-5166

1+ 23.88 26.98

5+ 21.77 25.48

10+ 19.31 23.58

IPO-002-VSF-LFmm INO-002-VSF-LFmm

Proximity Switch Tester

Suitable for testing 2 and 3 wire proximity switches, including inductive, photo-electric, capacitive and ultrasonic Ideally suited to point of use testing Audio and visual indication Supplied and fitted with batteries, ready for use

Versatile ultrasonic proximity switch in compact polyamide (glass fibre filled) case for object detection regardless of size, colour and target material.
Operating voltage Vs Scanning range Switching point Time delay Resolution Detection sensitivity Carrier frequency Output Operating temperature 12 to 24V 100 to 500mm Adjustable 100 to 500 mm Adjustable 0.2 to 7 secs 1.6 mm typ. 100% @ Vs=24V, 80 to 90% @ Vs=15V 175kHz PNP or NPN open collector 100mA, short-circuit proof -15C to +60C
212350

H=104, W=60, D=29 Indication of proximity switch function Auto-on/off feature Battery Mftrs. List No. MU2-DC Order Code 721-3803 1+ 38.74 NPN or PNP, normally closed or normally open, light-on or dark-on operation Unit is powered only when a proximity switch is connected DC = 2 9V (PP3)
212302

Price Each Output PNP NPN Mftrs. List No. UPX500 PVPS 24 UPX500PVNS 24. Order Code 732-801 732-813 1+ 152.16 152.16 5+ 138.32 141.11 10+ 130.64 133.26 25+ 122.96 125.41

Price Each 5+ 35.84 10+ 34.61

Distance Sensors
Ultrasonic Cylindrical M30 versions with digital display High resolution for maximum precision Temperature compensation for accurate measurement in fluctuating temperatures Automatic switchover between current and voltage output for simple operation Teach-in for rapid commissioning Operating voltage of up to 30V with reverse polarity protection for application in various supply networks IP 65 Protection class

Flat Pack, dc, Prewired and M12 Plug-In

EI 55 Series Manufactured in a flat pack housing of grey polycarbonate, these inductive proximity sensors are available in two operating types. The first is designed for flush mounting in metal and has a sensing distance of 10mm. The second is non-flush mounting and has a sensing distance of 15mm. Both units are easily mounted using two M3.5 screws.

Cylindrical M30

SKS Type

ZWS Type

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2427

2428

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Proximity Switches - Ultrasonic - continued

Distance Sensors - continued
Ultrasonic - continued
552160

Photoswitches - Optical - Balluff

Through Beam Slot Sensors
BGL Series - Anodized Aluminium A robust alternative to fiber optic cables needing no separate amplifier. Installation is simple as they are ready aligned and need no bracket allowing a more accurate, less expensive and more robust installation than fiber optic cable. A full range of slot sizes ensure that virtually any sensing task can be handled. Also included is the laser range of through beam slot sensors with a smallest detection of 0.6m and with NO/NC and sensitivity adjustment. Easy installation and setup High switching frequency of 1500Hz Adjustable sensitivity PNP output, switchable to Normally Open or Normally Closed Output short circuit and reverse polarity protected M8 3 Pin Connector Slim 10mm height profile 10 to 30V dc operating voltage Operating temperature from -10 to 60C 30mm, 50mm, 80mm and 120mm slot options IP65 rated
515441

Operating Range Cylindrical M30

Output Type

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

200 - 1300 mm PNP - Switching MIC+130/D/TC 177-5722 200 - 1300 mm 4-20 mA / 0-10V MIC+130/IU/TC 177-5723 350 - 3400mm PNP - Switching MIC+340/D/TC 177-5724 350 - 3400mm 4-20 mA / 0-10V MIC+340/IU/TC 177-5725 600 - 6000mm PNP - Switching MIC+600/D/TC 177-5726 600 - 6000mm 4-20 mA / 0-10V MIC+600/IU/TC 177-5727 SKS Type 20 - 150mm ZWS Type 20 - 150mm 20 - 150mm 120 - 700mm 120 - 700mm PNP - Switching SKS-15/D PNP - Switching 0-10V PNP - Switching 4-20 mA ZWS-15/CD/QS ZWS-15/CU/QS ZWS-70/CD/QS ZWS-70/CI/QS 177-5729 177-5731 177-5732 177-5733 177-5735

274.00 399.00 290.00 408.00 330.00 460.00 216.00 216.00 247.00 233.00 267.00

265.00 386.00 280.00 395.00 320.00 446.00 209.00 209.00 239.00 226.00 259.00

257.00 375.00 272.00 383.00 310.00 432.00 199.00 199.00 232.00 219.00 251.00

For suitable connector/cable see Order Code 160-6720

M30, Switch Output

With 2 Teachable Switch Points One programmable switch output Nickel-plated brass IP65 housing Tamper-proof programming

Slot 50 80 30 50 80 120

Dimensions Sensor Mftrs. Type List No. Order Code 1+ 99.82 113.23 229.04 235.55 262.60 251.03 70 x 79 100 x 79 50 x 59 70 x 79 100 x 79 140 x 84 Red LED BGL 50A-001-S 49 161-2837 Red LED BGL 80A-001-S 49 161-2838 Laser BGL 30A-003-S-49 161-2841 Laser BGL 50A-003-S-49 161-2842 Laser BGL 80A-003-S 49 161-2843 Laser BGL 120A-003-S 49 161-2844

Price Each 5+ 97.31 107.85 223.28 229.64 250.09 244.73 10+ 94.79 102.46 217.49 223.66 237.58 238.37

Width (mm)W x D (mm)

2428

Electromechanical

The sensor switch points can be set by applying the supply voltage to the teach inputs or programming unit. UB500, UB2000:L=94, Head dia.=M30, UB4000:L=109, Head dia.=40, UB5000:L=115, Head dia.=74, All types:Thread size M30x1.5
Operating voltage Switch outputs LED indicators Temperature range Sensing Range 20 to 30V dc 200mA (PNP) Green=Power on, Red=Fault, Yellow=Switch condition -25C to +70C Response time 480ms Hysteresis 1% of operating distance Reproducibility 1%

Through Beam Angle Sensors

BWL Series - Anodized Aluminium 45 "L" shaped through beam sensors, robust metal housing NO/NC adjustable, sensitivity adjustment, and complete self contained with no external amplifiers or fibers. Many applications including assembly handling, robotics, position and orientation control. Anodized aluminium construction High switching frequency Adjustable sensitivity PNP output, switchable to Normally Open or Normally Closed Output short circuit and reverse polarity protected M8 3 Pin Connector 10 to 30V dc operating voltage Operating temperature from -10 to 60C IP67 rated for arduous environments
515449

33
Sensors & Transducers

222161

Price Each Mftrs. List No. UB500-30GM-E5-V15 UB2000-30GM-E5-V15 UB4000-30GM-E2-V15 UB6000-30GM-E2-V15 UB PROG 2 Order Code 709-7931 709-7943 709-7955 709-7967 709-7979 1+ 143.95 154.16 159.84 175.71 46.37 5+ 139.65 150.10 155.04 171.09 44.14 10+ 136.75 146.25 151.85 166.71 43.26

(mm) 60 to 500 200 to 2000 500 to 4000 800 to 6000 Programming Unit

For suitable connector/cable see Order Code 160-6720

X & Y Sens. Sensor Mftrs. Distance 40mm 54mm 68mm 90mm 110mm 54mm 68mm 90mm Type Red LED Red LED Red LED Red LED Red LED Laser Laser Laser List No. BWL 4040-D-R011-S49 BWL 5454-D-R011-S49 BWL 6868-D-R011-S49 BWL 9090-D-R011-S49 BWL 110110-D-R011-S49 BWL 5454-D-L011-S49 BWL 6868-D-L011-S49 BWL 9090-D-L011-S49 Order Code 161-2845 161-2846 161-2847 161-2848 161-2849 161-2850 161-2851 161-2853 1+ 109.19 117.52 124.78 155.28 167.42 216.29 223.58 231.89 Price Each 5+ 106.45 114.57 121.65 151.39 163.22 210.86 217.96 226.08 10+ 103.69 111.58 118.48 147.45 158.98 205.38 212.30 220.20

M30, Analogue Output, Stainless Steel

4-20mA/0-10V, Temperature Compensated The sensor has a four position insert to program the limit values of the analogue output and also to compensate for temperature drift. User-defined analogue outputs (current or voltage) Stainless steel IP65 housing Temperature compensation
UC300, UC500, UC2000:L=114, Head dia.=M30, UC4000:L=125, Head dia.=M40, UC6000:L=132, Head dia.=73, All types: Thread size M30x1.5 Operating voltage Repeatability Linearity Current output Voltage output Sensing Range (mm) 15 to 300 30 to 500 80 to 2000 200 to 4000 350 to 6000 Mftrs. List No. UC300-30GM-IU-R2-V15 UC500-30GM-IU-R2-V15 UC2000-30GM-IU-R2-V15 UC4000-30GM-IUR2-V15 UC6000-30GM-IUR2-V15 Order Code 372-6241 709-8029 709-8030 709-8042 709-8054 1+ 321.33 290.00 277.54 396.40 344.24 10 to 30V dc 0.1% of full scale 0.1% of full scale 4 to 20mA 0 to 10V LED indicators Dual-Green Dual-Red Yellow Yellow Power on Object not detected/disturbance Limit value 1 Limit value 2
222162

Photoswitches - Optical- Sick

Compact - W9 Series
Insensitive to high ambient light and adjacent sensor light sources PNP output Light/Dark switching Visible red LED and long range IR Sensitivity/Range adjustable M12 4 pin connector Compact plastic housing Output indicator LED Circuit protection

Price Each 5+ 312.14 282.36 270.24 380.77 335.19 10+ 303.47 275.12 263.31 369.26 326.59 H=40 W=12 D=22

Over half a million products available online

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Sensing distance Supply voltage Output Switching Mode Switching Frequency Operating Temperature Diffused, 30-250mm (BGS), 10-20mm Focussed, 10-450mm and 10-1500mm Standard 10 to 30V dc PNP, 100mA Light / Dark selectable 800 Hz or greater -40C to 60C
249399

2429

Polarised Reflex - W12 Series

Transparent Object Sensor
H=48.5, W=15.9, D=42mm

Mftrs. List No. Diffused (BGS) - 250mm, Teach In Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

WT9-2P430

416-7764

86.15

84.42

82.73

Diffuse, Polarised Reflex

Miniature Prewired - W150 Series Miniature photoswitches with integral amplifier Sensitivity adjustment by potentiometer Light-on/dark-on operation selected by control wire UL Recognised IP67 protection Reflex type supplied with PL20A reflector Supplied with mounting bracket

Metal housing (zinc diecast) Sensitivity control Insensitive to external light sources Switching outputs short circuit protected Transparent object sensor has polarised reflex sensing, and reliably detects glass, plastic products and transparent film etc. Light/dark operation (via control wire) 5-pin M12 connection Supplied with 2 fixing clamps Adjustable mounting bracket available separately IP67 protection
Transparent object sensor=1.5m 10 - 30V dc PNP / NPN (transparent object sensor) 330s
222153

Sensing distance Supply voltage Output Response time

Price Each Plug-In Transparent object sensor Mounting bracket Mftrs. List No. WL12G-3B2531 2013942 Order Code 169-7929 730-312 1+ 142.88 12.27 5+ 132.90 11.78 10+ 123.60 11.54

Diffuse with Background Suppression, Polarised Reflex

H=28 (body), W=10, D=17, Cable L=2m Sensing distance (max.)Diffuse = 200, Diffuse with background suppression=100, Polarised reflex=2m Supply voltage 10 - 30V dc Output PNP or NPN transistor Output current 100mA max. Switching frequency 1000 per sec.
212372

PNP or Relay Output; Prewired - W250 Series

10+ 50.55 51.75 65.27 72.04 H=60, W=20, D=43, Cable L=2m 50.55 50.55

Output Diffuse PNP NPN

Mftrs. List No. WT150-P132 WT150-N132 Order Code 722-9392 722-9409 722-9410 722-9422 722-9434 722-9446 1+ 58.44 58.44 71.61 76.61 58.44 58.44

Price Each 5+ 54.36 54.36 66.60 73.51 54.36 54.36

Diffuse with Background Suppression PNP WT150-P162 NPN Polarised Reflex PNP NPN WT150-N162 WL150-P132 WL150-N132

Robust and compact plastic housing Choice of SPCO relay or PNP transistor output Detection distance setting with position indicator Diffused types have 150 - 500mm scanning range with background suppression Polarised reflex types suitable for detecting objects with glossy surfaces Light/dark switching selectable by control line (PNP types) Reflector supplied with reflex types IP67 protection UL Recognised Supplied with mounting bracket

Electromechanical

Compact - W160 Series

Plastic housing PNP output Light/Dark switching Polarised Reflex or Optical Proximity versions Visible red LED 2 metre 3 core cable or M8 4 pin connector versions Sensitivity/Range adjustable Output indicator LED Circuit protection P250 Reflector supplied with Reflex types Mounting bracket supplied UL Recognised and CSA approved

Sensing distance Output Output current Suply voltage Switching mode Switching frequency

Diffuse=150 to 500mm, Reflex=0.01 to 8m SPCO Relay open collector or SPCO Relay relay PNP types=3A, Relay types=3A@ 240V ac/30V dc PNP types=12 to 240V dc, Relay types=12 to 240V dc PNP types=light/dark switching (via control line) Relay types=light switching PNP types=33 per sec, Relay types=33 per sec
212369

33
Sensors & Transducers

Mftrs. Output List No. Order Code 722-9460 722-9471 722-9483 1+ 91.26 82.33 82.33 Diffuse with Background Supperssion Relay WT250-S162 Polarised Reflex PNP Relay WL250-P132 WL250-S132

Price Each 5+ 87.59 76.56 76.56 10+ 85.83 71.20 71.20

Polarised Reflex - W36 Series

High performance and robust polarised reflex sensor suitable for use on conveyor systems and all automated machinery. Available for 10-30V dc supply with NPN/PNP transistor output or for 24-240V ac/dc supply with SPCO relay output. Adjustable mounting bracket and choice of reflectors available separately. Switch selectable time delays Sensitivity control PG11 cable gland Light/dark operation (switch selectable) Enclosure sealing to IP67 Terminal chamber connection Test input and alarm output (transistor output type)

H=33 W=11 D=23 Sensing Distance Reflex: 0.01 to 6m using PL80A reflector Reflex: 0.005 to 4m using P250 reflector Diffused: 0 to 900mm 10 to 30V dc PNP, 100mA Light / Dark selectable 1000 Hz -25C to 55C
249408

Supply voltage Output Switching Mode Switching Frequency Operating Temperature

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Reflex PNP, Cable PNP, M8 Connector Diffused PNP, Cable PNP, M8 Connector Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

H=85 (excl. connector), W=36, D=72 Max. sensing distance 15m (with 730-440 reflector), 12mm (with 730439), 11mm (with 730-427) Supply voltage 10 to 30V dc (730-257), 24 to 240V ac/dc (730-269) Output PNP / NPN transistor (730-257), SPCO Relay 3A 250V ac (500VA) Power consumptions 40mA (730-257), 2VA (730-269) Time delays 0.02-1s (730-257) 0.5-12s (730-269) Response time 1.25ms (730-257), 20ms (730-269) Mftrs. List Nos. WL36-B230=730-257, WL36-R230=730-269, 2005806=730-270
222152

WL160-F142 WL160-F440 WT160-F182 WT160-F480

414-7716 414-7728 414-7730 414-7741

89.51 89.51 67.48 83.60

83.24 82.35 66.14 81.95

77.41 75.76 64.81 80.31

Price Each Order Code Photoswitch, transistor output Photoswitch, relay output Mounting bracket 730-257 730-269 730-270 1+ 186.45 160.28 13.35 5+ 178.94 153.84 12.81 10+ 175.37 150.75 12.55

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2429

2430

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Photoswitches - Optical- Sick - continued

W260 Series
SPNO relay output Light/dark operation (switch selectable) Protection to IP66 Mounting bracket and cable gland supplied Adjustable sensitivity UL Recognised and CSA approved Reflector supplied with reflex types Reflex types use polarised red light thereby eliminating risk of malfunction due to shiny surfaces Terminal chamber connection with 2-position cable entry gland Polarised reflex type available with or without time delays
Diffuse=2m 12-240V dc, 24-240V SPCO Relay 3A @ 240VAC / 30VDC 2VA 20ms OFF-delay/ON-delay (switch selectable), delay adjustable 0.1-5s
212260

Photoswitches - Optical - Omron

M18 Diffuse and Reflex E3F2 Series
Light-on/dark-on operation is wire selectable (dc types) Short-circuit and reverse connection protection (dc types) AC type is UL Recognised and CSA approved DC type is UL Recognised ac type: M18 x 80, dc types: M18 x 65 IP66 sealing Reflector supplied with reflex type LED output indication Potentiometer sensitivity adjustment on long range (300mm) diffuse sensors Reflector supplied with reflex types A range of compact cylindrical photswitches in M18 ABS resin housings.
Mftrs. List No. E3F2DS10B4N E3F2DS30B4 E3F2DS10C4N E3F2DS30C4 Sensing Distance Diffuse 100mm 300mm 100mm 300mm 100mm Reflex 2m Voltage Output Order Code 160-3060 160-3056 160-3059 160-3055 160-3053 160-3057 160-3058 160-3054 1+ Order Code 160-3060 160-3056 160-3059 160-3055 Mftrs. List No. E3F2DS10Z1 E3F2R4C4 2M E3F2R4B4 2M E39R1 Order Code 160-3053 160-3057 160-3058 160-3054
212460

H=77.5, W=25, D=63, Reflector (overall)=60.9 x 50.9

Sensing distance Supply voltage Output Power consumption Response time Time delays (timer version)

Price Each 5+ 10+

Price Each Mftrs. List No. Diffuse Polarised reflex Polarised reflex with timer WT260-S280 WL260-S270 WL260-R270 Order Code 723-4594 730-282 730-294 1+ 72.20 90.37 92.10 5+ 69.27 86.71 85.66 10+ 67.89 84.98 79.67

12 to 30V dc 12 to 30V dc 10 to 30V dc dc 10 to 30V dc dc 22 to 264V ac 12 to 30V dc

PNP PNP NPN NPN Thyristor NPN PNP

50.60 50.60 48.20 50.60 46.80 50.60 50.60 9.34

47.07 47.07 45.12 47.07 43.54 47.07 47.07 8.71

45.88 45.88 44.09 45.88 42.44 45.88 45.88 8.51

2430

Electromechanical

Slot Sensors - WF Series

2m 12 to 30V dc Spare Reflector

Subminiature - Through-beam (Slotted)

EE-SPX, EE-SX Series

33
Sensors & Transducers

WF15: Slot W=15, D=40, Body H=50, W=12, D=60

(a)

(c)

Solid aluminium housing Simple and accurate sensitivity adjustment by 25-turn potentiometer
Light source Supply voltage Switching output Response time Operating temperature Slot Width 15mm Mftrs. List No. WF15-40B410

Choice of PNP/NPN and light-on/darkon switching (wire selectable) 4-pin M8 plug connection

(a) EE-SPX301/401: H=24, W=26, D=7, F.C=20 (c) EE-SPX305/405-W2A: H=15.5, W=27.2, D=15.5, Cable L=1m

Infra-red LED 10-30V PNP/NPN, Light/Dark Switching 1ms -20C to +60C

222170

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

Price Each Order Code 723-4570 1+ 120.41 5+ 111.98 10+ 104.14

(d) EE-SX670: H=22.2, W=25.4, D=7, F.C.=19 (e) EE-SX671: H=15.5, W=26.2, D=14.5, F.C.=19 (f) EE-SX672: H=22.2, W=13.4, D=26, F.C.=19 (g) EE-SX673: H=22.2, W=13.4, D=12.8, F.C.=7

Reflectors

Built-in amplifier circuitry allows direct switching of PLC and relay outputs Applications include robot control, cam timer switching, general position and object detection All slotted sensors have light-on indication Variety of slot widths, mounting and termination styles Mating connectors and connecting leads available
Slot Width Output Load Supply Voltage Connector Code 3 or 4 1 or 2 1 or 2 N/A Mftrs. List No. EE-SPX301 EE-SX671 EE-SX672 EE-SPX405-W2A Price Each Order Code 721-3992 162-7015 721-4030 721-4080 1+ 26.50 19.97 15.00 54.33 5+ 25.99 19.48 12.37 53.26 10+ 25.47 18.91 10.51 52.20 25+ 24.49 17.68 8.99 51.14 100+ 21.81 15.85 8.50 46.41 Order Code 721-3992 162-7015 721-4030 721-4080
212306

730-427 730-439 730-440 Overall dims: 730-427 H=82, W=30, 730-439 H=78, W=60, 730-440 H=84, W=84, 722-9653 H=60, W=18, 722-9665 H=60.9, W=50.9,

722-9653 D=7.2, D=8, D=8.5, D=7.3, D=8.5, Fixing centres=71 Fixing centres=68 Fixing centres=71 Fixing centres=50 Fixing centres=30

722-9665 (Dia. 4.5) (Dia. 4.8) (Dia. 4.5) (Dia. 4.6) (Dia. 4.3)

Modulated light, PCB mountable 3.6mm Light - Off 80mA 12 - 24V dc Dust-proof slit, 100mA switching 5mm Light - On/Off 100mA 5 - 24V dc 5mm Light - On/Off 100mA 12 - 24V dc Modulated light, prewired 1m leads 5mm Light - On 80mA 12 - 24V dc Mftrs.

High performance prismatic reflectors.

Mftrs. List No. PL30A = 730-427, PL20A = 722-9653, PL50A = 730-439, P250 = 722-9665 PL80A = 730-440,
212252

List No. EE-SPX301 EE-SX671 EE-SX672 EE-SPX405-W2A

Price Each Order Code Rectangular, 82 x 30mm Hexagonal, 78 x 60mm Square, 84 x 84mm Rectangular, 60 x 18mm Square, 61 x 51mm 730-427 730-439 730-440 722-9653 722-9665 1+ 9.89 9.71 14.40 5.36 7.33 5+ 9.21 9.32 13.40 4.95 6.82 10+ 9.03 9.13 13.11 4.81 6.69 25+ 8.84 8.78 12.82 4.69 6.55 50+ 8.67 7.94 12.55 4.58 6.42

Help us to help the environment

This catalogue has been printed on paper certified from a sustainable source. Please recycle after use.

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Connectors for EE Subminiature Photoswitches Diffuse and Separate - E3S Series
Horizontal Appearance

2431

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Connectors and connecting leads for Omron EE subminiature photoswitches.

212307

160-3063, 175-728: H = 21, W = 15, D = 50 160-3062, 1603436: H = 19, W = 15, D = 50 Reflector H = 60, W = 40, D = 7 Cable L = 2m

Connector Code 1 2

Lead Length 1 mtr

Mftrs. List No. EE-1001 EE-1006 Order Code 721-4091 721-4108 1+ 2.44 12.25

Price Each 10+ 2.38 11.94 25+ 2.30 11.55

LED indication of output and stability status Diecast housed types protected to IP67 Operation mode selectable by changing Plastic housed types protected to IP65 power supply polarity Reflector supplied with reflex type UL listed
Sensing distance Diffuse 100mm (plastic housed) 300mm (diecast housed) Separate 2m (plastic housed) 5m (diecast housed) 12V dc -10% to 24V dc +10% (230V ac using S3 or S3D2 controller) Order Code 103-362 Order Code Current consumption Diffuse 40mA Separate 50mA Load current NPN types 80mA PNP types 100mA Response time Diffuse 1ms Separate 1ms Temperature range -25C to +55C E3S2E4 E3S-2B4 E39R1 Price Each Output NPN NPN PNP Order Code 160-3063 160-3062 160-3436 160-3054 1+ 129.81 195.84 178.02 9.34 5+ 123.32 186.04 162.53 8.71 10+ 116.78 176.23 150.60 8.51 160-3062 160-3436 160-3054
212466

Mini Side-view and Flat Packages - E3T

Diffuse, Separate Very small size saves installation space Pin-point beam (1-2mm) ideal for detecting minute sensing objects Minimal influence of background or ambient shiny metal objects
Package H W D Power supply Control output Operation mode Response time Operating temperature Enclosure rating Sensing Distance Diffuse 5 to 30mm 5 to 30mm Separate 1m 1m Style Side-view 14.6 7 9.5 Flat pack 20.8 12 3.7

Supply voltage

Mftrs. List No. E3S-DS10E4 Mftrs. List No. Housing Diffuse Type Plastic Separate Type Plastic Plastic Separate Reflector

Electromechanical

12 to 24V dc 10% (ripple 10% max.) NPN or PNP open collector, load current: 50mA max. at 24V dc Diffuse = light-ON; Separate = dark-ON 1ms max. for both operation and release -25C to +55C IP67
222158

Mftrs. Output List No. Order Code 721-3761 722-6445 721-3797 722-6470 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Polarised Reflex
Long Range, Metal Housing - E3S-C Series Sensing to 3m Robust metal housing with protection to IP67 Mutual interference protection Light-on/dark-on operation and NPN/PNP output selectable by switches under top cover LED indication of output and stability status Supplied with stainless mounting brackets Reflector supplied
H = 23, W = 20.4, D = 50, Cable L = 2m Sensing distance Current consumption Supply voltage Control output Response time Temperature range Type Horizontal Mounting Polarised reflex Mftrs. List No E3S-CR11 Order Code 532-411 1+ 130.40 0 to 3m 40mA 10 to 30V dc Open collector 100mA max., 30V dc max. 1ms -25C to +55C
212190

FLAT FLAT Side-view Side-view

NPN E3T-FD11 PNP E3T-FD13 NPN E3T-ST12 PNP E3T-ST14

79.17 79.17 77.23 87.41

75.60 75.60 68.26 83.04

73.02 73.02 66.56 78.90

33
Sensors & Transducers

Diffuse, Polarised Reflex, Separate - E3S-A Series

Price Each 5+ 120.73 10+ 98.72

Cable Reflex: H=22.3, W=12.4, D=42.3 Diffuse, separate: H=22.3, W=12.4, D=40

Close alignment of optical axis to mount LED indication for output and stability ing position (2 max.) permits quick status alignment Light-on/dark-on operation is switch se Plastic housing protected to IP67 lectable Reflector supplied with reflex types Small variation in sensitivity between sensors allows quick adjustment of multiple sensors
Sensing distance Diffuse Polarised reflex Separate Supply voltage Temperature range Mftrs. List No. E3SAD11 E3SAD31 E3SAR11 Type 2 Metre Lead Diffuse Diffuse Polarised reflex Polarised reflex Separate Separate Output NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP Order Code 160-3064 160-3065 160-3066 160-3067 160-3068 160-3069 1+ 79.71 80.96 91.99 85.10 103.87 103.87 0 to 200mm 0.1 to 2m 0 to 7m 10 to 30V dc -25C to +55C Order Code 160-3064 160-3065 160-3066 Current consumption Diffuse Polarised reflex Separate Control output (max.) Response time E3SAR31 Mftrs. List No. E3SAT11 E3SAT31 Price Each 5+ 74.58 76.11 86.09 79.62 97.19 97.19 10+ 72.25 73.75 83.40 77.14 94.16 94.16 30mA 30mA 40mA 100mA, 30V dc max. 0.5ms 160-3067 Order Code 160-3068 160-3069
222142

Clear Glass Sensor - E3S-CR67-C

Metal Housing Optimum sensor for detecting transparent glass and plastic bottles Retro-reflective sensor gives stable detection of lined-up bottles with 5mm adjacent spaces Ensures smooth detection of transparent objects at 1m sensing distance Employs visible LED light source producing pinpoint 5mm diameter beam Easy sensitivity adjustment Supplied with mounting bracket Plug-in connection (4-pin M12)
Sensor: H=57 (body), 75 (overall), W=20.4, D=23 Reflector: H=59.9, W=40.3, D=7.5 Supply voltage Sensing distance Control output Indication Protection Ambient temperature 10 to 30V dc 0 to 250mm, using E39-R6 reflector 250 to 1000mm, E39-R1 reflector 30V dc x 100mA max, NPN or PNP (selectable) Open collector, light-ON/dark-ON (selectable) Stability (Green), light reception (Red) IP67 -25C to +55C
222173

Mftrs. List No. Clear glass sensor Reflector, 0 to 250mm Reflector, 250 to 1000mm E3S-CR67-C E39R1 E39-R6 Order Code 722-6550 160-3054 722-6573 1+ 133.06 9.34 9.68

Price Each 5+ 123.74 8.71 9.00 10+ 117.56 8.51 8.83

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2431

2432

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Photoswitches - Optical - Omron - continued

Diffuse - High Precision Background Suppression
E3S-CL High definition sensor, easily adjusted to detect objects at a specific distance, disregarding the background or colour Switch selectable operation for NPN or PNP output and dark or light response Robust IP67 protected construction resists water, oil and detergent

Polarised Reflex - E3JK

Polarised light gives reliable detection of shiny objects Light-on/Dark-on operation and NPN/PNP outputs selectable Light received indicator ABS plastic housing protected to IP64 Bracket, fixings and reflector supplied
H=50, W=17.6, D=50 (without bracket), Cable L=2m Sensing range 2m Supply voltage 12 to 240V dc +10% 24 to 240V ac +10% 50/60Hz Control output Open Collector NPN / PNP 100mA @30Vdc Mftrs. List No. E3JK-R2R3=177-895, E39-R1=177-866
212471

Response time 30ms Sensitivity Fixed Temperature range -30C to +70C

H=43.7, W=15.4, D=40, Cable L=2m Setting distance Detection distance Repeat accuracy: Perpendicular to optical axis In direction of optical axis Supply voltage Control output Response time Sensitivity adjustment 674-369: 40 to 200mm, 674-369: 5 to 200mm, 674-370: 50 to 500mm 674-370: 5 to 500mm

Price Each Order Code 1+ 105.37 9.34 5+ 100.10 8.71 10+ 94.84 8.51 Photoswitch Spare reflector 177-895 160-3054

0.5mm max. 674-369: 1mm max., 674-370: 10mm max. 10 to 30V dc 100mA (max.) @ 30V dc, NPN / PNP Selectable 1ms max. for both operation and release Six turn, adjuster with indicator
212224

Mftrs. List No. E3S-CL1=674-369, E3S-CL2=674-370 Price Each Detection range 5mm to 200mm 5mm to 500mm Order Code 674-369 674-370 1+ 152.98 152.98 5+ 143.79 143.79 10+ 138.91 138.91

Diffuse, Polarised Reflex and Separate - E3JM Series

H=65, W=25, D=75 Note: Mounting bracket 179-874 allows these E3JM Series photoswitches to fit the same bracket mounting holes as obsolete E3A Series and OA5N photoswitches. Sensing distance Supply voltage Power consumption Output Sensitivity Timer version Diffuse Reflex 700mm 4m 20 to 240V ac, 50/60Hz 10% or 12 to 240V dc 10% 2W (max.) 2W (max.) SPDT 3A 230VAC(max.), 5VDC(min.) Adjustable Fixed One-shot or on-delay or off-delay adjustable 0.1 to 5s
212473

Slot Sensor
E3S-GS Series Sensor detects marks on transparent, opaque or translucent targets with sensing range of 30mm Robust metal body, protected to IP67 LED indication of output and stability status Adjustable sensitivity Operation mode is wire selectable Direct switching of NPN or PNP loads
H=52, W=20, L=80, Fixing centres=40 (Dia. 6.5), Slot W=30, D=45, Cable L=2m

SPCO relay output LED alignment indication Light-on/dark-on operation is switch selectable Connections via screw terminals under screwdown cover PG13.5 conduit entry Protection to IP66 Polarised reflex types give reliable detection of shiny objects All types available with multi-function adjustable timer

2432

Electromechanical

33
Sensors & Transducers

Sensing distance Supply voltage Current operation

30mm 12 to 24V dc 40mA

Output current (max.) Response time (max.) Operating temperature

NPN 80mA, PNP 100mA 1ms -25C to +55C

212186

Price Each Type Diffuse Polarised reflex Polarised reflex with timer Spare reflector Order Code 178-472 178-473 178-474 160-3054 1+ 72.44 76.70 88.35 9.34 5+ 67.38 71.33 82.17 8.71 10+ 62.67 66.34 76.43 8.51

Price Each Output NPN PNP Order Code 160-3017 160-3018 1+ 156.90 169.62 5+ 145.94 157.77 10+ 135.85 146.86

Controller - S3D2
Compact multifunction controller for one or two proximity or photoswitches Programmable relay output - on-delay, off-delay or one-shot operation AND or OR logic functions can be configured Leading edge facility When two sensors are used to inspect an object on a production line the leading edge facility of the controller can be set to only operate on the first 0.1ms of one of the input signals. This is particularly useful in GATE and CHECK applications allowing high speed detection, e.g. whether a bottle has a cap, whether a syringe has a needle, missing labels.

Retroreflective Sensors
E3G-MR19 Series Sensing distance up to 10 m Operation stability monitor Relay output Mutual interference prevention function PBT case material IP67 protection Terminal block connection

H = 84.95, W = 29, D = 68mm Voltage Supply Power consumption Output relay switching - Voltage (Max.) Output relay switching - Current Response time - 160-3438 Response time - 160-3439 Temperature range Mftrs.
212187

H=80, W=30, D=78 Supply voltage Power consumption Sensor supply Input signal Response time Control output Time range Temperature range Mftrs. List No. S3D2CK

100 to 240V ac ac 10% 50/60Hz 15VA max. 12V dc, 200mA max. NPN: ON, 0 to 4V (5mA min.), OFF, 8 to 12V (2mA max.) 0.1 ms SPDT, 3A max. @ 250V ac ac 0.1 to 1 sec., 1 to 10 sec., selectable -10C to +55C Price Each Order Code 160-3019 1+ 154.06 5+ 146.54 10+ 137.13

24V ac to 240V ac, 12V dc to 24V dc 2W 250V ac, 30V ac 3A 30ms 0 to 5s -25C to +55C
510541

Price Each Order Code 160-3438 160-3439 160-3054 1+ 102.06 102.06 9.34 5+ 92.40 92.40 8.71 10+ 87.01 87.01 8.51

Type Retroreflective Retroreflective - Timed Spare Reflector

List No. E3G-MR19G E3G-MR19TG E39R1

Technical information at your fingertips

Over 420,000 technical datasheets available online. Visit www.farnell.co.uk and look for the Tech Info heading in your search results.
Compliant Non-compliant

RoHS

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

2433

Photoswitches - Optical - Pepperl + Fuchs

Diffused
3 wire DC Yellow LED indicator Short circuit/overload protected Cabled and M8 or M12 connector versions Protection Degree IP67 Sensing range 50 to 500mm

Price Each Type Axial Sensors, 2m Cable Reflex Reflex Diffused Long Range Diffused Short Range Output Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

NPN PNP NPN PNP

416-4799 416-4805 416-4830 416-4866

33.42 33.42 44.97 33.42

29.07 29.07 39.10 29.07

27.61 27.61 37.14 27.61

M18 Diffuse and Polarised Reflex - S5 Series

Prewired and M12 Plug-In

L; M5=35, M18=70 Wiring NPN = Normally Open PNP = Normally Open NPN/PROG = Programmable open or closed PNP/PROG = Programmable open or closed Sensing Distance Output Thread Size Mftrs. List No. KT11-50/25/103/115 KT11-50/25/98A/103 OBT200-18GM60-E4-V1 OBT200-18GM60-E5-V1 Supply Voltage Output Rating Switching frequency Temperature range Order Code 372-5121 372-5133 372-5327 372-5339
233719

10 to 30Vdc 100mA 250Hz 0 to 55C

Thread=M18, Cable L=2m 731-470: L=55 731-481/731-493: L=65 (excl. cable sleeve) Reflector supplied with reflex type

Prewired 50mm PNP M5 Plug in, M8 Connection 3 pin 50mm PNP M5 Plug in, M12 Connection 4 pin 200mm NPN/PROG M18 200mm PNP/PROG M18

Available AC and DC versions Red LED output indication M12 connector option (DC types only) DC versions have wire selectable NPN/PNP, light-on/dark-on output Long range version has sensitivity trimmer and green stability LED AC version is multi-voltage 15-264V ac with light-on output Plastic housing giving IP67 protection

Price Each Order Code Prewired 372-5121 Plug in, M8 Connection 3 pin 372-5133 Plug in, M12 Connection 4 pin 372-5327 372-5339 78.02 78.64 47.44 54.98 75.79 76.40 46.25 53.41 73.69 74.27 44.97 51.93 71.70 72.25 43.75 50.53 1+ 5+ 10+ 25+

Photoswitches suitable for most direct sensing requirements in an industry standard M18 housing.
Sensing distance Diffuse=80mm , Diffuse adjustment=0-350mm, Polarised reflex=3000mm Operating temperature -15C to +55C DC versions Power supply Output Output current Response time 10 to 30V dc NPN/PNP selectable 150mA 1ms max. AC version 15 to 264V ac, 48 to 62Hz Thyristor + bridge recitifier 100mA 20ms max. S5-5C35-30 = 731-493, S5-5C35-32 = 721-2604,
222150

Electromechanical

Mftrs. List No. S5-5C10-30 = 731-470, S5-1C8-20 = 731-481, S5-5B3-30 = 721-2586, S5-5B3-32+REFLECTOR = 721-2616

Photoswitches - Optical - Datasensor

Price Each

M18 Tubular Optical Sensor

Type S15 - Cable Output
Sensing Range 0.1 to 4m 1 to 10cm 1 to 35cm 0.1 to 4m 1 to 10cm 1 to 35cm Mftrs. List No. S15-PA-2-A00-PK S15-PA-2-C10-PK S15-PA-2-C00-PK S15-PA-2-A00-NK S15-PA-2-C10-NK S15-PA-2-C00-NK Order Code 177-4932 177-4933 177-4934 177-4935 177-4936 177-4937 1+ 27.50 27.50 36.50 27.50 27.50 36.50

Prewired Type Diffuse Diffuse

Output

Order Code

1+ 58.30 65.03 81.28 69.74 90.05 78.53

5+ 50.70 56.55 70.69 60.64 78.30 68.28

10+ 48.17 53.71 67.16 57.60 74.39 64.88

50+ 43.86 48.92 61.15 52.45 67.75 59.07

Short length Cable output M18 x 1 threaded body Pre-set sensitivity IP69K Mechanical protection CE Approval, UL Recognised
Mftrs. List No. S15-PA-2-A00-PK S15-PA-2-C10-PK S15-PA-2-C00-PK S15-PA-2-A00-NK S15-PA-2-C10-NK S15-PA-2-C00-NK Price Each 5+ 25.00 25.00 33.00 25.00 25.00 33.00 10+ 23.00 23.00 30.50 23.00 23.00 30.50 Order Code 177-4932 177-4933 177-4934 177-4935 177-4936 177-4937
550855

NPN / PNP 731-470 Thyristor 731-481

Diffuse, adjustable NPN / PNP 731-493 Polarised reflex NPN / PNP 721-2586 Plug-In Type Diffuse, adjustable NPN / PNP 721-2604 Polarised reflex NPN / PNP 721-2616

33
Sensors & Transducers

Body - L = 40mm, Dia. = M18 Output PNP PNP PNP NPN NPN NPN Optic Function Retroreflex Short diffuse proximity Long diffuse proximity Retroreflex Short diffuse proximity Long diffuse proximity

M18 Fixed Focus - S5 Series

Fixed focussed diffused Thread=M18x70, Cable L=2m

Available AC and DC versions Plastic housing giving IP67 protection DC version has wire selectable NPN/PNP, light-on/dark-on output AC version is multi-voltage 15-264V ac with light-on output Red output LED indication

Modulated infa-red diffuse fixed focus sensors will detect objects up to the cut-off point 15mm from the sensor head, and will ignore objects in the background.
Sensing distance Power supply Current consupmtion Output Output current Response time Mftrs. List No. S5-5-D15-30 = 179-359,
212463

Object Detector - M18 Tubular

The S51 Series offers a very costeffective solution for object detection in all industrial automation appliations NPN and PNP outputs Standard 3 wire connection configuration Selectable dark or light output
Supply voltage Output load Sensor Type Axial, 2m cable Reflex Reflex Diffused Long Range Diffused Short Range 10 to 30V dc 100mA Output NPN PNP NPN PNP Response time Temperature range Sensing Distance 0.1 to 3m 0.1 to 3m 10 to 300mm 0 to 100mm Mftrs List No. S51-PA-2-A00-NK S51-PA-2-A00-PK S51-PA-2-C01-NK S51-PA-2-C10-PK 1ms -25C to +70C Order Code 416-4799 416-4805 416-4830 416-4866
248827

15mm

Operating temperature

-15C to +55C

DC versions 10 to 30V dc 30mA Max. NPN/PNP selectable 30mA max. 1ms max.

Price Each Voltage 10 to 30V dc Output NPN / PNP Selectable Order Code 179-359 1+ 72.45 5+ 62.99 10+ 59.84

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2433

2434

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Photoswitches - Optical - Datasensor continued

M18 Diffuse and Polarised Reflex - 90 Viewing
S5 Series Available AC or DC versions Red LED output indication Plastic housing giving IP67 protection Viewing optics turned through 90 DC versions have wire selectable NPN/ PNP, light-on/dark-on output AC version is multi-voltage 15-264V ac with light-on output Long range DC version has sensitivity trimmer and green stability LED

Diffuse, Reflex and Polarised Reflex

S6 Series Multi-voltage supply 16 to 264V ac/dc Adjustable sensitivity Diffused 90cm and 200cm Reflex 0.1M to 6M Polarised reflex 0.1M to 5M with R2 reflector LED indication of output status Relay output version Compact ABS housing with min IP65 protection Light-on/Dark-on selectable Polarised reflex gives reliable detection of shiny objects Reflector included with reflex & polarised retroreflex versions

Thread=M18x80 Cable L=2m Reflector supplied with reflex type Sensing distance Operating temperature Power supply Output Output current Response time Mftrs. List No.

H=50, W=18, D=50mm Cable L=2m

Diffuse = 80, Diffuse adjustable=0-300, Polarised reflex=1500 -15C to +55C DC versions 10 to 30V dc NPN/PNP selectable 150mA max. 1ms max. S5-5-C10-35 = 179-356, S5-5-C35-35 = 179-358, AC version 15 to 264V, ac 48 to 62Hz Thyristor + bridge recitifier 100mA max. 20ms max. S5-1-C8-25 = 179-357, S5-5B3-35 = 731-500
212462

Compact photoelectric sensors suitable for most conveyor systems and automation machinery, available as reflex or diffused types using infa red light or as polarised reflex type using red light.
Sensing range Diffuse Reflex Polarised reflex Supply voltage Current consumption Ouput Response time Operating temperature 900mm 0.1 to 6m 0.1 to 5m 15 to 264V ac/dc 35mA max. SPCO Relay 3A @ 275V ac / 30V dc Resistive 30ms max. -15C to +55C S6-1A6 = 213-240, S6-1B5 = 213-251,
212472

Price Each Type Diffuse Diffuse Output NPN / PNP Thyristor NPN / PNP NPN / PNP Order Code 179-356 179-357 179-358 731-500 1+ 75.19 61.95 98.12 86.66 5+ 65.40 56.84 85.33 75.36 10+ 62.13 54.92 81.05 71.58 50+ 56.56 51.67 73.80 65.16

Mftrs. List No. S6-1C90 = 213-263,

Price Each Type Diffuse Reflex Polarised reflex Order Code 213-263 213-240 213-251 1+ 86.84 86.80 96.75 5+ 75.52 75.50 84.13 10+ 71.74 71.71 79.91

2434

Electromechanical

Diffuse, adjustment Polarised reflex

M18 Diffuse and Polarised Reflex - S18M Series

Metal Housing, Prewired and M12 Plug-In Wire selectable NPN/PNP, light-on/dark-on output Metal housing protected to IP67 100mm diffuse type available prewired or with 4way M12 connector Sensitivity adjustment trimmer on 300mm diffuse and reflex types Polarised reflex type suitable for detection of shiny objects Output indication by yellow LED

Diffuse, Reflex, Polarised Reflex and Separate

S2 Series Multi-voltage supply 16 to 264V ac/dc Time delay 0.6 to 16 seconds Relay output LED indication of output status Sensitivity trimmer standard on all models Dark / light selectable Rugged plastic housing with min IP66 protection Terminal block connection Bracket & R2 reflector included (with reflex & polarised reflex)

33
Sensors & Transducers

L (body + LEDs)=67 (diffuse), 77 (diff. adj.), 80 (reflex), 74 (diff. plug-in),Thread = M18 x 1, Cable L=2m, Reflector dia.=75 Sensing distance Power supply Output current Response time Light source

Diffuse = 100, Diffuse, adjustable = 300, Polarised reflex = 2m (using R5 reflector) 10 - 30V dc 200mA (with short-circuit protection) Diffuse type = 1ms, Reflex type = 2ms Diffuse = infra-red, Reflex = red S18M-5-C-30=724-8507, S18M-5-B-30=724-8519,
222177

Mftrs. List No. S18M-5-K-30=724-8490, S18M-5-K-32=724-8520,

H=58.5, W=26, D=92.5mm Sensing Distance Supply Voltage Current Consumption Output Rating Response Time Timing Functions Delay with Timer Versions Temperature Range Diffused 900mm, Reflex 5m, Seperate 10m, Polarised reflex 3.5m 15 to 264 Vac 4 VA SPNO relay 1A @ 250 Vac, 2A @ 30 Vdc 20ms max Normal, ON Delay, OFF Delay. ON/OFF Delay, One Shot Delay, Selectable by rotary switch Adjustable 0.1 to 16s -25C to 55C
249627

Price Each Prewired Diffuse Diffuse, adjustable Polarised reflex, adjustable Plug-In Diffuse Order Code 724-8490 724-8507 724-8519 724-8520 1+ 46.20 64.25 58.71 42.22 5+ 40.17 55.88 51.04 36.71 10+ 38.17 53.07 48.51 34.88 50+ 34.76 48.33 44.16 31.75

Mftrs. Type List No. S2-1-C90 S2-1-A5 S2-1-A5-T S2-1-F10/S2-1-G10 Order Code 177-903 177-900 177-901 177-908 1+ 93.92 98.00 108.55 124.29 Diffuse Reflex Reflex with Timer Seperate

Price Each 5+ 81.67 85.22 94.40 108.08 10+ 77.59 80.96 89.67 102.66

S60 Series Optical Sensors

Standard 50 x 50 x 15 compact housing Complete range of optic functions, basic, advanced and laser class 1 Models with coaxial optics for polarised retroreflex contrast and luminesence sensors Trimmer or touch to teach setting M12 connection with PNP configuration
Supply voltage Output load Response time Temperature range Sensor Type Reflex, Transparent Sensing Distance 0 to 2m Setting Type Trimmer 12 - 24 Vdc 100mA 100s -25C to +55C Mftrs List No. S60-PA-5-T51-PP Price Each Type Reflex, Transparent Order Code 410-1236 1+ 90.26 5+ 78.49 10+ 74.55

Multivoltage Photoelectric Sensor

S30 Series with Terminal Block Connection High performance photocell particularly suited for use in harsh environments, for example, conveyor systems and palletising equipment. Multi-voltage supply 16 to 264V ac/dc Time delay 0.02 to 12 seconds SPDT relay output LED indication of output status Sensitivity trimmer standard on all models Dark / light selectable Rugged plastic housing with min IP67 protection Terminal block connection Bracket included with all models R2 reflector included with polarised reflex version

Order Code 410-1236

248812

H=103 (inc. connector), W=32, D=73, (Bracket supplied, all types; Reflector supplied with reflex types)

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Sensing distance Diffused Polarised reflex Separate Background suppression Supply voltage Current consumption Mftrs. List No. Output Response time Temperature range Timer functions Timer range SPCO Relay 3A @ 240Vac 20ms -25C to +55C Normal, on-delay, off-delay on/off delay,one shot 0.02 to 2s, 0.2 to 12s

2435

2m 8m 0.2-1.1m 17 to 264V ac/dc

Diffuse with Background Suppression

DL-S Series Reliable detection up to 1m or 2m with background supression Mechanical adjustment system allows full power of device to be used across full sensing range Insensitve to dirt build-up Can be used in poor environmental conditions Polycarbonate housing protected to IP66 Detects objects of any colour, material or shape against a similar background LED indicators for output and stability status Light-on/dark-on operation is switch selectable Connection by screw terminals under sealed cover
279-950: 0.2m to 1m, 279-961: 0.2m to 2m 24 to 240V ac/dc AC 30mA, DC 4W SPNO Relay 3A 250V ac (750VA) max. 3A 30V dc (90W) max. 20ms (max) Red LED (880nm) -25C to +55C
212159

S30-1-B8-1 = 731-547, S30-1-C200T-1 = 731-535,

S30-1-C200-1 = 731-523.
212233

Price Each Order Code Diffuse Diffuse with timer Polarised reflex 731-523 731-535 731-547 1+ 127.39 146.64 101.91 5+ 110.77 127.50 88.62 10+ 105.23 121.13 84.18

H=68, W=26, D=80 Sensing distance Supply voltage Current consumption (max.) Output Response time Light Source Temperature range

Reflectors
High efficiency models for long operating distances Microprism reflectors (R7R8) for laser sensors Work with infrared and visible red emission sensors Suitable for reflex or polarised reflex sensors
248823

Mftrs. List No. DL-S100P=279-950, DL-S200P=279-961 Price Each Sensing Range 200mm to 1m 200mm to 2m Order Code 279-950 279-961 1+ 196.00 196.00 5+ 178.96 178.96 10+ 161.90 161.90

Price Each Order Code Prismatic 47 x 47mm 36 x 55mm Miroprism 38 x 40mm 9.7 x 19mm 1+ 5+ 10+

410-1285 410-1297 410-1303 410-1315

10.10 10.10 23.77 13.24

8.80 8.80 20.66 11.51

8.35 8.35 19.63 10.93

Photoswitches - Optical - Telemecanique

Osiris Universal Optical Proximity Switches - IP67 M18
Metal or Plastic case Self teach multimode detection 4 modes of detection from the same sensor Diifuse mode range 0.3m Pol Reflex " reflector accessory 2.8m Background suppression mode 0.12m Thru-Beam "with accessory" 15m Programmable NO/NC switching Pre-cabled or plug-in connector
Output Supply voltage Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Protection dia.=M18, L=64
247114

Electromechanical

Slot Sensor - SR21

Microprocessor Based
H=90 (excl. connector), W=20, D=26 (overall), Slot W=2, D=50

Fully automatic touch to teach setup Automatically selects red or green emission 721-2549 - For label edge & registration mark detection 177-4926 - For colour print register mark detection on transparent film LED indication of output status & stability Transistor output PNP or NPN (selectable on the cable) Dark/Light selectable through teach procedure Rugged metal housing with min IP65 protection Rotatable M8 connector

33
Sensors & Transducers

Slot sensing gap Supply voltage Setting Output current Protection Response time Operating temperature Light source

2mm 10 - 30V dc, reverse polarity protected Auto set teach button 100mA with short circuit protection IP65 80s 0 to 55C 721-2549: Infra-red (label detection) 117-4926: Double red or Green (colour print detection)
212294

PNP NO/NC 10 - 36V dc 100mA 250 Hz -15C to 55C IP67

Body Type Metal 10+ 121.48 124.00 Connection Pre-cabled 2m Mftrs.List No. XUBOBPSNL2 XUZC50 Order Code 425-4946 541-084 1+ 72.02 11.89

Price Each 5+ 69.81 11.02 10+ 68.43 10.73

Mftrs. Emission Infra-red Red / Green List No. SR21-IR SR21-RG Order Code 721-2549 177-4926 1+ 147.06 137.50

Price Each 5+ 127.88 131.00

Reflector accessory Reflector 50 X 50

Photoswitches - Optical - Seeka-Takex

Label Sensor
Detects labels on backing paper or registration marks on translucent material Sensor detects difference between label/colour mark and background material Adjust using high/low power switch and fine tuning sensitivity potentiometer IP67 protection
H=32, W=18, D=75, Slot D=50, Cable L=3m Supply voltage Current consumption Operation mode Output 12 to 24V dc 10% Output indication Output = red LED Stability = green LED 0.5ms max. Red LED (680nm) -25C to +55C

Osiris Universal Optical Proximity Switches - IP67 50 X 50 Housing format

PNP Dimensions Connector Body length Relay H = 50 W = 18 D = 50

Self teach multimode detection 4 modes of detection from the same sensor Diifuse mode range 1m Pol Reflex " reflector accessory 4m Background suppression mode 0.4m Thru-Beam "with accessory" 20m Programmable NO/NC switching Pre-cabled or plug-in connector Relay or solid state output
PNP 10 - 36V dc 100mA 250 Hz -15C to 55C IP67 Relay 20 - 264V 3AmA 30 Hz -15C to 55C IP 67
247116

22mA max. Response speed Light-on/Dark-on select- Light Source able NPN or PNP open collec- Temperature range tor, 100mA at 30V dc max. (selectable by wiring)

Output Supply voltage Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Protection

Price Each Body Type Connection

212249

Mftrs.List No. XUKOAKSAL2 XUKOAKSAM12 XUKOARCTL2

Order Code 425-5021 425-5033 428-5426

1+ 79.98 63.25 85.56 11.89

5+ 77.49 58.82 82.92 11.02

10+ 75.96 57.60 81.28 10.73

Mftrs. List No. MCU2RTC Order Code 678-983 1+ 215.77

Price Each 5+ 197.00 10+ 178.25

Plastic Plastic Plastic

Pre-cabled 2m Connector Pre-cabled (relay output)

Reflector accessory Reflector 50 X 50

XUZC50

541-084

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2435

2436

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Photoswitches - Optical - Telemecanique continued

Osiris Universal Optical Proximity Switches - IP67

D = 69 Relay 20 - 264V 3mA 250 Hz -15C to 55C IPIP67 Mftrs. Connection List No. XUXOARCTT16 425-5100 XUZC80 541-096 131.56 11.97 127.48 11.07 124.92 10.75 Order Code 1+ Relay 20 - 264V 3A 30 Hz -15C to 55C 0.02-15 sec mono + 1 shot IP67
247117

Mftrs. Reflective Area 24mm x 21mm 50mm square 80mm dia. List No. XUZC24 XUZC50 XUZC80 Order Code 541-072 541-084 541-096 1+ 8.83 11.89 11.97

Price Each 10+ 8.19 11.02 11.07 25+ 7.96 10.73 10.75

PNP or Relay H = 91 W = 30

Extended sensing range Self teach multimode detection 4 modes of detection from the same sensor Diifuse mode range 2m Pol Reflex " reflector accessory 11m Background suppression mode 1.3m Thru-Beam "with accessory" 40m Programmable NO/NC switching Quick wire terminal chamber Relay or solid state output

Fibre Optic Photoswitches

Miniature - WLL160

H=38.5 (incl. mounting bracket) W=12, L=59 (excl. connector) Supply voltage Output Response time 10 - 30V dc PNP 350s OFF time delay Operating temperature 100ms -25C to +55C
222155

Output Supply voltage Switching Capacity Max. switching frequency Operating temperature Time Delay Protection Body Type Plastic Terminal chamber (relay output) Reflector accessory Reflector 50 X 50

Adjustable sensitivity Alarm output (forewarning of failure) Light/dark operation (switch selectable) UL Recognised and CSA approved Sealing to IP66 OFF time delay (100ms switch selectable) Controls protected by hinged plastic cover Connection by either 2m integral cable or M8 screw-lock connector

Price Each 5+ 10+ Output PNP PNP Mftrs. List No. WLL160-F122 WLL160-F420 Order Code 722-9677 730-397 1+ 85.67 95.33

Price Each 5+ 82.20 93.42 10+ 80.56 91.56

2436

Electromechanical

Fibre Leads for WLL160 Amplifiers

Photoswitches - Optical
Long Range - High Power Through beam
The transmitter and receiver are mounted remote from the amplifier unit which is normally installed with other electrical equipment. The amplifier is simply plugged into a standard 11 pin relay base.

Thread=M4x0.7, L=15

Thread=M6x0.75, L=20

Diffuse and through-beam fibre leads for use with Sick WLL160 amplifiers and similar. The leads have threaded sensing heads fitted and can be cut to length with the guillotine supplied.
Fibre length Bending radius Operating temperature 2m (may be shortened) 25mm -40C to +70C
212261

33

Sensors: L=30, Dia=10, Cable L=5m Amplifier: H=76.5, W=38, D=85 (overall)

Price Each Mftrs List No. Diffused Separate LL3-DB01 LL3-TB01 Order Code 730-403 730-415 1+ 33.78 23.70 5+ 32.42 22.06 10+ 31.77 20.52

Infra-red transmitter/receiver combination with remote amplifier Operates up to 20 metres range when set to maximum sensitivity Alternatively can be used over a shorter range on high power Suitable for very dirty conditions such as car washes, lift doors, etc. Transmitter and receiver are sealed to IP67 Amplifier features either relay or solid state output with optional ondelay and off-delay timer The sensors are supplied complete with mounting blocks
Sensors Sensing distance Light source Housing Temperature range Amplifier Operating voltage Power consumption Outputs Functions Indication Temperature range Mftrs. List No. Transmitter IED12-FEC Receiver SPT3A-FEC Amplifier OEM203N-240A Order Code 279-973 279-985 279-997 1+ 27.51 54.40 95.41 0 to 20 metres Modulated infra-red LED Noryl sealed to IP67 with 5 metres of cable on each device -40C to +125C 240V ac 10% 2.8vA Relay - SPDT, 8A/250V ac NPN open collector 50mA/30V dc Delay on make 0 to 10s, delay on break 0 to 10s LED indication of beam on and separate indication of relay on Sensitivity adjustment by potentiometer -20C to +60C
212158

Sensors & Transducers

Fibre Optic Amplifier

212-260 Thread=M6x1

212-271 Threads=M4x0.7

Fibre Optic Leads Fibre optic leads to plug into fibre optic amplifier above. The diffused type is for direct detection of an object, and the separate (through-beam) type is for light barrier operation. The leads can be cut to the required length with the tool supplied.
L = 80, Thread = M18, Cable L = 2m

Price Each 5+ 26.46 53.30 93.44 10+ 23.86 48.04 84.29

Fibre Optic Amplifier Unit Sensor for small object detection or when access is difficult using conventional sensor Adjustable sensitivity Proximity detection (OF18) fibre 22mm Through beam detection (OF19) 85cm
Supply voltage Output current Setting Response time Sensing distance

Reflectors
Overall dims: 541-072: H=29, W=45, D=9, Fixing centres=33 (Dia. 4.5) 541-084: H=69, W=55, D=8, Fixing centres=60x35 (Dia. 4) 541-096: Dia.=84, H=10, Fixing hole dia.=8

Accepts any 2.2mm diameter fibre optic cable LED indication of output status & stability Transistor output PNP or NPN (selectable on the cable) Dark/Light (selectable on cable) Rugged ABS housing with min. IP67 protection
Temperature range Light source Connection -15C to +55C Visible red LED 2m cable 1m
212479

10 to 30V dc, reverse polarity protected 150mA max. with short circuit protection Trimmer 1ms max. 13mm (diffused), 50mm (separate)

Fibre length

Mftrs. List No. S5-5-E1-30=179-361, S5-1-E1-20=179-362, OF18=212-260, OF19=212-271 Price Each Supply Output Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

Reflectors for use with retroreflective (reflex) photoswitches. The 24mmx21mm and 50mm square reflectors are high reflection types suitable for short sensing distances. The 80mm dia. reflector is for normal use, that is, typically at distances greater than 10% of the nominal sensing distance of the photoswitch.
212173

Amplifier Units 10 to 30V dc Fibre Optic Leads Diffused Separate

NPN or PNP

179-361 212-260 212-271

82.54 36.53 40.66

71.78 31.75 35.36

68.20 30.17 33.60

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Fine Tuning E3X-NH & E3-DA-S Series
Fibre leads for use with Omron fibre optic amplifiers and similar. All fibres are 2m long and may be cut to required length with tool supplied.
Sensing distance (with E3X-A amplifier) Optical fibre Operating temperature E32-DC200E = 18mm, E32-TC200E = 50mm, E32-T14L = 120mm, E32-L25 = 3.3mm Black polyethene, 25mm bending radius -40C to + 70C
212364

2437

Price Each Mftrs List No. Small Object Sensing (M3) E3X-NH Series H=32.5, W=10, D=59 Cable L=2m E3X-DA-S Series H = 32, W = 70, D = 10mm L (Cable) = 2m Diffuse Separate E32DC200E E32TC200E 160-3026 160-3027 160-3028 29.69 32.17 76.31 27.63 29.59 71.01 26.37 28.56 67.78 Order Code 1+ 5+ 10+

High precision sensing with manual and auto tuning (teach function) Suitable for high precision positioning using fine sensitivity adjustment function Manual tuning allows threshold adjustments while sensed objects are moving Automatic sensitivity compensation function Offers longest sensing distance 16 bit resolution Mutual interference prevention 8-level incident and 13-level threshold indication
12 to 24V dc 10% Red LED (680nm) 75mA 50mA max., NPN or PNP versions 1ms max. Teaching method Automatic or manual fine threshold adjustment Off-delay timer set to 40ms 150mm with E32-DC200, 400mm with E32-TC200
212385

Side View, Long Distance Separate E32T14L

Fibre Leads

Supply voltage Light source Current consumption Output load Response time Sensitivity setting Fine sensitivity adjustment Time function (timer models) Sensing distance

279-699 Thread=M6x1.0, L=15

279-705 Thread=M4x0.7, L=15

Range of fibre leads for use with SEEKA-Takex amplifiers and similar. All fibres are supplied 2 metres long and can be cut to length using the miniature guillotine supplied.
Sensing distance when used with:F1 Amplifier F2 Amplifier F10 Amplifier 279-699 (standard fibre - diffuse) 40mm 35mm 90mm 279-705 (standard fibre - separate) 100mm 80mm 230mm Minimum bending radius (fibre) 279-699 & 279-705 = 15mm Minimum object resolution (best case) 279-699 = 0.03mm, 279705 = 1.0mm Temperature range -30C to +70C Fibre length 2 metres cuttable to length Mftrs. List No. FR5BC = 279-699, FT5BC = 279-705
212251

Electromechanical

Mftrs. Type E3X-NH Series General purpose General purpose E3X-DA-S Series General purpose General purpose Output List No. Order Code 722-9148 722-9150 160-3434 160-3435 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

NPN PNP NPN PNP

E3X-NH11 E3X-NH41 E3XDA11S E3XDA41S

121.81 117.05 93.33 112.99

103.39 111.73 87.74 106.22

92.11 107.97 Order Code 83.01 100.48 Standard fibre - diffuse Standard fibre - separate 279-699 279-705 1+ 56.26 58.79

Price Each 5+ 51.36 53.67 10+ 46.47 48.56

Fibre Leads
Suitable for use with E3S-X3, E3X-A and E3X-NT/NM series amplifiers and similar Leads have threaded sensing heads Can be cut to required length with tool supplied
160-3021, 160-3023: Thread=M6x0.75 L=9, Dia.=4 160-3022, 160-3025: Threads=M4x0.7

Contrast Scanners
Contrast Sensor
Type S8 - RGB Mini Compact dimensions 10 kHz switching frequency Highly focused spots - 3 x 1mm2 Very high resolution Operating distance up to 9mm 12 to 30V dc supply CE Approved, UL Recognised

33
Sensors & Transducers

Lens attachment greatly increases sensing distance (typically from 200mm to 1500mm using E32-TC200) Extra flexible multi-core fibre has 1mm bending radius with no reduction in light transmission Extra flexible fibre is as flexible as electric wiring, allows neater wiring
Sensing distance (min.) - Standard fibre E3S-X3 Amplifier Diffused 50mm, Separate 120mm E3X-A Amplifier Diffused 75mm, Separate 200mm E3X-NT/NM Amplifier Diffused 100mm, Separate 270mm Sensing distance (min.) - Extra flexible fibre E3X-A Amplifier Diffused 45mm, Separate 140mm E3X-NT Amplifier Diffused 65mm, Separate 200mm E3X-NM Amplifier Diffused 60mm, Separate 180mm Fibre length 2m cuttable to length, (dia. 2.2) Permissible bending radius Standard = 25mm, Extra flexible = 1mm Temperature range -40C to +70C
212205

Body - H = 42, W = 14, D = 25mm

The compact S8 sensor offers a very high detection performance. The LED emissions guarantee excellent resolution for detecting transparent objects. The combination of a 2 kHz frequency and an ALARM output for dirty lenses, offer great reliability and therefore plant productivity.
550850

Mftrs. List No. S8-PR-5-W03-PP Order Code 177-4928 1+ 145.00

Price Each 5+ 130.00 10+ 115.00

Contrast Sensors
Microprocessor Based with LED Emission Fully automatic touch to teach setup Red/Green or White LED emission 10 to 30V dc supply with reverse protection Operating distance 6 to 12mm Response time 50s max. Sealed to IP67 Reference standard EN 60947-5-2 Certifications CE, EX II3D
Body - H = 58, W = 81.2, D = 31mm Price Each 5+ 23.02 25.33 47.59 22.37 10+ 21.98 24.16 46.04 21.32

Mftrs. Standard Diffused Separate Extra flexible Separate Lens attachment List No. E32DC200 E32TC200 E32T11R E39F1 Order Code 160-3021 160-3022 160-3025 160-3023 1+ 24.74 27.21 50.29 23.79

Fibre Leads - Alternative Sensor Heads

Thread=M3x0.5, L=11; Flexible tube=0.9 dia, L=90; Optical fibre L=2m, Dia.=1.0 160-3026 160-3027 Side view heads L=30, Dia.=6 (diffuse), 3 (separate)

The TL series microprocessor based setting can be either Teach-in or Remote by cable with the possibility of rapid memorising and recall of 4 different formats. The LED emission can be red/green with automatic selection, or white offering the possibility of operating on all contrasts, also amongst same-coloured objects and backgrounds, presenting different surface treatments or workings.
Emission Red /Green Red /Green White White Spot Vertical Vertical Circular Circular Connection Cable M12 Connector M12 Connector Cable Output NPN PNP PNP PNP Mftrs. List No. TLU-011 TLU-115 TLU-511C TLU-515C Order Code 177-4922 177-4923 177-4924 177-4925

Fixed focus head H=20, W=20, D=5, F.C.=6.5, Optical fibre L=2m, Dia.=2.2 160-3028 722-9239

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2437

2438

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Contrast Scanners - continued

Contrast Sensors - continued
Microprocessor Based with LED Emission - continued
550796

10 to 30V dc supply Selectable NPN/PNP output Dark-on/light-on switching selection Simple contrast threshold adjustment

Selectable red/green LED light source Output status indicator LED Industry standard IP67 metal housing 3 metre cable length

High performance contrast scanner for all print registration and positioning applications.
Sensing range Supply voltage Current consumption Output 9mm 2mm 10V to 30V dc 80mA max. NPN / PNP Selectable Response time Switch fequency Temperature range 50s 10kHz -10C to +55C
212232

Mftrs. List No. TLU-011 TLU-115 TLU-511C TLU-515C Order Code 177-4922 177-4923 177-4924 177-4925 1+ 190.00 190.00 200.00 200.00

Price Each 5+ 180.00 180.00 190.00 190.00 10+ 165.00 165.00 175.00 175.00

Price Each Mftrs. List No. TL80-011 Order Code 731-584 1+ 442.88 5+ 385.11 10+ 365.86

KT2G and KT5G

Luminescence Sensor
Luminescence Sensor
UV LED Emission - Plastic Housing High sensitivity Powerful UV LED emission Fast switching time Low response time Easy setup by two pushbuttons Up/Down Sturdy plastic housing with standard dimensions and fixing holes 15 to 30V dc supply with reverse polarity protection IP 67 sealed15 to 30V dc supply CE marked, EX II3D
Body - H = 81.4, W = 31, D = 31mm

KT2G: H (body)=49, W=15, D (body)=41.5 KT5G: H (body)=53, W=30, D (body)=80

Solid state light source (green LED) KT2G has adjustable sensitivity suitable Dark-on/Light-on selectable for simple dark/light contrast Insensitive to stray light KT5G has adjustable switching threshold Diecast metal housing with IP67 protecand can distinguish up to 30 grey scale tion steps from black to white Plug connection is rotatable by 90 KT5G has high speed operation up to KT5G light output is direction selectable 10KHz (interchange lens with threaded cap)
KT2G 10 - 30V dc 12 - 15mm 2mm dia. LED, green M12 5 Way Plug NPN / PNP (Wire Selectable) 1500 Hz Wire selectable 723-4545 KT5G 10 - 30V dc 7 - 13mm 1.2 x 4.2 mm LED, green M12 4 Way Plug PNP 10 kHz Switch selectable 723-4557
222169

The LD50 offers a no compromise solution for by using powerful UV LED emission to detect the weakest luminescence levels, like small fluorescent markings with the highest immunity from surface colour or reflective variations. The sensor setting is fast and simple, using only two pushbuttons Up and Down for sensitivity increase and decrease. Different luminescence levels present on the same surface can be distinguished.
550852

2438

Electromechanical

Mftrs. List No. LD50-U-715 Order Code 177-4930 1+ 387.50

Price Each 5+ 355.00 10+ 327.50

Supply voltage Scanning distance Light spot Light source Connection Output Switching frequency Light/dark switching Order Code Mftrs. List No. KT2G-2B3711 KT5G-2P1111

Sensor Connectors
Interface Hub
Sensors I / O This group of products include devices to enable expansion and connection of sensors and sensor information to networks for information sharing. DeviceNet Fieldbus Modules - Enable expanded communications down to the lowest level to provide improved process optimization and preventive maintenance. They serve as a in / out module for connecting to a DeviceNet network. Profibus Network Interface - Serves as a decentral input and output module for connecting to a Profibus-DP network. It may be used for this purpose in an industrial environment corresponding to Class A of the EMC Law. Passive Interface Modules - Light plastic boxes used for organised and decentralised wiring of peripherals. Analogue Sensor Hubs - The Hubs take conventional sensor input signals and pass them over the I/O link interface.
515879

33
Sensors & Transducers

Price Each Order Code 723-4545 723-4557 1+ 151.99 203.16 5+ 141.35 195.03 10+ 131.46 191.13

Contrast Sensor
Type TL50 - RGB with Plastic Housing High resolution RGB LED emission Automatic colour selection Very fast switching frequency Low response time Easy sensor setting by means of two pushbuttons IP 67 sealing 10 to 30V dc supply Sturdy plastic housing with standard dimensions and fixing holes

Body - H = 53, W = 80.1, D = 31mm

Device Type DeviceNet 8 DeviceNet - Configurable 8 Profibus 8 Profibus - Configurable 8 Profibus - Link Module 8 Passive Interface 8 Passive Interface 4 8 8 8 8 8

Mftrs. WaysList No. BNI DNT-104-000-Z004 BNI DNT-302-000-Z005 BNI PBS-104-000-Z001 BNI PBS-302-000-Z001 BNI PBS-502-000-Z001 BPI 8M4A5P-2K-00KPXLO-050 BPI 4M4A5P-2K-00KPXBO-050 BNI IOL-709-000-K006 BNI IOL-710-000-K006 BNI IOL-102-000-K006 BNI IOL-102-000-K019 BNI IOL-104-000-K021 Order Code 177-5709 177-5710 177-5711 177-5712 177-5715 177-5713 177-5714 177-5717 177-5718 177-5719 177-5720 177-5721 1+ 266.70 374.85 414.75 498.75 667.80 102.38 67.94 175.35 141.54 90.28 312.40 316.84

Price Each 5+ 257.25 363.30 402.15 483.00 645.75 98.70 65.73 169.94 137.03 87.15 294.48 297.63 10+ 246.75 352.80 390.60 468.30 627.90 95.55 63.68 163.80 132.72 84.53 258.67 272.03

The TL50 contrast sensor has optomised optics. The RGB LED emission with automatic colour selection and very fine resolution allow the detection of the weakest contrast of colours or grayscale between mark and background, or between different objects or surfaces. Typical applications can be seen in packaging machinery for food, cosmetic or pharmaceutical goods, for the detection of print registration marks, labels or other references on plastic films or packages even on transparent material.
550851

Mftrs. List No. TL50-W-815 Order Code 177-4929 1+ 162.50

Price Each 5+ 146.25 10+ 132.95

Contrast Sensor
TL80 Analog

Analogue 4-20 mA Analogue 0-10V dc Analogue - M12, 4 Pin Analogue - M8, 3 Pin Analogue - M8, 4 Pin

M8 Sensor Connectors
IP 67 Compact round connectors Water resistive, meets IP67 requirements Conventional M8 screw mounting and S8 snap in models that connect and disconnect with one touch Ideal for a wide variety of FA and OA applications Connectors on both cable ends require no harness work

Control Panel H=63, W=30, D=87 Shielded cable L=3m Connections: White=NPN/PNP output Brown=10 to 30V dc Grey=analogue output Blue=0V

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Vibration proof robot cable provided as a standard feature
Rated Voltage 125V dc Connector Shape Rated Current 3A Cable Mftrs. Order Code 171-5587 171-5588 171-5589 171-5590 171-5591 171-5592 171-5593 171-5594 171-5595 1+ Protection IP67 Temperature Range -25 to 70C
537360

2439

M12 Molded Sensor Connectors

IP 67 Surpasses IP67 and ensures 94V-0 fire retardant rating Quick connect / disconnet Extcension cable with one female socket, one male plug Single-end I/O connector has one female socket attached to the cable Double-ended connector has a female socket on one end and a male plug on the other
Rated Voltage 125V dc Connector Shape No. of Rated Current 3A Cable Mftrs. Order Code 171-5572 171-5573 171-5577 171-5578 171-5579 171-5580 171-5581 171-5575 171-5576 171-5582 171-5583 171-5584 171-5585 1+ Protection IP67 Temperature Range -25 to 70C
537353

Price Each 5+ 10+

Length List No.

M8 Screw Double ended Connectors - Vibration proof robot cable Straight / Straight Straight / Straight Straight / Straight L Shaped / L Shaped Straight / L Shaped Straight / L Shaped Straight / L Shaped L Shaped / Straight L Shaped / Straight 1m 2m 5m 2m 5m 2m 5m 2m 5m XS3W-M421-401-R XS3W-M421-402-R XS3W-M421-405-R XS3W-M422-402-R XS3W-M422-405-R XS3W-M423-402-R XS3W-M423-405-R XS3W-M424-402-R XS3W-M424-405-R 20.13 21.21 24.55 17.41 22.55 16.93 23.15 18.58 18.59 15.03 15.57 18.31 17.41 22.55 17.44 25.52 17.44 25.52 9.53 11.95 9.53 11.95 9.32 9.98 12.70 9.84 10.27 12.70 17.06 17.97 20.81 14.75 19.11 14.35 19.62 15.74 15.75 12.74 13.21 15.52 14.75 19.11 14.78 21.63 14.78 21.63 8.08 10.13 8.08 10.13 7.90 8.46 10.76 8.34 8.70 10.76 16.08 19.79 16.57 20.04 8.08 8.70 11.26 8.02 8.93 11.04 7.21 7.90 8.08 8.48 7.42 8.91 5.80 6.30 8.23 5.55 2.25 2.25 26.24 28.03 30.59 32.79 26.76 26.48 26.39 25.04 16.23 17.11 19.80 14.04 18.19 13.66 18.67 14.99 14.99 12.12 12.57 14.77 14.04 18.19 14.06 20.59 14.06 20.59 7.68 9.63 7.68 9.63 7.52 8.06 10.24 7.94 8.28 10.24 15.31 18.83 15.77 19.07 7.68 8.28 10.71 7.64 8.50 10.51 6.87 7.52 7.68 8.07 7.06 8.48 5.52 6.01 7.85 5.28 2.13 2.13 24.98 26.68 29.11 31.20 25.46 25.20 25.11 23.82

Price Each 5+ 10+

Conductors Length List No.

S8 Snap-in Double ended Connectors - Vibration proof robot cable Straight / Straight 1m XS3W-S421-401-R 171-5596 Straight / Straight 2m XS3W-S421-402-R 171-5597 Straight / Straight 5m XS3W-S421-405-R 171-5599 L Shaped / L Shaped 2m XS3W-S422-402-R 171-5600 L Shaped / L Shaped 5m XS3W-S422-405-R 171-5601 Straight / L Shaped 2m XS3W-S423-402-R 171-5602 Straight / L Shaped 5m XS3W-S423-405-R 171-5603 L Shaped / Straight 2m XS3W-S424-402-R 171-5605 L Shaped / Straight 5m XS3W-S424-405-R 171-5606 M8 Screw Single-ended Connector - Stadard cable Straight 2m XS3F-M421-402-A Straight M8 90 Plug M8 90 Plug 5m 2m 5m XS3F-M421-405-A XS3F-M422-402-A XS3F-M422-405-A 171-5607 171-5608 171-5612 171-5613

Single-ended Connectors - DC Straight 3 2m XS2F-D421-DC0-A Straight Straight Straight Right Angle Right Angle Right Angle 3 4 4 3 4 4 5m XS2F-D421-GC0-A 2m XS2F-D421-D80-A 5m XS2F-D421-G80-A 5m XS2F-D422-GC0-A 2m XS2F-D422-D80-A 5m XS2F-D422-G80-A

7.60 9.81 9.46 11.51 9.97 8.78 11.82 8.81 14.08 14.86 20.27 5.36 5.25

6.44 8.31 8.01 9.75 8.46 7.44 10.01 7.47 11.93 12.60 17.18 4.54 4.45

6.13 7.91 7.62 9.28 8.04 7.08 9.53 7.11 11.35

Single-ended Connectors - AC Straight 4 2m XS2F-A421-D90-A Straight 4 5m XS2F-A421-G90-A Extension Cable, Double ended Straight 4 2m XS2W-D421-D81-A Straight 4 5m XS2W-D421-G81-A Plug and Socket Connectors Straight - Screw on Socket XS2G-D4S1 Straight - Screw on Plug XS2C-D4S1

Electromechanical

11.99 16.35 4.33 4.23

M8 Screw Single-ended Connector - Vibration proof robot cable Straight 1m XS3F-M421-401-R 171-5609 Straight 2m XS3F-M421-402-R 171-5610 Straight 5m XS3F-M421-405-R 171-5611 M8 90 Plug 1m XS3F-M422-401-R 171-5614 M8 90 Plug 2m XS3F-M422-402-R 171-5615 M8 90 Plug 5m XS3F-M422-405-R 171-5617

M8 Connector System
Single end terminated cable assemblies Straight or right angle cable entry Overmoulded construction offers IP67 protection Panel mount products for solder termination 5m cable length PVC sheath

M8 Screw Single-ended Connector - Standard cable SUS316L cable lock M8 Straight Plug 2m XS3F-E421-402-A 171-5618 18.97 M8 Straight Plug 5m XS3F-E421-405-A 171-5619 23.35 M8 90 Plug 2m XS3F-E422-402-A 171-5620 19.56 M8 90 Plug 5m XS3F-E422-405-A 171-5621 23.65 S8 Snap-in Single ended Connectors - Vibration proof robot cable S8 Straight Plug 1m XS3F-S421-401-R 171-5622 S8 Straight Plug 2m XS3F-S421-402-R 171-5623 S8 Straight Plug 5m XS3F-S421-405-R 171-5624 S8 90 Plug 1m XS3F-S422-401-R 171-5625 S8 90 Plug 2m XS3F-S422-402-R 171-5626 S8 90 Plug 5m XS3F-S422-405-R 171-5627 Single ended Connectors - Vibration proof robot cable M8 Straight Socket 0.3m XS3H-M421-4C3-R M8 Straight Socket 1m XS3H-M421-401-R M8 90 Socket 0.3m XS3H-M422-4C3-R M8 90 Socket 1m XS3H-M422-401-R S8 Straight Socket 0.3m XS3H-S421-4C3-R S8 Straight Socket 1m XS3H-S421-401-R M8 Screw Panel / PCB mount connectors Front or Rear lock - DIP pins XS3P-M421-1 Front or Rear lock - Solder cup XS3P-M421-2 Rear lock - Solder cup XS3P-M422-2 S8 Snap in Panel / PCB mount connectors Front or Rear lock - DIP pins XS3P-S421-2 Embedded Connectors M8 Screw - DIP pins M8 Screw - Solder cup XS3M-K421-1 XS3M-K421-2 171-5629 171-5631 171-5632 171-5633 171-5634 171-5635 171-5636 171-5637 171-5638 171-5639 171-5640 171-5642 9.53 10.27 13.29 9.47 10.54 13.03 8.52 9.32 9.53 10.00 8.75 10.52 6.85 7.44 9.73 6.55 2.65 2.65 30.97 33.07 36.10 38.69 31.57 31.25 31.14 29.55

33
Sensors & Transducers

No. Of Ways Male - Single End Terminated 3 4 3 Female - Single End Terminated 3 4 3 4 Male Solder Panel Mount Terminals 3 4 Female Solder Panel Mount Terminals 3 4 Mftrs. List No. Order Code

Cable Entry Straight Straight Right Angle Straight Straight Right Angle Right Angle N/A N/A N/A N/A

Mftrs. List No. 1838286-3 1838288-3 1838290-3 1838282-3 1838284-3 1838296-3 1838298-3 1838838-1 1838838-2 1838839-1 1838839-2 Price Each

Order Code 141-3681 141-3682 141-3683 141-3677 141-3678 141-3679 141-3680 141-3704 141-3705 141-3701 141-3702
476139

1+

10+

25+

50+

100+

Male - Single End Terminated 1838286-3 141-3681 1838288-3 141-3682 1838290-3 141-3683 Female - Single End Terminated 1838282-3 141-3677 1838284-3 141-3678 1838296-3 141-3679 1838298-3 141-3680

7.32 8.29 7.32 7.86 8.59 7.86 8.59

7.06 8.00 7.06 7.58 8.28 7.58 8.28 4.96 5.68 5.79 6.46

6.80 7.71 6.80 7.29 7.98 7.29 7.98 4.78 5.46 5.58 6.23

6.54 7.40 6.54 7.01 7.67 7.01 7.67 4.60 5.25 5.35 5.99

6.28 7.11 6.28 6.73 7.36 6.73 7.36 4.41 5.04 5.14 5.75

Y Splitter with cable - Connectors on both ends - Standard cable M8 Screw / M8 Screw 0.5m XS3R-M426-1C51-A 171-5646 M8 Screw / M8 Screw 1m XS3R-M426-1011-A 171-5643 M8 Screw / M8 Screw 2m XS3R-M426-1021-A 171-5644 M8 Screw / M8 Screw 3m XS3R-M426-1031-A 171-5645 Y Splitter with cable - Connectors on one end - Standard cable M8 Screw 2m XS3R-M426-1020-A 171-5647 M8 Screw 5m XS3R-M426-1050-A 171-5648 Y Splitter no cable - M8 Screw connectors on both ends 2 x 3 Ways to 1 x 4 Way XS3R-M426-1 2 x 4 Ways to 1 x 4 Way XS3R-M426-5 171-5649 171-5650

Male Solder Panel Mount Terminals 5.15 1838838-1 141-3704 5.89 1838838-2 141-3705 Female Solder Panel Mount Terminals 6.00 1838839-1 141-3701 6.71 1838839-2 141-3702

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2439

2440

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Sensor Connectors - continued

M12 Connector System
Single end terminated cable assemblies Straight or right angle cable entry with LED indication option Overmoulded construction offers IP67 protection

Proximity Switch Tester

Suitable for testing 2 and 3 wire proximity switches, including inductive, photo-electric, capacitive and ultrasonic Ideally suited to point of use testing Audio and visual indication Supplied and fitted with batteries, ready for use

H=104, W=60, D=29 No. Of Ways Male - Single End Terminated 3 4 5 Female - Single End Terminated 3 4 5 3 4 5 Female with LED Indication 3 4 Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ Cable Entry Straight Straight Straight Straight Straight Straight Right Angle Right Angle Right Angle Right Angle Right Angle Mftrs. List No. 1838236-3 1838238-3 1838240-3 1838242-3 1838244-3 1838246-3 1838254-3 1838256-3 1838258-3 1838264-3 1838266-3 Price Each 25+ 50+ 100+ Indication of proximity switch function Order Code 141-3692 141-3693 141-3694 141-3686 141-3687 141-3688 141-3689 141-3690 141-3691 141-3699 141-3700
476146

Auto-on/off feature Battery Mftrs. List No. MU2-DC

NPN or PNP, normally closed or normally open, light-on or dark-on operation Unit is powered only when a proximity switch is connected DC = 2 9V (PP3)
212302

Price Each Order Code 721-3803 1+ 38.74 5+ 35.84 10+ 34.61

Nano-change 3 & 4 pole, Female Connectors

Nano-change (M8) straight

2440

Electromechanical

Male - Single End Terminated 1838236-3 141-3692 1838238-3 141-3693 1838240-3 141-3694 Female - Single End Terminated 1838242-3 141-3686 1838244-3 141-3687 1838246-3 141-3688 1838254-3 141-3689 1838256-3 141-3690 1838258-3 141-3691 Female with LED Indication 1838264-3 141-3699 1838266-3 141-3700

7.32 8.29 9.41 7.20 8.59 9.77 7.86 8.59 9.77 14.62 15.86

7.06 8.00 9.08 6.97 8.28 9.41 7.58 8.28 9.41 14.10 15.29

6.80 7.71 8.74 6.75 7.98 9.07 7.29 7.98 9.07 13.57 14.72

6.54 7.40 8.40 6.51 7.67 8.72 7.01 7.67 8.72 13.05 14.15

6.28 7.11 8.07 Description 6.29 7.36 8.37 6.73 7.36 8.37 12.53 13.58

Nano-change (M8) 90
231312

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 160-6718 160-6719 160-6720 160-6721 160-6722 160-6723 160-6725 160-6726 160-6727 160-6728 160-6729 160-6730 160-6731 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

Nano-change (M8) straight 2m-PVC-3pole 403000E03M020 2m-PUR-3pole 403000P03M020 5m-PVC-3pole 2m-PUR-3pole 2m-PVC-4pole 5m-PVC-4pole 5m-PUR-4pole 403000E03M050 403000P03M050 404000E03M020 404000E03M050 404000P03M050

33
Sensors & Transducers

5.65 6.27 6.95 8.36 6.17 7.87 9.75 5.61 6.27 6.98 9.59 6.17 7.87

5.37 5.97 6.61 7.95 5.86 7.47 9.27 5.33 5.97 6.63 9.12 5.86 7.47

5.09 5.64 6.26 7.53 5.55 7.09 8.78 5.06 5.64 6.28 8.63 5.55 7.09

M12 Connector System

Field Serviceable products allow on site rewiring Panel mount products for solder termination

Nano-change (M8) 90 2m-PVC-3pole 403001E03M020 5m-PVC-3pole 403001P03M020 2m-PUR-3pole 403001E03M050 5m-PUR-3pole 2m-PVC-4pole 5m-PVC-4pole 403001P03M050 404001E03M020 404001E03M050

Receptacles - M8 & M12 Threaded

No. Of Ways M16 Thread, Double D Cutout, Hexagonal Front Flange Male Solder Terminals 4 5 Field Servicable Connectors Male Metal 4 5 Female Metal 4 5 Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 10+ Mftrs. List No. Male Order Code M8 Nano change straight field wireable connectors Female Panel mount M8 Nano change Panel mount M12 Micro change M14 mounting thread M8 mounting thread
231313

M12 Micro change straight field wireable connectors

1838893-2 1838893-3

141-3710 141-3711

1838275-2 1838275-3 1838274-2 1838274-3 Price Each 25+ 50+

141-3717 141-3718 141-3713 141-3714

476147

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

100+

Male Solder Terminals 1838893-2 141-3710 1838893-3 141-3711 Female Solder Terminals 1838891-2 141-3707 1838891-3 141-3708

6.00 6.71 6.71 7.38

5.79 6.46 6.46 7.12 6.81 7.12 7.80 8.28

5.58 6.23 6.23 6.86 6.56 6.86 7.51 7.98

5.35 5.99 5.99 6.60 6.30 6.60 7.22 7.67

5.14 5.75 5.75 6.32 6.05 6.32 6.93 7.36

M8 Nano change straight field wireable connectors Socket, M8, 3 Way N03FA03124 160-6732 Socket, M8, 4 Way N04FA03124 160-6733 Plug, M8, 3 Way N03MA03124 160-6734 Plug, M8, 4 Way N04MA03124 160-6735 M12 Micro change straight field wireable connectors Socket, M12, 4 Way, PG7 8A4000-315 160-6737 Socket, M12, 4 Way, PG9 8A4000-325 160-6738 Socket, M12, 5 Way, PG7 8A5000-315 160-6739 Socket, M12, 5 Way, PG9 8A5000-325 160-6740 Plug, M12, 4 Way, PG7 8A4006-315 160-6741 Plug, M12, 4 Way, PG9 8A4006-325 160-6742 Plug, M12, 5 Way, PG7 8A5006-315 160-6743 Plug, M12, 5 Way, PG9 8A5006-325 160-6744 Panel Mount M8 Micro change M8 mounting thread Socket, M8, 3 Way 4R3F30E02C3003 160-6745

9.57 10.09 10.25 11.39 4.91 5.30 6.19 6.40 5.32 5.30 5.51 6.05 10.25

9.09 9.58 9.74 10.82 4.29 5.03 5.88 6.08 5.04 5.03 5.10 5.75 9.74

8.62 9.08 9.23 10.25 4.20 4.77 5.57 5.76 4.77 4.77 4.82 5.45 9.23

Metal Male Field Serviceable Connectors 7.06 1838275-2 141-3717 1838275-3 141-3718 7.38 Metal Female Field Serviceable Connectors 8.09 1838274-2 141-3713 8.59 1838274-3 141-3714

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ Price Each 5+ 10+ Type PNP to NPN Adaptor NPN to PNP Adaptor On/Off delay Timer Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 60.62 60.62 62.41 BOS S-F01 161-2854 BOS S-F02 161-2855 BOS S-T01 161-2856 Price Each 5+ 59.09 59.09 59.44 10+ 57.56 57.56 56.47 50+ 54.09 54.09 50.53

2441

Panel Mount M12 Micro change M14 mounting thread Socket, M12, 4 way 8R4E30E03C3003 160-6746 Socket, M12, 5 Way 8R5E30E03C3003 160-6747 Plug, M12, 4 Way 8R4E36E03C3003 160-6749 Plug, M12, 5 Way 8R5E36E03C3003 160-6751

7.87 8.88 8.20 9.24

7.47 8.44 7.79 8.77

7.09 7.99 7.38 8.31

Water-Resistive Sensor I/O Connectors

Adaptors and In-Line Splitters

M8 Female to M12 Male Adaptor In-Line 2 Way Splitters

231315

Mftrs. No.of Poles List No. Order Code 1+

Price Each 5+ 10+

M8 Female to M12 Male Adaptor 3 Way 483030 160-6752 4 Way 484030 160-6753 In-line 2 Way Splitters M12 - 4 Way 81590 M12 - 5 Way 885A30 160-6754 160-6755

7.61 8.14 10.04 27.12

7.07 7.55 9.54 25.76

6.79 7.25 9.04 24.41

Water-resistive smartclick connectors to help reduce installation time A newly developed lock structure that maintains compatibility with conventional, screw-type M12 connectors. Simply insert the Connectors, then turn them approximately 1/8 of a turn to lock. A positive click indicates locking. Features the same degree of protection (IP67) as conventional, screw-type M12 connectors Available in standard or vibration proof cabling
Rated Voltage 250V dc Cable Length 1m 2m 3m 10m 1m 2m 3m 5m 10m 0.3m 1m 2m 3m 5m 1m 2m 3m 5m 10m 0.3m 1m 2m 5m 1m 2m 3m 5m 10m No. Of Ways 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way 4 Way Rated Current 4A Connection A M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Male M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female Mftrs. List No. Order Code 153-8239 153-8241 153-8242 153-8244 153-8245 153-8246 153-8247 153-8248 153-8249 153-8250 153-8252 153-8253 153-8254 153-8255 153-8256 153-8257 153-8258 153-8259 153-8260 153-8261 153-8262 153-8264 153-8265 153-8266 153-8267 153-8268 153-8269 153-8270 1+ 12.59 13.58 14.35 23.37 12.30 13.46 15.10 18.34 23.74 6.46 7.12 7.98 11.43 20.50 6.05 7.12 9.06 13.13 17.81 6.44 7.88 9.70 13.12 6.44 7.77 9.93 11.87 19.43 XS5WD421C81A XS5WD421D81A XS5WD421E81A XS5WD421J81A XS5WD421C81F XS5WD421D81F XS5WD421E81F XS5WD421G81F XS5WD421J81F XS5HD421A80A XS5HD421C80A XS5HD421D80A XS5HD421G80A XS5HD421J80A XS5FD421C80A XS5FD421D80A XS5FD421E80A XS5FD421G80A XS5FD421J80A XS5HD421A80F XS5HD421C80F XS5HD421D80F XS5HD421G80F XS5FD421C80F XS5FD421D80F XS5FD421E80F XS5FD421G80F XS5FD421J80F Protection IP67 Connection B M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female M12 Female Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Cable Temperature Range -25 to 70C Mftrs. List No. XS5WD421C81A XS5WD421D81A XS5WD421E81A XS5WD421J81A XS5WD421C81F XS5WD421D81F XS5WD421E81F XS5WD421G81F XS5WD421J81F XS5HD421A80A XS5HD421C80A XS5HD421D80A XS5HD421G80A XS5HD421J80A XS5FD421C80A XS5FD421D80A XS5FD421E80A XS5FD421G80A XS5FD421J80A XS5HD421A80F XS5HD421C80F XS5HD421D80F XS5HD421G80F XS5FD421C80F XS5FD421D80F XS5FD421E80F XS5FD421G80F XS5FD421J80F Order Code 153-8239 153-8241 153-8242 153-8244 153-8245 153-8246 153-8247 153-8248 153-8249 153-8250 153-8252 153-8253 153-8254 153-8255 153-8256 153-8257 153-8258 153-8259 153-8260 153-8261 153-8262 153-8264 153-8265 153-8266 153-8267 153-8268 153-8269 153-8270
499038

Electromechanical

M12 with Flying Leads

Micro-change Connectors

33
Sensors & Transducers

Micro-change(M12) Straight Mftrs. List No. Micro-change (M12) straight 803000E03M020 -3pole -PVC 803000E03M050 -3pole -PVC 804000E03M020 -4pole -PVC 804000P03M020 -4pole -PVC 804000E03M050 -4pole -PUR 804000P03M050 -4pole -PUR Micro-change (M12) 90 803001E03M020 -3pole -PVC 803001P03M020 -3pole -PVC 803001E03M050 -3pole -PUR 803001P03M050 -3pole -PUR 804001E03M020 -4pole -PVC 804001P03M020 -4pole -PVC 804001E03M050 -4pole -PUR 804001P03M050 -4pole -PUR

Micro-change(M12) 90
231317

Price Each Order Code 160-6756 160-6757 160-6758 160-6759 160-6760 160-6762 160-6763 160-6764 160-6765 160-6766 160-6767 160-6768 160-6769 160-6770 1+ 5+ 10+

5.82 7.15 5.99 6.87 6.40 8.20 5.82 6.65 7.15 8.94 5.99 6.87 6.40 8.20

5.53 6.79 5.68 6.54 6.08 7.79 5.53 6.31 6.79 8.50 5.68 6.54 6.08 7.79

5.24 6.43 5.38 6.19 5.76 7.38 5.24 5.99 6.43 8.06 5.38 6.19 5.76 7.38

Price Each 5+ 11.96 13.23 14.07 22.75 11.97 13.45 14.70 17.86 23.11 6.28 6.93 7.77 11.13 19.96 5.89 6.93 8.83 12.47 17.34 6.23 7.61 9.37 12.84 6.23 7.56 9.66 11.56 18.91 10+ 11.33 12.89 13.71 22.17 11.66 13.10 14.33 17.40 22.52 6.13 6.76 7.57 10.85 19.45 5.74 6.76 8.60 11.81 16.89 6.04 7.31 9.03 12.56 6.04 7.37 9.41 11.26 18.43

Signal Adaptor
BOS S Series Thes signal adaptors provide quick and versatile modifications, retrofits and enhancements to sensor functionality. The converter models will change either an PNP input to a NPN output or an NPN input to a PNP output and can be programmed from normally open or normally closed outputs. The timer model can add an on-delay or off-delay up to 65535 seconds to any dc sensor. Dia. = 20mm, L = 60mm (O/A), The products are designed to fit in line between M12 male and 48mm (Body) M12 female connectors, to be fitted either onto the sensor or if space is an issue can be hidden away from the hazard area. Red LED output indication 12V dc to 24V dc operating voltage Remote teach Operating temperature from 0 to 60C Short circuit protected IP67 rated for arduous environments M12 4-Pin female input connector, M12 4-Pin male output connector
515458

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2441

2442

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Current Transducers
Multirange - 25/12/8/6/5A
Fast response current sensing using Hall effect technology Multiple ranges in compact PCB mounting packages AC, DC and impulse current measurement Improved measurement accuracy at lower currents 723-4727& 118-7543: H=16.8, W=26, 25A sensor in small-footprint housings D=28 UL Recognised and CSA approved
723-4739: H=20.3, W=31.8, D=12.7

Offset Voltage Offset Shift Response Time Mftrs. List No. CSLA2CD

Vcc/2 2% 0.02 3s

Mounting Pinout Style

PCB on 3 Pins 3 Pin

419648

Price Each Order Code 108-2269 1+ 11.40 5+ 10.57 10+ 9.70 25+ 9.09 +

0-8A to 0-25A, LTS Series

Development Kit contains three transducers with PCB mounts Unique ASIC design Improved linearity Excellent accuracy Extended measuring range Unipolar supply Voltage output
Output voltage IPN Nominal Peak/Power Current Range SupplyMftrs. List No. 15/45A 25/80A Order Code 1+ 38.01 11.57 35.17 10.55 LTS 15-NP PRESENTATION KIT 161-7407 +5V LTS 15-NP 161-7409 LTS 25-NP KIT 161-7408 +5V LTS 25-NP 161-7410 2.5V 0.625V Thermal drift if gain TCEG Typiclally <50ppm
212409

Multiple primary connection pins permit a range of currents to be measured, giving a nominal output current that can be used to derive a voltage output.
Mftrs. List No. Supply voltage (5%) Turns ratio Nom. primary current Peak current measurement Output current Accuracy Linearity Response time CSNE151-005 15V dc 1-2-3-4-5 : 1000 25/12/8/6/5A 36A 25mA 0.5% 0.2% <1S CSNE151-100 15V dc 1-2-3-4 : 1000 25/12/8/6A 90A 25mA 0.5% 0.2% <200ns CSNE151 15V dc 1000 25/12/8/6A 36A 25mA 0.5% 0.2% <1s
212387

Price Each 5+ 36.87 11.24 34.11 10.25 10+ 35.77 10.90 33.10 9.94

Mftrs. List No. CSNE151-005=723-4727, CSNE151-100=723-4739, CSNE151 = 1187543. Nominal/Peak Current CSNE151-005 CSNE151-100 CSNE151-100 Order Code 723-4727 118-7543 118-7543 1+ 17.08 28.03 28.03 5+ 16.21 26.60 26.60 Price Each 10+ 15.37 25.21 25.21 25+ 14.62 24.73 24.73 100+ 13.99 23.65 23.65

0-3A to 0-20A, HX P/SP2Series

Galvanic isolation between primary and secondary circuit Hall effect measuring principle Isolation voltage 3000V Low power consumption Extended measuring range (3 x Ipn) Single Supply from +12V to +15V Material according to UL94-V0
H = 20, W = 19, D = 15.4mm Output voltage Output impedance Supply voltage Current consumption Current 3 5 10 15 20 0.625V @ I PN, R L = 2k 50 +12 to +15V 15mA
249454

2442

Electromechanical

0 to 50A, 0 to 100A
Closed loop current sensors using Hall effect technology AC, DC and impulse current measurement Fast response time Range of measurement ranges up to 150A peak in small PCB mounted housing 50A/90A transducer available with bus-bar for use where the primary current is required on the PCB UL Recognised and CSA approved
Accuracy Operating temperature Current Output 50mA 100mA 100mA 0.5% of nom. current @ 25C -40C to +85C Offset Current 0.20mA 0.20mA 0.20mA

33
Sensors & Transducers

H=29.8, W=36.5, D=14.5, Through-hole=13.5x10 Bus-bar fixing centres=25 Supply voltage Linearity Response time 12 to 5V (5%) 0.1% <500ns Peak Current Range 90A 150A 10A

Mftrs. Order Code 1+ 8.69 8.69 8.69 8.32 8.69 5+ 9 A HX 03-P/SP2 161-7419 15 A HX 05-P/SP2 161-7420 30 A HX 10-P/SP2 161-7421 45 A HX 15-P/SP2 161-7422 60 A HX 20-P/SP2 161-7423

Price Each 10+ 8.17 8.17 8.17 7.82 8.17 25+ 7.94 7.94 7.94 7.60 7.94 8.44 8.44 8.44 8.08 8.44

Primary Measuring List No. Turns Ratio 1000 1000 1000 Mftrs. List No. CSNP661 (-002) CSNF161 CSNF661

Nominal Primary Current 50A 100A 10A Mftrs. List Nos:

CSNP661 = 723-4752 CSNF161 = 723-4788

CSNP661-002 = 723-4764 CSNF661 = 118-7544

212386

Nominal/Peak Current DC 50A/90A 50A/90A with bus-bar 100A/150A 150A/150A Order Code 723-4752 723-4764 723-4788 118-7544 1+ 17.65 17.65 21.96 17.65 5+ 16.76 16.78 20.86 17.00

Price Each 10+ 15.88 15.89 19.76 16.36 25+ 15.09 15.11 18.77 15.76 100+ 14.44 14.44 17.95 14.63

0-5A to 0-10A, HX NP Series

Galvanic isolation between primary and secondary circuit Hall effect measuring principle 2 isolated primary windings Isolation voltage 3000V Low power consumption Extended measuring range (3 x Ipn) Power Supply from 12V to 15V Material according to UL94-V0
H = 20, W = 19, D = 15.4mm Primary Current, I pn Series Parallel 5A 10A 10A 20A Output voltage Output impedance Supply voltage Current consumption Current Range Order Code 161-7425 161-7426 1+ 8.69 8.69 5+ 8.44 8.44 Primary Current, Measuring Range Series Parallel 15A 30A 30A 60A 4V @ I PN, R L = 10k 50 15 V 20mA
249552

CSLA2CD Linear Current Sensor

Mftrs. List No. HX 05-NP HX 10-NP

Order Code 161-7425 161-7426

Price Each 10+ 8.17 8.17 25+ 7.94 7.94 50+ 7.69 7.69

Linear output AC or DC current sensing Through-hole design Fast response time Output voltage isolation from input Minimum energy dissipation Maximum current limited only by conductor size
Open Loop Linear PCB Bottom Mount 5.4 to 13.2V dc 0 to 72A

Adjustable performance and built-in temperature compensation assures reliable operation Accurate, low cost sensing Operating temperature range -25 to 85C PBT polyester housing

5/15A 10/30A

5A to 50A, Low Currents

HXS Series

Sensor Type Package Style Supply Voltage Sensed Current Range

Output Type Operating Temperature Sensitivity Supply Current (Max. @ 25C)

Voltage -25 to 85C 32.7mV N 3.0 @ 8V dc 20mA HXS 10 HXS 20

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Technical portal and online community for Design Engineers - www.element-14.com

H = 10, W = 16.5, D = 18.5mm

2443

These transducers have been specifically designed for the measurement of a wide range of current types including dc, ac, pulsed, and mixed. The devices have a galvanic isolation between the primary (high power) circuit and the secondary (electronic) circuit. For the complete HSX range, the fastening & connection of the secondary is by means of four 0.5 x 0.25mm pins. The HSX 10-NP/SP3 has the option of selecting Serial or Parallel primary connections by utilising the four 1.3mm fastening & connection pins. The HSX 20 range have 8 x 1.3mm primary & connection pins that enable the selection of 1, 2 or 4 primary turns. Hall effect measuring principle Multi-range current transducer Galvanic isolation between primary and secondary
Order Code Primary connections 913-5588 Number of Primaries 913-5596 913-5600 913-5618 913-5626 913-5634 Analogue output voltage @ Ip Analogue output voltage @ Ip = 0 Internal Reference - Output voltage, VREF Output impedance, Rout Supply voltage, Vc Current consumption, Ic Operating temperature range Mftrs. List No. HXS 10-NP/SP3 HXS 20-NP HXS 20-NP/SP2 HXS 20-NP/SP2 HXS 50-NP HXS 50-NP/SP2 Order Code 913-5588 913-5596 913-5600 913-5618 913-5626 913-5634 1+ 5.99 5.99 6.30 5.67 6.14 6.30 5+ 5.63 5.63 5.92 5.32 5.77 5.92

200A - 800A Rating, 300A - 1200A Measuring Ranges

HTFS Series

H = 16.5, W (Dia.) = 40, D = 46mm

Isolation test voltage 2.5kV Fixed offset and gain Only occupies 3.05 cm3 on PCB

Primary Current Serial 10A Nom. 30A Max. 1 20A Nom. 60A Max. 20A Nom. 60A Max. 20A Nom. 60A Max. 50A Nom. 150A Max. 50A Nom. 150A Max.

Parallel 20A Nom. 60A Max. 2 4 10A Nom. 5A Nom. 30A Max. 15A Max. 10A Nom. 5A Nom. 30A Max. 15A Max. 10A Nom. 5A Nom. 30A Max. 15A Max. 25A Nom. 12.5A Nom. 75A Max. 37.5A Max. 25A Nom. 12.5A Nom. 75A Max. 37.5A Max. VREF (0.625V x I(Max.) / I(Min.)) VREF 0.0125V 2.5V 0.025 <10 +5V 5% 22mA @ Vc = 5V -40 to 85C
403270

Galvanic isolation between primary and sec- Single +5V power supply Fixing to PCB by either solder pins or ondary circuit 4 x M3 nuts and screws Hall effect measuring principle 22mm diameter aperture for primary Isolation voltage 2500V conducter Low power consumption Ratiometric offset
Primary Current I pn 200A 400A 800A Analogue output voltage @ Ip Analogue output voltage @ Ip = 0 Internal Reference - Output voltage, VREF Output impedance, Rout Supply voltage, Vc Current consumption, Ic Operating temperature range Mftrs. List No. Order Code 1+ 5+ Primary Current Measuring Range 300A 600A 1200A Mftrs. Type HTFS 200-P HTFS 400-P HTFS 800-P

VREF (0.625V x I(Max.) / I(Min.)) VREF 0.0125V 2.5V 0.025 <10 +5V 5% 22mA @ Vc = 5V -40 to 105C
403272

Price Each 10+ 25+

Electromechanical

Price Each 10+ 5.51 5.51 5.80 5.22 5.64 5.80 25+ 5.37 5.00 5.79 5.12 5.51 5.67

HTFS - P Models with M3 Screw fixing to PCB HTFS 200-P 913-5715 HTFS 400-P 913-5731 HTFS 800-P 913-5758

11.03 11.38 11.66

10.37 11.07 10.96 16.10 11.05 11.65

10.15 10.78 10.72 15.37 10.82 11.40

9.94 10.50 10.51 14.18 10.60 11.17

HTFS - P/SP2 Models with Solder Pin fixing to PCB 17.21 HTFS 200-P/SP2 913-5723 11.76 HTFS 400-P/SP2 913-5740 12.39 HTFS 800-P/SP2 913-5766

0-5A to 0-25A, HY...P Series

In-line PCB pinouts Potted construction for maximum protection Minimum footprint design Wide choice of current ratings

50A - 400A Rating, 150A - 600A Measuring Ranges

HAIS Series

33
Sensors & Transducers

Pin arrangement 1 = +15V, 2 = -15V, 3 = VOUT 4 = 0V, 5 = IPIN, 6 = IPOUT H=21, W=35, D=12 P Models - H = 29, W = 33, D = 14mm TP Models - H = 29, W = 33, D = 25.9mm Nominal primary current Measuring range Accuracy Norminal Primary Current Mftrs. List No. HAIS 50-P HAIS 100-TP HAIS 100-P HAIS 100-TP HAIS 150-P HAIS 200-P HAIS 400-P Order Code 161-7433 161-7429 161-7428 161-7429 161-7430 161-7431 161-7432 5A 10A 15A 20A Mftrs. List No. HY 5-P HY 10-P HY 15-P HY 20-P Order Code 161-7399 161-7401 161-7402 161-7403 1+ 12.01 12.01 12.01 12.01 5+ 11.64 11.64 11.64 11.64 Price Each 10+ 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 25+ 10.95 10.95 10.95 10.95 50+ 10.64 10.64 10.64 10.64 0-5A, 0-10A, 0-15A, 0-20A, 0-25A 3 nominal primary current 1% Power supply Output voltage 15V 4V
212291

Galvanic isolation between primary and secondary circuit Hall effect measuring principle Isolation voltage 2500V
Primary Current I pn 50A 100A 100A 100A 150A 200A 400A Primary Current Measuring Range 150A 150A 300A 300A 450A 600A 600A

Low power consumption Fixed offset and gain Single +5V Power Supply

0-50A, LAS Series

Cost Effective Utilises New ETA Technology High Performance PCB Mounting Tolerant of high levels of EMI Unipolar Voltage Supply Wide Frequency Bandwidth Extended Measuring Range Small Footprint Low Power Consumption
LAS 50-TP/SP1 0 to 50 A 5V Vref 0.625V 0.5%
234892

Analogue output voltage @ Ip Analogue output voltage @ Ip = 0 Internal Reference - Output voltage, VREF Output impedance, Rout Supply voltage, Vc Current consumption, Ic Operating temperature range Mftrs. List No. HAIS - TP Versions HAIS 50-TP HAIS 100-TP HAIS - T Versions HAIS 50-P HAIS 100-P HAIS 150-P HAIS 200-P HAIS 400-P Order Code 161-7434 161-7429 161-7433 161-7428 161-7430 161-7431 161-7432 1+

VREF (0.625V x I(Max.) / I(Min.)) VREF 0.0125V 2.5V 0.025 <10 +5V 5% 22mA @ Vc = 5V -40 to 85C
403271

Price Each 5+ 10+ 25+

H = 21, W = 33.9, D = 11.53mm 14.46 14.46 15.61 15.61 13.95 13.95 13.95 14.04 14.04 15.14 15.14 13.53 13.53 13.53 13.61 13.61 14.68 14.68 13.12 13.12 13.12 13.20 13.20 14.23 14.23 12.72 12.72 12.72 Primary Nominal RMS Current Power Supply Output Voltage Accuracy Mftrs. List No. LAS 50-TP LAS 50-TP/SP1 Order Code 161-7417 161-7418 1+ 15.12 15.73 5+ 14.65 15.25 LAS 50-TP 0 to 50 A 5V 2.5 0.625V 0.5%

Price Each 10+ 14.21 14.79 25+ 13.78 14.34 50+ 13.37 13.93

Over half a million products available online

Prices are in sterling & exclusive of VAT

Sales: 08447 11 11 11

Customer Support: 08447 11 11 13

2443

2444

Find it fast online at www.farnell.co.uk

Over 500,000 products with real-time stock availability

Current Transducers - continued

0-50A, 0-125A, Current Output
Through-hole primary Wide frequency range Fast response time

Primary Current

Mftrs. List No. Order Code 100-2690 100-2700 100-2707 100-2688 100-2691 100-2694 100-2698 100-2701 100-2705 100-2708 100-2689 100-2692 100-2695 100-2699 100-2702 100-2706 100-2709 1+

Price Each 10+ 25+

5 - 0V dc analogue output signal 200A dc/ac (rms) DHR 200 C5 500A dc/ac (rms) 1000A dc/ac (rms) 10 - analogue output signal 100 A dc/ac (rms) 200A dc/ac (rms) 300A dc/ac (rms) 400A dc/ac (rms) 500A dc/ac (rms) 600A dc/ac (rms) 1000A dc/ac (rms) DHR 500 C5 DHR 1000 C5 DHR 100 C10 DHR 200 C10 DHR 300 C10 DHR 400 C10 DHR 500 C10 DHR 600 C10 DHR 1000 C10

135.03 154.29 173.54 135.03 135.03 154.29 154.29 154.29 154.29 173.54 135.03 135.03 154.29 154.29 154.29 154.29 173.54

126.59 144.64 162.69 126.59 126.59 144.64 144.64 144.64 144.64 162.69 126.59 126.59 144.64 144.64 144.64 144.64 162.69

119.16 136.14 153.12 119.16 119.16 136.14 136.14 136.14 136.14 153.12 119.16 119.16 136.14 136.14 136.14 136.14 153.12

161-7405 H=27.6, W=36.5, D=14.4 Hole=7x12.7

161-7406 H=33.6, W=48.4, D=21.4 Hole=11x17/13 161-7405 50A 70A 15V 50mA 0.65%

161-7404 H= 15.1, W=15.24, D=29.2mm

Norminal primary current Measure range Power supply Current output Accuracy Primary Current 50A 125A Pcb Mount 25A Mftrs. List No. LA 55-P LA 125-P LA 25-NP

161-7406 125A 200A 15V 125mA 0.6%

161-7404 25A 36A 15V 25mA 0.5=2,169

212293

4 - 20 mA dc analogue output signal 100 A dc/ac (rms) DHR 100 C420 200A dc/ac (rms) DHR 200 C420 300A dc/ac (rms) 400A dc/ac (rms) 500A dc/ac (rms) 600A dc/ac (rms) 1000A dc/ac (rms) DHR 300 C420 DHR 400 C420 DHR 500 C420 DHR 600 C420 DHR 1000 C420

Price Each Order Code 161-7405 161-7406 161-7404 1+ 15.47 23.35 13.54 5+ 22.64 13.14 10+ 21.97 12.73 25+ 21.29 12.36

Voltage Transducer
Voltage Transducer
PCB Mount A PCB mounting voltage transducer based on the Hall effect. The unit provides galvanic isolation between primary and secondary circuits. To enable a voltage to be measured a current proportional to the measured voltage must be collected through an external resistor, selected by the user, in series with the primary circuit of the unit.
H = 15.1, W = 26, D = 29.2mm

0-100A, LA 100-P/SP13 Series

2444

Electromechanical

Closed loop (compensated) current transducer using hall effect technology PCB mounted Insulated plastic case to UL94-V0 Excellent accuracy Very good linearity No insertion losses Wide frequency bandwidth
Primary nominal r.m.s. current Primary current, measuring range Secondary nomimal r.m.s current Current Mftrs. List No. LA 100-P/SP13 Order Code 161-7427 1+ 15.39 5+ 14.92 100 A Suppy voltage 0 to 160 A Current consumption 100 mA Operating temperature 12 to 15V 10 mA @ 15V + I S -25C to 70C
249553

Price Each 10+ 14.49 25+ 14.04

33
Sensors & Transducers

Range 0 to 100A

Suitable for the electronic measurement of voltages associated with DC, AC and impulse circuits Provides galvanic isolation between primary and secondary circuits Applications:- AC and DC voltage sensing, including power supplies, UPS, instrumentation, metering and relay systems
Supply voltage Input current IN Analogue output current Turns ratio Mftrs. List No. LV 25-P Order Code 161-7416 1+ 44.54 5+ 43.20 15V (5%) 10mA (nom.) 25mA (nom.) 2500 : 1000 Overall accuracy @ 25C Isolation Linearity Operating temperature Price Each 10+ 41.89 25+ 40.65 50+ 39.44 0.6% of IN 2.5kV rms 0.2% 0C to +70C
230500

0-50A to 0-400A, HAL Series

Current Rating 50A 100A 200A 400A Current Rating 50A 100A 200A 400A Order Code 161-7411 161-7413 161-7414 161-7415 1+ 26.18 26.20 26.18 27.92 5+ 25.40 25.38 25.40 27.09 Measuring Range 0 to 150A 0 to 300A 0 to 600A 0 to 1000A

Base-mounted package Wide selection of current ratings available Instantaneous analogue voltage output Compact design Low power consumption from auxiliary power supply Potted construction for maximum protection Output connector facility for ease of connection
Power Supply 15V 15V 15V 15V Output Voltage 4V 4V 4V 4V

H = 41. W = 41.27, D = 24.57mm Mftrs. List No. HAL 50-S HAL 100-S HAL 200-S HAL 400-S Price Each 10+ 24.63 24.62 24.63 26.29 25+ 23.88 23.89 23.88 25.50 50+ 23.17 23.15 23.17 24.73 Order Code 161-7411 161-7413 161-7414 161-7415
230495

FREE technical support

Our trained engineers are here to help! 08447 11 11 22

[email protected] Live technical chat at www.farnell.co.uk

Current Transducer
DC and AC Primary Input These transducers are designed for the measurement of DC and distorted AC waveform current. They have galvanic isolation between the primary (High power) and secondary (Electronic circuit) circuits. There is a choice of 3 output types, 0 - 5V, 0 - 10V and 4 to 20mA. Easy to mount Eliminates insertion loss
DC and 20 to 6kHz -40 to 70C IP20 UL94V-0
418017

H = 7, W = 90, D = 25mm

Large aperture for cable up to 32mm Dia. High isolation between primary and secondary circuits
Load Resistance Supply Voltage Current Consumption Accuracy 10 K to 30mA <1% Measurement Bandwidth Operating Temperature Protection Flammability Rating

RoHS

Compliant Non-compliant

For free legislation advice visit www.global-legislation.com

Are you getting value for money from your Schematic Capture and Printed Circuit Board Layout software?

Elektronik
Engineering Software Product of the Year Award 2010

EAGLE Schematic Capture and PCB Layout software from CadSoft* has for over 20 years continuously satisfied electronic design engineers with low-cost leadership in the Electronic Design Automation industry.

Find out more about EAGLE by visiting www.element-14.com/cadsoft or www.cadsoft.de

*Cadsoft products are not applicable for sale in Czech Republic, Slovakia and Austria